Section No. 1.1
Series
685I
685I Visual Liquid Level Indicator for Atmospheric Vessels
Application
The Model 685I is a liquid head pressure type level indicator. It continuously indicates the liquid level in an atmospheric (vented) tank
in feet and inches. Also, the scale on the Model 685I is available
calibrated for horizontal cylindrical vessels in pounds, gallons, barrels, percent, etc.
Features
• Simple Adjustments: Zero Adjustment Knob and one Specific
Gravity (span) Knob. Unit can be factory calibrated for a nominal
cost or field adjusted in less than 15 minutes, without having to
change the liquid level in the vessel.
• Easy to Read: Scale reads the same as a hand tank gauge, making it unnecessary to convert psig of head pressure into feet and
inches of liquid to get the correct reading.
• Long Life: All bearings are Teflon®, Delrin® or Moly Disulphide
baked on Dry Film Lubricated Stainless Steel.
Operation
Liquid head pressure against a flexible elastomer diaphragm is
transmitted directly to a leaf spring, which has a fixed pivot point at
the upper end and an adjustable fulcrum point in the mid region of
the leaf spring. For example, because 8’ of heavy liquid exerts more
pressure on the diaphragm than 8’ of lighter liquid, the spring can
be "stiffened" by moving the fulcrum down by the gravity adjustment knob (red), so the indicator will still read 8’. The zero knob
(green) moves the entire spring assembly and pointer, having the
same effect as shifting the scale.
Installation
Dimensional Data
4 3/8"
6 1/2"
2" THREADED
VESSEL CONNECTION
1 7/8"
12 1/2"
2 1/16"
1/2" NPT
Drain Plug
Since the unit measures liquid head pressure, the point at which it is
installed on the vessel is the point that liquid measurement begins.
For calibration and maintenance purposes, always install an isolation
valve between the model 685I and the vessel. Also, install a drain
petcock in the liquid inlet bottom, where a plug is generally located.
2"
2" GROOVED
VESSEL CONNECTION
Specifications
Indicator Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weatherproof
Proof Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 psig
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to +225˚F Standard
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 4 ounces pressure (Atmospheric)
Range (Vessel Height) . . . . . . . 3’ thru 60’ (see 685 code sheet)
The
2 7/8"
2"-150# RF FLANGED
VESSEL CONNECTION
6"
45˚
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM685I-8/08 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
1
Section No. 1.1
Series
685I
685I Visual Liquid Level Indicator for Atmospheric Vessels
Parts List
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10**
11
12
13
14
15
16
17***
18
19*
20*
21*
22*
23*
Description
HOUSING, ALUMINUM
POINTER ASSEMBLY
MAIN SPRING ASSEMBLY, STD.
MAIN SPRING ASSEMBLY, THIN
MAIN SPRING ASSEMBLY, DOUBLE
ZERO KNOB,SHAFT & PIN
ADAPTER
PIPE PLUG, STEEL PLATED
PIPE PLUG, 304S.S.
PIPE PLUG, 316S.S.
PIPE PLUG, PVC
SCREW, STEEL PLATED
SCREW, 2"NPT PVC ADAPTER ONLY
SCREW, 2"-150RF PVC ONLY
ZERO SPRING, STAINLESS STEEL
WEAR SPRING, STAINLESS STEEL
DIAPHRAGM, BUNA-N
DIAPHRAGM, VITON ®
DIAPHRAGM, COMPOUND W
DIAPHRAGM, TEFLON ®
SCREW, 18-8 STAINLESS STEEL
FOLLOWER BEARING, STAINLESS STEEL
POINT DECAL
SPRING BEARING, STAINLESS STEEL
WASHER, TEFLON ®
RETAINER O-RING, NEOPRENE
SCALE, ALUMINUM
SCREW, 18-8 STAINLESS STEEL
TAG, ALUMINUM
BEZEL FRAME, STAINLESS STEEL
BEZEL SEAL
WINDOW, ACRYLIC
WASHER, PVC ADAPTER ONLY
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
000154-M
000071-A
000053-A
000054-A
000055-A
000010-A
SEE CHART
002300-C
002304-P
002307-P
002301-P
001508-P
001542-P
001553-P
003102-P
003103-P
000700-P
000713-P
000720-P
000703-P
001507-P
003909-L
005900-P
000009-A
001807-P
003602-P
0030xx-P
001504-P
005906-P
000023-P
003400-P
000204-S
001809-P
*Not shown.
**Recommended spare parts. Other materials available.
***Specify tank height when ordering.
14
18
15
16
17
13
1
3
4
8
7
10
2
11
12
9
5
6
Item #5 Part Number
Vessel Connection
2" NPT, D.I.
2" NPT, 316 S.S.
2"-150RF, STEEL
2"-150RF, 304 S.S.
2"-150RF, 316 S.S.
3"-150RF, STEEL
2" GROOVE, D.I.
2" NPT, PVC
2"-150RF, PVC
Cad. Plated
000307-C
000317-M*
000335-C
000338-M*
000341-M*
000345-C
000302-C
000343-M*
000342-M*
Epoxy Coated
000307-E
000317-E
000335-E
000338-E
000341-E
000345-E
000303-E
N/A
N/A
Teflon® Coated
000307-T
000317-T
000336-T
N/A
000341-T
N/A
000302-T
N/A
N/A
*Plating not required.
The
2
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM685I-8/08 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 1.2
Series
685S
685S Single Switch Liquid Level Indicator for Atmospheric Vessels
Application
The Model 685S is a liquid head pressure type level control. It continuously indicates the liquid level in an atmospheric vessel in feet
and inches. It has an adjustable switch which completes an electrical circuit to a solenoid, alarm, or other device when the level rises
to the top predetermined point, and breaks the circuit when the level
falls to the bottom predetermined point (or the reverse). In addition,
the scale on the Model 685S is available calibrated for horizontal
cylindrical vessels in pounds, gallons, barrels, percent, etc.
Features
• Simple Adjustments: One high adjustment dial for top level set point
and one low dial for bottom level set point. One Zero Adjustment
Knob and one Specific Gravity (span) Knob. Unit can be factory calibrated for a nominal cost or field adjusted in less than 15 minutes,
without having to change the liquid level in the vessel.
• Easy to Read: Scale reads the same as a hand tank gauge, making it unnecessary to convert psig of head pressure into feet and
inches of liquid to get the correct reading.
• Long Life: All bearings are Teflon®, Delrin® or Moly Disulphide
baked on Dry Film Lubricated Stainless Steel.
• Weather Proof and Explosion Proof Housing.
Operation
Liquid head pressure against a flexible elastomer diaphragm is transmitted directly to a leaf spring, which has a fixed pivot point at the
upper end and an adjustable fulcrum point in the mid region of the leaf
spring. For example, because 8’ of heavy liquid exerts more pressure on
the diaphragm than 8’ of lighter liquid, the spring can be "stiffened" by
moving the fulcrum down by the gravity adjustment knob (red), so the
indicator will still read 8’. The zero knob (green) moves the entire
spring assembly and pointer, having the same effect as shifting the
scale. The switch trigger assembly is normally independent of the indicator mechanism and is free to tilt around the fixed pivot, except that
it is weighted to assure a vertical position. At high or low levels, the
trigger assembly tilts; thus actuating the cam and engaging the switch.
Explosion Proof: CSA Approved . . . . . . . . . Class I, Group C & D,
Class II, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations.
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to +225˚F Standard
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 4 ounces pressure (Atmospheric)
Range (Vessel Height) . . . . . . . 3’ thru 60’ (see 685 code sheet)
Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Micro Switch
5 Amp @ 125, 250 or 480 VAC
1/2 Amp @ 125 VDC, 1/4 Amp @ 250 VDC
Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2" Female Pipe Thread,
3/4" Female Pipe Thread is also available as an option.
Dimensional Data
7 3/8"
2 15/16"
6 1/2"
2" THREADED
VESSEL CONNECTION
1 7/8"
1/2" NPT
FAR SIDE
OF HOUSING
2 1/16"
Installation
Since the unit measures liquid head pressure, the point at which it
is installed on the vessel is the point that liquid measurement
begins. For example, if the unit is mounted 1 foot above the bottom
of an 8’ vessel, the liquid level from the bottom to the 1’ mounting
will not be measured (or seen); therefore, the indicator should be
"zeroed" at 1’ and the specific gravity knob should be calibrated
accordingly ie. 1 to 8 feet or total of 7 foot span. For calibration and
maintenance purposes, always install an isolation valve between
the model 685S and the vessel. Also, install a drain petcock in the
liquid inlet bottom, where a plug is generally located.
The
Specifications
1/2" NPT
Drain Plug
2"
2" GROOVED
VESSEL CONNECTION
2 7/8"
2"-150# RF FLANGED
VESSEL CONNECTION
6"
45˚
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM685S-12/08 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
3
Section No. 1.2
Series
685S
685S Single Switch Liquid Level Indicator for Atmospheric Vessels
Parts List
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10**
11
12
13
14
15
16
17***
18
19*
20*
21*
22*
23*
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31*
32
33
34
35
36
Description
HOUSING, ALUMINUM
TRIGGER W/ POINTER ASSEMBLY
MAIN SPRING ASSEMBLY, STD.
MAIN SPRING ASSEMBLY, THIN
MAIN SPRING ASSEMBLY, DOUBLE
ZERO KNOB,SHAFT & PIN
ADAPTER
PIPE PLUG, STEEL PLATED
PIPE PLUG, 304 S.S.
PIPE PLUG, 316 S.S.
PIPE PLUG, PVC
SCREW, STEEL PLATED
SCREW, 2"NPT PVC ADAPTER ONLY
SCREW, 2"-150RF PVC ONLY
ZERO SPRING, STAINLESS STEEL
WEAR SPRING, STAINLESS STEEL
DIAPHRAGM, BUNA-N
DIAPHRAGM, VITON ®
DIAPHRAGM, COMPOUND W
DIAPHRAGM, TEFLON ®
SCREW, 18-8 STAINLESS STEEL
FOLLOWER BEARING, STAINLESS STEEL
POINT DECAL
SPRING BEARING, STAINLESS STEEL
WASHER, TEFLON ®
RETAINER O-RING, NEOPRENE
SCALE, ALUMINUM
SCREW, 18-8 STAINLESS STEEL
TAG, ALUMINUM
BEZEL FRAME, STAINLESS STEEL
BEZEL SEAL
WINDOW, ACRYLIC
WASHER, PVC ADAPTER ONLY
SWITCH CAM, STAINLESS STEEL
WASHER, TEFLON ®
BUSHING, STAINLESS STEEL
BRACKET, ALUMINUM
MICRO SWITCH
SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
WASHER, STAINLESS STEEL
COVER, ALUMINUM
FLAT WASHER, STAINLESS STEEL
INSULATOR, FIBER
GROUND SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
GROUND CUP, BRASS
CAM ASSEMBLY, ALUMINUM
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
000153-M
000070-A
000053-A
000054-A
000055-A
000010-A
SEE CHART
002300-C
002304-P
002307-P
002301-P
001508-P
001542-P
001553-P
003102-P
003103-P
000700-P
000713-P
000720-P
000703-P
001507-P
003909-L
005900-P
000009-A
001807-P
003602-P
0030xx-P
001504-P
005908-A
000023-P
003400-P
000204-S
001809-P
000015-W
001803-P
002700-M
002607-P
000604-P
001534-P
001813-P
000201-P
001808-P
001215-P
001504-G
001800-P
000065-A
14
18
15
16
13
1
24
4
8
7
11
12
9
5
6
MODEL 685S FRONT VIEW
Item #5 Part Number
32
Epoxy Coated
000307-E
000317-E
000335-E
000338-E
000341-E
000345-E
000303-E
N/A
N/A
Teflon® Coated
000307-T
000317-T
000336-T
N/A
000341-T
N/A
000302-T
N/A
N/A
2
10
27
Cad. Plated
000307-C
000317-M*
000335-C
000338-M*
000341-M*
000345-C
000302-C
000343-M*
000342-M*
25 26
3
*Not shown.
**Recommended spare parts. Other materials available.
***Specify tank height when ordering.
Vessel Connection
2" NPT, D.I.
2" NPT, 316 S.S.
2"-150RF, STEEL
2"-150RF, 304 S.S.
2"-150RF, 316 S.S.
3"-150RF, STEEL
2" GROOVE, D.I.
2" NPT, PVC
2"-150RF, PVC
17
33
28
C
NC
NO
29 30
18
36
35 34
MODEL 685S BACK VIEW
*Plating not required.
The
4
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM685S-12/08 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 1.3
685S Multiswitch
Series
685S Multiswitch Liquid Level Indicator for Atmospheric Vessels
Application
The Model 685S Multiswitch is a liquid head pressure type control,
which continuously indicates the liquid level and supplies on and off
signal as adjusted. Each switch may be set at different set points to
control a separate device, such as an auxiliary or motor control
relay, alarms, etc.
Features
• Easy to read: Scale reads the same as a hand tank gauge, making it unnecessary to convert psig of head pressure into feet and
inches of liquid to get the correct reading.
• Special Scales: Gallons, Pounds, Percent, etc. is available.
• Long Life: All bearings are Teflon®, Delrin® or Moly Disulphide
baked on Dry Film Lubricated Stainless Steel.
• Weather Proof and Explosion Proof Housing.
Operation
Liquid head pressure against a flexible elastomer diaphragm is
transmitted directly to a leaf spring, which has a fixed pivot point at
the upper end and an adjustable fulcrum point in the mid region of
the leaf spring. For example, because 8’ of heavy liquid exerts more
pressure on the diaphragm than 8’ of lighter liquid, the spring can
be "stiffened" by moving the fulcrum down by the gravity adjustment knob (red), so the unit will still read 8’. The zero knob (green)
moves the entire spring assembly and pointer, having the same
effect as shifting the scale. The movement of the pointer rotates a
linkage connected to a shaft extending into the explosion proof
housing where the switches are located. The shaft drives a gear,
which is connected to cams that actuate each switch individually.
Installation
Dimensional Data
11 11/16"
7 5/16"
2" THREADED
VESSEL CONNECTION
1 7/8"
Since the unit measures liquid head pressure, the point at which it is
installed on the vessel is the point that liquid measurement begins. For
calibration and maintenance purposes always install an isolation valve
between the Model 685 and the vessel. Also, install a drain petcock in
the liquid inlet bottom, where a plug is generally located.
1/2" NPT
Electrical Connection
(FAR SIDE OF HOUSING)
2 1/16"
Explosion Proof: CSA Approved: . . . . . . . . . Class I, Group C & D
Class II, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations.
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to +225˚F Standard
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 4 ounces pressure (Atmospheric)
Range (Vessel Height) . . . . . . 3’ thru 60’ (see 685 code sheet).
Electrical Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Micro Switch
11 Amp @ 130 or 250 VAC, 1/2 Amp @ 125 VDC
1/4 Amp @ 250 VDC, 4 Amp @ 125 VAC Induction
Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2" Female Pipe Thread,
3/4" Female Pipe Thread (Optional)
1/2" NPT
Drain Plug
2"
Specifications
The
6 1/2"
2" GROOVED
VESSEL CONNECTION
2"-150# RF FLANGED
VESSEL CONNECTION
2 7/8"
6"
45˚
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM685SMultiswitch-12/08 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
5
Section No. 1.3
Series
685S Multiswitch
685S Multiswitch Liquid Level Indicator for Atmospheric Vessels
Parts List
Item
1
2
Description
Qty.
HOUSING, ALUMINUM
1
POINTER ASSEMBLY
1
MAIN SPRING ASSEMBLY, STD.
1
3
MAIN SPRING ASSEMBLY, THIN
1
MAIN SPRING ASSEMBLY, DOUBLE
1
4
ZERO KNOB,SHAFT & PIN
1
5
ADAPTER
1
PIPE PLUG, STEEL PLATED
1
PIPE PLUG, 304 S.S.
1
6
PIPE PLUG, 316 S.S.
1
PIPE PLUG, PVC
1
SCREW, STEEL PLATED
3
7
SCREW, 2"NPT PVC ADAPTER ONLY
3
SCREW, 2"-150RF PVC ONLY
3
8
ZERO SPRING, STAINLESS STEEL
1
9
WEAR SPRING, STAINLESS STEEL
1
DIAPHRAGM, BUNA-N
1
1
DIAPHRAGM, VITON ®
10**
DIAPHRAGM, COMPOUND W
1
DIAPHRAGM, TEFLON ®
1
11
SCREW, 18-8 STAINLESS STEEL
1
12
FOLLOWER BEARING, STAINLESS STEEL
1
13
POINT DECAL
1
14
SPRING BEARING, STAINLESS STEEL
1
15
WASHER, TEFLON ®
1
16
RETAINER O-RING, NEOPRENE
1
17*** SCALE, ALUMINUM
1
18
SCREW, 18-8 STAINLESS STEEL
5
19*
TAG, ALUMINUM
1
20*
BEZEL FRAME, STAINLESS STEEL
1
21*
BEZEL SEAL
1
22*
WINDOW, ACRYLIC
1
23*
WASHER, PVC ADAPTER ONLY
1
24
LINKAGE ARM, STAINLESS STEEL
1
25
WASHER, TEFLON ®
4
26
BUSHING, STAINLESS STEEL
1
27
DRIVER SHAFT
1
28
MICRO SWITCH
AR
29
SHAFT, ALL THREAD, S.S.
2
30
HEX NUT
2
31*
COVER, ALUMINUM
1
32
LINKAGE, STAINLESS STEEL
1
33
INSULATOR, FIBER
AR
34
GROUND SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
1
35
GROUND CUP, BRASS
1
36
GROUND WIRE
1
37
MOUNTING PLATE, ALUMINUM
1
38
GEAR, 1 1 / 2 " DIA. , PLASTIC
1
39
GEAR, 1 / 2 " DIA. ,PLASTIC
1
40
TOP PLATE, ALUMINUM
1
41
CAM ASSEMBLY, ALUMINUM
AR
42
WIRE SUPPORT, ALUMINUM
1
43
LOCK WASHER, STAINLESS STEEL
2
44
ACTUATOR SHAFT, STAINLESS STEEL
1
45
SPACER BLOCK, ALUMINUM
AR
46
WIRE, BLACK,BLUE AND RED
AR
*Not shown. **Recommended spare parts. Other materials available.
***Specify tank height when ordering.
Part No.
000153-M
000072-A
000053-A
000054-A
000055-A
000010-A
SEE CHART
002300-C
002304-P
002307-P
002301-P
001508-P
001542-P
001553-P
003102-P
003103-P
000700-P
000713-P
000720-P
000703-P
001507-P
003909-L
005900-P
000009-A
001807-P
003602-P
0030xx-P
001504-P
005908-B
000023-P
003400-P
000204-S
001809-P
000511-P
001803-P
002701-M
002803-M
000611-P
002808-M
001100-P
000200-M
004400-P
001216-P
001504-G
001800-P
000087-A
001605-M
004301-P
004302-P
001613-P
000016-A
001704-M
001801-P
002811-M
005400-M
000086-A
14
18
15
16
17
13
24
3
25 26
27
32
8
1
7
4
2
10
11
12
9
5
6
FRONT VIEW
A
37
33
28
18
29 30 43
42
36
40
34 35
39
38
41
A
BACK VIEW
Item #5 Part Number
Vessel Connection
2" NPT, D.I.
2" NPT, 316 S.S.
2"-150RF, STEEL
2"-150RF, 304 S.S.
2"-150RF, 316 S.S.
3"-150RF, STEEL
2" GROOVE, D.I.
2" NPT, PVC
2"-150RF, PVC
*Plating not required.
Cad. Plated
000307-C
000317-M*
000335-C
000338-M*
000341-M*
000345-C
000302-C
000343-M*
000342-M*
Epoxy Coated
000307-E
000317-E
000335-E
000338-E
000341-E
000345-E
000303-E
N/A
N/A
Teflon® Coated
000307-T
000317-T
000336-T
N/A
000341-T
N/A
000302-T
N/A
N/A
MODEL 685 MULTISWITCH • BACK VIEW • VIEW A-A
44 SHAFT
TOP PLATE
WASHER
CAM
MICROSWITCH
The
6
SHAFT
INSULATOR
45 SPACER BLOCK
MOUNTING PLATE
MODEL 685SC
MODEL 685SD
MODEL 685SE
MODEL 685SF
MODEL 685SG
MODEL 685SH
2 SPDT MICRO SWITCHES
3 SPDT MICRO SWITCHES
4 SPDT MICRO SWITCHES
5 SPDT MICRO SWITCHES
6 SPDT MICRO SWITCHES
7 SPDT MICRO SWITCHES
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM685SMultiswitch-8/08 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 1.4
Series
685E
685E Electric Liquid Level Indicator for Atmospheric Vessels
Application
The Model 685E Liquid Level Transmitter is an electro-mechanical
level control device, which accomplishes three (3) main functions.
These are remote indication, local liquid level indication, and hi-low
adjustable switch outputs. The unit continuously indicates the liquid
level and transmits a proportional signal.
Features
• Complementary Adjustments: Zero and Span adjustments at transmitter.
• Easy to Read: Scale reads the same as a hand tank gauge, making it unnecessary to convert psig of head pressure into feet and
inches of liquid to get the correct reading.
• Special Scales: Gallons, Pounds, Percent, etc. is available.
• Long Life: All bearings are Teflon®, Delrin® or Moly Disulphide
baked on Dry Film Lubricated Stainless Steel.
• Weather Proof and Explosion Proof Housing.
Operation
Liquid head pressure against a flexible elastomer diaphragm is
transmitted directly to a leaf spring, which has a fixed pivot point at
the upper end and an adjustable fulcrum point in the mid region of
the leaf spring. For example, because 8’ of heavy liquid exerts more
pressure on the diaphragm than 8’ of lighter liquid, the spring can be
"stiffened" by moving the fulcrum down by the gravity adjustment
knob (red), so the transmitter will still read 8’. The zero knob (green)
moves the entire spring assembly and pointer, having the same
effect as shifting the scale. The movement of the pointer rotates a
shaft extending into the explosion proof housing where the electronic transmitter and switches are located. The shaft drives a potentiometer, thereby giving a continuous signal to the plug-in amplifier.
The proportional signal is then transmitted to the remote indicating
device in proportion to the liquid level which exists in the tank.
Electrical Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Micro Switch
11 Amp @ 130 or 250 VAC, 1/2 Amp @ 125 VDC
1/4 Amp @ 250 VDC, 4 Amp @ 125 VAC Induction
Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2" Female Pipe Thread,
3/4" Female PipeThread is also available as an option.
Dimensional Data
11 11/16"
6 1/2"
7 5/16"
2" THREADED
VESSEL CONNECTION
Installation
Since the unit measures liquid head pressure, the point at which it is
installed on the vessel is the point that liquid measurement begins.
For calibration and maintenance purposes, always install an isolation
valve between the model 685E and the vessel. Also, install a drain
petcock in the liquid inlet bottom, where a plug is generally located.
1 7/8"
1/2" NPT
Electrical Connection
(FAR SIDE OF HOUSING)
2 1/16"
1/2" NPT
Drain Plug
2"
Specifications
2" GROOVED
VESSEL CONNECTION
Explosion Proof: CSA Approved . . . . . . . . . . Class I, Group C & D,
Class II, Groups E, F and G hazardous locations.
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to +225˚F Standard
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 4 ounces pressure (Atmospheric)
Range (Vessel Height) . . . . . . . 3’ thru 60’ (see 685 code sheet)
Transmitter Output . . . . . Four (4) Wires or Two (2) Wire System.
SupplyVoltage (at transmitter) . . .120VAC, 60 Cycle, 1 phase (4-Wire)
24 VDC (2-Wire)
2"-150# RF FLANGED
VESSEL CONNECTION
The
2 7/8"
6"
45˚
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM685E-12/08 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
7
Section No. 1.4
Series
685E
685E Electric Liquid Level Indicator for Atmospheric Vessels
Parts List
Item
1
2
Description
HOUSING, ALUMINUM
POINT ASSEMBLY
MAIN SPRING ASSEMBLY, STD.
3
MAIN SPRING ASSEMBLY, THIN
MAIN SPRING ASSEMBLY, DOUBLE
4
ZERO KNOB,SHAFT & PIN
5
ADAPTER
PIPE PLUG, STEEL PLATED
PIPE PLUG, 304 S.S.
6
PIPE PLUG, 316 S.S.
PIPE PLUG, PVC
SCREW, STEEL PLATED
7
SCREW, 2"NPT PVC ADAPTER ONLY
SCREW, 2"-150RF PVC ONLY
8
ZERO SPRING, STAINLESS STEEL
9
WEAR SPRING, STAINLESS STEEL
DIAPHRAGM, BUNA-N
DIAPHRAGM, VITON ®
10**
DIAPHRAGM, COMPOUND W
DIAPHRAGM, TEFLON ®
11
SCREW, 18-8 STAINLESS STEEL
12
FOLLOWER BEARING, STAINLESS STEEL
13
POINT DECAL
14
SPRING BEARING, STAINLESS STEEL
15
WASHER, TEFLON ®
16
RETAINER O-RING, NEOPRENE
17*** SCALE, ALUMINUM
18
SCREW, 18-8 STAINLESS STEEL
19*
TAG, ALUMINUM
*Not shown.
**Recommended spare parts. Other materials available.
***Specify tank height when ordering.
14
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
1
Part No.
000153-M
000059-A
000053-A
000054-A
000055-A
000010-A
SEE CHART
002300-C
002304-P
002307-P
002301-P
001508-P
001542-P
001553-P
003102-P
003103-P
000700-P
000713-P
000720-P
000703-P
001507-P
003909-L
005900-P
000009-A
001807-P
003602-P
0030xx-P
001504-P
005908-B
Item
20*
21*
22*
23*
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31*
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
Vessel Connection
2" NPT, D.I.
2" NPT, 316 S.S.
2"-150RF, STEEL
2"-150RF, 304 S.S.
2"-150RF, 316 S.S.
3"-150RF, STEEL
2" GROOVE, D.I.
2" NPT, PVC
2"-150RF, PVC
17
13
Epoxy Coated
000307-E
000317-E
000335-E
000338-E
000341-E
000345-E
000303-E
N/A
N/A
Teflon® Coated
000307-T
000317-T
000336-T
N/A
000341-T
N/A
000302-T
N/A
N/A
*Plating not required.
32
30
4
7
24
2
10
11
12
33
18
34
36
34
36
POT
321
35
POT
321
33
39
38
40 41 42
43
35
1
18
37
9
37
6
FRONT VIEW
8
Cad. Plated
000307-C
000317-M*
000335-C
000338-M*
000341-M*
000345-C
000302-C
000343-M*
000342-M*
27
25 26
8
The
Part No.
000023-P
003400-P
000204-S
001809-P
004310-P
001803-P
002701-M
002810-M
004306-A
009680-A
001520-P
000064-A
000200-M
001507-P
001601-M
001701-M
004301-P
000032-A
000033-A
006500-M
006502-M
000615-P
001216-P
002715-P
001506-P
001805-P
000016-A
000086-A
28 29
3
5
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
6
Item #5 Part Number
18
15
16
Description
BEZEL FRAME, STAINLESS STEEL
BEZEL SEAL
WINDOW, ACRYLIC
WASHER, PVC ADAPTER ONLY
BELT
WASHER, TEFLON ®
BUSHING, STAINLESS STEEL
DRIVE SHAFT, STAINLESS STEEL
PULLEY, STD.
PULLEY FOR TEFLON ® DIAPH.
SET SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
BRACKET AND CAM, ALUMINUM
COVER, ALUMINUM
SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
BASE PLATE, ALUMINUM
SPACER, ALUMINUM
GEAR, 1 1 / 2 " DIA., PLASTIC
POT TO PLUG ASSY, 4 WIRE
POT TO PLUG ASSY, 2 WIRE
TRANSMITTER, 4 WIRE
TRANSMITTER, 2 WIRE
MICRO SWITCH, 685EC AND EE ONLY
INSULATOR, 685EC AND EE ONLY
SPACER, 685EC AND EE ONLY
SCREW, 685EC AND EE ONLY
WASHER, 685EC AND EE ONLY
CAM, 685EC AND EE ONLY
WIRE, 685EC AND EE ONLY
BACK VIEW OF MODEL 685EA AND 685ED
BACK VIEW OF MODEL 685EC AND 685EE
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM685E-12/08 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 1.6
Series
685
“Snubber” Pulsation Dampener for 685
Application
The Snubber is designed to permit the installation of the Major
Level Control on a pump suction line without being affected by the
surges as the pump starts or stops, or when any other condition
results in rapid fluctuation of static head. Of the head type switches in common field use, only the Major Level Control is available
with this built-in dampening feature.
Features
CALIBRATION
SCREW (3)
P/N 001542-P
• Dependable: Factory-sealed snubber assembly eliminates the
possibility of orifice plugging from foreign matter.
• Effective: Rapid pulsation pressure peaks up to 30 psig resulting in no visible pointer motion.
• Cost Saving: The Snubber eliminates the necessity of a separate tank connection and field wiring from the pump unit to the
Level Control. The Level Control can be shop mounted and
wired on a pump unit skid at a considerable saving in field
installation cost.
A. ZERO ADJUST:
With no liquid head pressure on the unit, adjust GREEN knob so
pointer reads the height of the unit inlet connection above tank
bottom. (Example: If the center of the connection is 1 foot above
tank bottom, adjust GREEN knob so pointer reads 1 foot.)
B. GRAVITY ADJUST:
1. Open 2 inch inlet valve so liquid head pressure is on the unit.
note pointer reading on scale. (Example: pointer indicates 6 feet.)
2. Hand gage tank. Best results will be obtained if tank is at least 2/3
full. (Example: Tank gages 8 feets.)
3. Relieve liquid head pressure from unit by closing 2 inch valve and
removing 1/2 inch drain plug from bottom of inlet connection.
4. Readjust GREEN knob per (A) above.
5. Turn RED knob several turns to the LEFT. (Note: Turning the RED
knob with head pressure on the unit may give erroneous reading.)
6. Apply tank head pressure to the unit again. (Example: Pointer now
indicates 7 feet.)
7. REPEAT the process until pointer indicates same reading as hand gage.
SNUBBER
000060-A BUNA-N
000062-A VITON®
000063-A SALTWATER
OTHER MATERIAL AVAILABLE-CONSULT FACTORY
Operation
Installation (Snubber to 685)
Pressure on the upstream diaphragm forces the silicone oil
through the orifice and against the downstream diaphragm. The
orifice slows the rate of movement of silicone oil. If the head on
the upstream diaphragm is suddenly increased from zero to 16’, it
takes 45 seconds for the pointer to reach the 16’ reading. There is
no disadvantage to this slowdown, since in normal operation it
takes hours for the tank to fill from zero to 16’. The Snubber will
operate satisfactorily at all ambient temperatures due to the
almost flat viscosity-temperature curve of the silicone oil.
1. Remove the three cap screws attaching the housing adapter to
the level control housing.
The
2. Remove the diaphragm.
3. Insert the Snubber between the adapter and the housing with
the convex (protruding) diaphragm exposed to the liquid.
4. Install the three long screws furnished with the Snubber.
NOTE: Due to the slow action of the pointer when a Snubber is
used, the Level Control can be calibrated more quickly if the
Snubber is first removed. Installation of the Snubber will not
affect calibration of the Level Control.
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM685SNUBBER-2/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
9
Series
685
Controls and Valves for Industry
Electro-Mechanical
Liquid Level Monitor
Monitoring And
Controlling Liquid
Levels Has Never
Been Easier,or Safer.
The Series 685 Level Indicator operates by head pressure
against the diaphragm which is transmitted by mechanical
linkages to monitor and display local liquid levels onsite
and remotely with the optional transmitter package.
Installed and field calibrated in just
minutes, as no intrusion into the tank is
required. Add the optional Hi-Low
switches for pump functions or alarm
points, or even a 4 to 20 milliamp
signal to give you complete
control over your fluid levels.
Specifically designed for use in atmospheric (vented)
tanks, standpipes, reservoirs, and similar vessels that in
the past required strapping which exposed personnel to
noxious fumes for monitoring liquid levels.
The Series 685 features an explosionproof housing for added safety.
Vessel connections are available in
an array of styles and materials.
Featuring a +-2% level accuracy for tanks up to 60 feet
tall, the Series 685 provides increased production and
energy efficiency. The Hi-Low models are utilized to
actuate valves or signal alarms.WellMark’s Multi-Switch
model can contain up to seven switches for various level
related system functions.
Easy To Read Indicator
Large dial face is easily read
from your vehicle window.
An optional remote monitor can
be installed for even easier
access to data.
Weather Proof Housing
wellmarkco.com
Series
685
Which Model Is Right For You?
Dimensional Data
6 1/2"
Model 685I • Indication of local liquid level only.
4 3/8"
Model 685S • Indication of local liquid level plus
Hi-Low switch output for pump start/stop, solenoid
action or single alarm. • Multi-Switch style offers
indication of local liquid level with one to seven
switches for several switching output options.
Weather Proof
Indicator Housing
Scale
Acrylic
Front Window
1 7/8"
S.S. Strap
1/2" NPT
Drain Plug
12 1/2"
Model 685E Transmitter • Indication of local liquid
level with Proportional Output Transmitter for remote
liquid level indication via Computers, Programmable
Controllers and Radio Communication Devices.
2 1/16"
Specifications
Temperature Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300˚ F
Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . + -2%
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Class I, Groups C & D; Class II, Groups E, F and G:
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CSA Approved, LR-41663
All component parts are manufactured from high
quality materials and each unit is assembled to
your exact specifications.The Wellmark Series 685
is easy to access,calibrate and maintain, making it
the superior choice for liquid level management.
Typical Installation
Atmospheric Vessel
Controls and Valves for Industry
Liquid Level
Being Measured
(Span)
Model 685
Isolating Valve
The
Company
1903 S.E. 29th Street
Oklahoma City, OK 73129
P.O. Box 95459
Oklahoma City, OK 73143
Drain Petcock Valve
Contact your WellMark representative today for more information.
©2001 The WellMark Company • WCM685-601 • Litho USA
Tel: (405) 672-6660
Fax: (405) 672-6661
Email: twc@wellmarkco.com
wellmarkco.com
Section No. 2.1
790
Series
790 Horizontal Level Control Floatswitch
Application
The Model 790 Floatswitch is a side-mounted liquid level switch
which works on positive magnetic repulsion to complete an electrical circuit to a pump, valve, alarm or other device, when the liquid
level in the vessel rises (or lowers) to a predetermined point.
Features
Dimensional Data
790 Std. 1 1/2" NPT Or 2" NPT
6"
2 1/4
(790 W/ 1 1 / 2 " NPT)
• Corrosion Resistant: All wetted parts are 316 Stainless Steel.
• Variety of Switch Options: SPDT, DPDT, High Amp, High Temp.
• Explosion Proof: CSA APPROVED
Class I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
Class III, Enclosure Type 4X
• External Chamber Available: Carbon Steel with (2) 1" NPT
Connections.
Operation
3 3/8
9"
790 With External Cage
1"NPT (TYP.)
7 3/4
2 3/8
(790 W/ 2" NPT)
4"
Switch Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Explosion Proof
Temperature Limit . . . . . . . . . . 250˚F (standard), 400˚F (option)
Mechanical Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10,000,000 operations
Operating Pressure:
316 Stainless Steel Float, Std. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 psig
Polypropylene Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5000 psig
Level Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approximately 1"
Specific Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6 Min.
Electrical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2" Female Pipe Thread
1/2" NPT
2 1/8
5 3/8
Specifications
The
1/2" NPT
2 1/8
1 1 /2
DIA.
A magnet is permanently welded into the float arm assembly; as
the liquid in the vessel rises, moving the float up, the float arm pivots (down) repelling another magnet inside the 790 unit, causing
snap action of the electrical switch. Since SPDT switches are utilized, the level switch can simply be wired to energize at either a
high or low level position.
Electrical Contacts: SPDT Micro Switch, Standard.
FUNCTION
TEMP.
SWITCH RATING
Standard
250˚F
5 A @ 120 VAC/250 VAC/28 VDC
High Amp
180˚F
11 A @ 120 VAC/250 VAC
High Temp
400˚F
5 A @ 120 VAC
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM790-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
1
Section No. 2.1
790
Series
790 Horizontal Level Control Floatswitch
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model 790SF-1A Float Control with SPDT Micro Switch, 1 1/2" NPT Vessel Connecton, 316 S.S. Float, 316 S.S.
Arm and Pivot for Internal Vessel Mounting with pressure up to 1500 psi.
MODEL 790SF-1 A
SF
SG
SK
SR
•
•
•
•
SPDT Dry Contact - STD.
DPDT Dry Contact - STD.
SPDT High Amp
SPDT High Temperature
*For variations, change code to match requirements.
Type of
Switch
1 • 1 1/2" NPT
2 • 2" NPT
c • External Chamber - Carbon Steel
with (2) 1" NPT Connections
e • External Arm (Specify Length)
h • High Pressure - 5000 psi
Polypropylene Float
s • Stainless Steel Tag
x • Annulus Plug
Options &
Additions
Size
A • 316 S.S. Process Connection
with 316 S.S. Trim
Materials
Parts List
Item
Description
BODY 1 1 / 2 " NPT, ASTM A-276 TY.316
BODY 2" NPT, ASTM A-276 TY.316
2
FLOAT, 316 STAINLESS STEEL
3
COUNTER WEIGHT, ASTM A-276 TY.316
4
PIVOT PIN, 316 S.S.
5
SPACER, 316 S.S.
6
ADAPTER, ASTM A-582 TY.303
SWITCH ASSY, SPDT
7
SWITCH ASSY, DPDT
8
SWITCH PROTECTOR, 304SS
9
LOCK WASHER, S.S.
10
SCREW, 18-8 S.S.
11
CAP, 303 STAINLESS STEEL
12
O-RING, BUNA-N
13*
SCREW, GROUND, 18-8 S.S.
14*
GROUND CUP, S.S.
15*
GROUND WIRE (FOR DPDT SWITCH ONLY)
*NOT SHOWN
1
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
009513-M
009527-M
007418-P
007361-W
007233-P
007114-M
009533-M
009584-A
009679-A
009520-P
001804-P
001504-P
009514-M
05000-0173
001504-G
001800-P
000087-A
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR 790 WITH FLOAT IN DOWN POSITION
1 BLACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMMON
2 BLUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORMALLY CLOSED
3 RED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NORMALLY OPEN
The
2
11
10
7
12
9
1
3
6
5
2
4
8
ANNULUS PLUG
009522-M
OPTIONAL PARTS FOR 790
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM790-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 2.2
683
Series
683 Floatswitch for Atmospheric Vessels up to 2 psig
Application
The Model 683 Floatswitch is a float type control which completes an electrical circuit to a pump, valve, alarm or other device,
when the liquid level in the vessel rises (or lowers) to a predetermined point.
Features
Dimensional Data
• Corrosion Proof: Float and Arm are 304 S.S., Cad Plated Steel
Vessel Connection (Other materials available for more corrosive
liquids).
Internal Type
9 1/4"
• No Wearing Parts: Due to the pivoting action of the float arm on
the diaphragm, sticking does not occur in thick or corrosive liquids.
• Variety of Switch Outputs: The 683 can be obtained with mercury or micro switch output and in various combinations, ie. SPST,
SPDT, DPDT, etc.
• Adjustments: Nothing to adjust or get out of calibration on the
mercury switches. Micro switches can be adjusted from the outside when the floatswitch is installed on the vessel.
• Simple Installation: On an INTERNAL MOUNT, the float passes
through a 2" nipple. On an EXTERNAL MOUNT, install on 2" external pipe riser connected to the pressure vessel above the high
level and below the low level control points.
• Longer Life: Since there are no wearing parts, the replacement of
stuffing boxes, etc. is eliminated.
4"
6 1/8"
6"
3 1/8"
4"
3"
2" Grooved
2"
4 3/8"
2" Threaded NPT
2"-150# RF Flange
7 3/4"
External Type
3 3/8"
1/2" NPT
Connection
4 1/4"
45˚
2" THREADED NPT (3 PLACES)
2" Threaded NPT
7 1/2"
4 3/8"
1/2" NPT
Connection
3 1/4"
5 1/2"
4 1/4"
1 3/4"
Operation
The float arm passes through a nylon reinforced diaphragm with a
special nut on each side of the diaphragm; the switches are
attached to the float arm by means of stainless steel supports. The
diaphragm acts as a pivot point for the float arm, and as a seal
between the vessel and the explosion proof switch housing. The
maximum travel of the float between the switch “make” and
"break" is 1" for mercury switches and 1/4" for micro switches.
Specifications
Switch Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cast Aluminum
Operating Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Atmospheric to 2 psig
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to +225˚F
Electrical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2" Female Pipe Thread
The
Switch Ratings
683SA, 683SB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPST Mercury
10 A @120 VAC, 5 A @ 240 VAC
3 A @ 440 VAC
683SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Mercury
4 A @ 120 VAC, 2 A @ 240 VAC
1 A @ 440 VAC
683SF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Micro Switch
15 A @ 125, 250 or 480 VAC
1/8 HP-125 VAC, 1/4 HP-250 VAC
1/2 A @ 125 VDC, 1/4 A @ 250 VDC
683SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT Micro Switch
10 A @ 125 or 250 VAC
0.3 A @ 125 VDC; 0.15 A @ 250 VDC
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM683-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
3
Section No. 2.2
683
Series
683 Floatswitch for Atmospheric Vessels up to 2 psig
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model 683-A1A1-IN Floatswitch for Atmospheric (Vented) Vessels with, SPDT Micro Switch Output, 2" NPT (Cad
Plated Steel) Vessel Connection, 304 S.S. Float and Float Arm, Buna-N Diaphragm, for Internal Vessel Mounting.
MODEL 683S- F 1 A 1-I N
F • SPDT Micro Switch
G • DPDT Micro Switch
1
2
3
4
Type of Switch
2" NPT, Cad Plated Steel
2" NPT, 304 S.S.
2" NPT, 316 S.S.
2"-150# RF Flange,
Cad Plated Steel
5 • 2"-150# RF Flange, 304 S.S.
6 • 2"-150# RF Flange, 316 S.S.
7 • 2" Grooved,
Cad Plated Steel
Options &
Additions
•
•
•
•
A • 304 S.S.
B • 316 S.S.
*For variations, change code to match requirements.
Connection
a
b
g
h
s
•
•
•
•
•
Ext. Float Housing, Epoxy Coated
Ext. Float Housing, Teflon® Coated
Float Arm, (Non-Std.) 304 S.S.
Float Arm, (Non-Std.) 316 S.S.
Tag, Stainless Steel
Type of
Coating
N • None Required
E • Epoxy
T • Teflon®
Float Control
Housing
I • Internal (None)
X • External (Cad Plated Ductile)
ASTM A-536-GR65-45-12
Diaphragms
Material
1 • Buna-N
2 • Teflon®
3 • Viton®
Float & Arm Material
Typical Assembly
ALUM. COVER
MICRO SWITCH
SPDT SHOWN
ALUM. HOUSING
DIAPHRAGM NUT
ADAPTER
2" NPT SHOWN
DIAPHRAGM
683 WITH MICRO SWITCH
The
4
2" ANSI 150RF
FLANGE
S.S. FLOAT
S.S. FLOAT ARM
MERCURY SWITCH
SPST (N.O.) SHOWN
683 WITH MERCURY SWITCH
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM683-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 2.3
686
Series
686 Floatswitch for Pressure Vessels up to 200 psig
Application
The Model 686S Floatswitch is a float type control which completes
an electrical circuit to a pump, valve, alarm or other device, when the
liquid in the vessel rises (or lowers) to a pre-determined point.
Features
• Corrosion Proof: Float and Arm are 304 S.S., Cad Plated Steel Vessel
Connection (Other materials available for more corrosive liquids).
• Explosion Proof: CSA Approved
Class I Group D
Class II Group E, F and G
Hazardous Locations
• Variety of Switch Outputs: The 686 can be obtained with mercury or micro switch outputs and in various combinations, ie.; SPDT,
SPST, DPDT, etc.
• Adjustments: Nothing to adjust or get out of calibration on the
mercury switch. Micro switches can be adjusted from the outside
when the floatswitch is installed on the vessel.
• Simple Installation: On an INTERNAL MOUNT, the float passes
through a 2" nipple. On an EXTERNAL MOUNT, install on 2" external pipe riser connected to the pressure vessel above the high
level and below the low level control points.
• Long Life: Permanently dry-film lubricated S.S. shaft and Teflon®
bearing comprise the only pivot point. Due to large bearing surface area, wear is negligible.
Dimensional Data
Internal Type
4 1/8"
4"
3 1/8"
4 3/8"
2" Threaded NPT
2"-150# R.F. ASA Flange
7 7/8"
External Type
1/2" NPT
Connection
3 3/8"
Specifications
Switch Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . Explosion Proof Cast Aluminum
Operating Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 200 psig
Proof Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 psig
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to +400˚F
External Float Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ductile Iron
Electrical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2" Female Pipe Thread
Safety
Vent Hole
4 1/4"
45˚
1 3/4"
4 5/8"
2" THREADED NPT (3 PLACES)
2" Threaded NPT
7 1/2"
4 3/8"
1/2" NPT
Connection
The Float and Arm are rigidly attached to the dry-film lubricated
shaft which rotates in the shaft housing. A bracket at the other end
of the shaft actuates the switch. A Viton® O-Ring seals against
pressure and leakage along the shaft.
A Teflon® washer separates the metal parts and provides lubricity. If
leakage ever occurs, the liquid in the vessel seeps out of the safety
vent hole. Thus, it is impossible for the liquid to ever enter the switch
housing. The maximum travel of the float between the switch "make"
and "break" is 1" for mercury switches and 1/4" for micro switches.
7 1/2"
2"
Operation
The
3"
2" Grooved
3 1/4"
5 1/2"
4 1/4"
Safety
Vent Hole
4 5/8"
1 3/4"
Switch Ratings
686SA, 686SB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPST Mercury
10 A @120 VAC, 5 A @ 240 VAC
3 A @ 440 VAC
686SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Mercury
4 A @ 120 VAC, 2 A @ 240 VAC
1 A @ 440 VAC
686SF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Micro Switch
15 A @ 125, 250 or 480 VAC
1/8 HP-125 VAC, 1/4 HP-250 VAC
1/2 A @ 125 VDC, 1/4 A @ 250 VDC
686SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT Micro Switch
10 A @ 125 or 250 VAC
0.3 A @ 125 VDC; 0.15 A @ 250 VDC
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM686-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
5
Section No. 2.3
Series
686
686 Floatswitch for Pressure Vessels up to 200 psig
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model 686SA-1A-IN Float Control for Vented Vessels up to 200 psig with, SPDT Micro Switch Output, 2" NPT
(Cad Plated Steel) Vessel Connection, 304 S.S. Float and Float Arm, for Internal Vessel Mounting.
MODEL 686 SF -1 A-I N
SF • SPDT Micro Switch
SG • DPDT Micro Switch
1
2
3
4
a
b
g
h
m
s
Type of Switch
Options &
Additions
•
•
•
•
2" NPT, Cad Plated Steel
2" NPT, 304 S.S.
2" NPT, 316 S.S.
2"-150# ASARF Flange,
Cad Plated Steel
5 • 2"-150# ASARF Flange,
304 S.S.
6 • 2"-150# ASARF Flange,
316 S.S.
7 • 2" Grooved, Cad Plated Steel
Connection
•
•
•
•
•
•
Ext. Float Housing, Epoxy Coated
Ext. Float Housing, Teflon® Coated
Float Arm, (Non-Std.) 304 S.S.
Float Arm, (Non-Std.) 316 S.S.
Manual Override
Tag, Stainless Steel
Type of
Coating
N • None Required
E • Epoxy
T • Teflon®
Float Control
Housing
I • Internal (None)
X • External (Cad Plated Ductile)
ASTM A-536-GR65-45-12
A • 304 S.S.
B • 316 S.S.
Float & Arm
Material
Typical Assembly
Teflon® Washer
O-Ring
Shaft Collar
Actuation Arm
Cover
Shaft
Housing
Pivot Shaft
Bushing
Insulator
Micro Switch
SPDT Shown
Ground
Screw
Housing
Adapter
S.S. Float
S.S. Float Arm
Bracket
686 WITH MICRO SWITCH
Cover
Terminal Strip
Switch w/Holder
Insulator
ANSI Flange
1
Ground
Screw
Switch Support
686 WITH MERCURY SWITCH
The
6
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM686-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 2.4
Series
687
687 Floatswitch for Pressure Vessels up to 1440 psig
Application
The Model 687 Floatswitch is a float type control which completes
an electrical circuit to a pump, valve, alarm, or other device, when
the liquid in the vessel rises (or lowers) to a pre-determined point.
Features
• Corrosion Proof: Float and Arm is 304 S.S., 2" Cad Plated Steel
Vessel Connection or Cast Steel External Cage (Other materials
are available for more corrosive liquids).
• Explosion Proof: CSA Approved for Class I Group D, Class II Group
E, F and G hazardous locations.
• Variety of Switch Outputs: The 687 can be obtained with mercury
or microswitch outputs and in various combinations, ie. SPDT,
SPST, DPDT, etc.
• Adjustments: Nothing to adjust or get out of calibration on the
mercury switch. Micro switches can be adjusted from the outside
when the floatswitch is installed on the vessel.
• Simple Installation: On an INTERNAL MOUNT, the float passes
through a 2" nipple. On an EXTERNAL MOUNT, install on 1" external pipe riser connected to the pressure vessel above the high
level and below the low level control points.
• Long Life: Permanently dry-film lubricated S.S. shaft and Teflon®
bearing comprise the only pivot point. Due to large bearing surface area, wear is negligible.
Dimensional Data
Internal Type
2"
4 3/8"
Specifications
Switch Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . Explosion Proof Cast Aluminum
Operating Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 1440 psig
Proof Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 psig
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to +400˚F
External Float Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cast Steel
Electrical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2" Female Pipe Thread
The
Safety Vent
Hole
2" Threaded NPT
17 1/2"
4 1/4"
1/2" NPT
Connection
4 5/8"
1 3/4"
External Type
19"
1" NPT (Optional)
1" NPT
6 3/8"
Operation
The float and arm are rigidly attached to the dry-film lubricated
shaft which rotates in the shaft housing. A bracket at the other end
of the shaft actuates the switch. A Viton® o-ring seals against
pressure and leakage along the shaft. A Teflon® washer separates
the metal parts and provides lubricity. If leakage ever occurs, the
liquid in the vessel seeps out of the safety vent hole. Thus, it is
impossible for the liquid to ever enter the switch housing. The maximum travel of the float between the switch "make" and "break" is
1" for mercury switches and 1/4" for micro switches.
7 1/2"
3 1/8"
6"
1" NPT
1/2" Electrical
Connection
10 3/4"
4 3/8"
Safety
Vent Hole
5"
4 1/4"
1 3/4"
8 1/2"
Switch Ratings
687SA, 687SB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPST Mercury
10 A @120 VAC, 5 A @ 240 VAC
3 A @ 440 VAC
687SC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Mercury
4 A @ 120 VAC, 2 A @ 240 VAC
1 A @ 440 VAC
687SF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Micro Switch
15 A @ 125, 250 or 480 VAC
1/8 HP-125 VAC, 1/4 HP-250 VAC
1/2 A @ 125 VDC, 1/4 A @ 250 VDC
687SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPDT Micro Switch
10 A @ 125 or 250 VAC
0.3 A @ 125 VDC; 0.15 A @ 250 VDC
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM687-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
7
Section No. 2.4
Series
687
687 Floatswitch for Pressure Vessels up to 1440 psig
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model 687SA-4A-IN Float Control for Pressure Vessels up to 1440 psig with, SPDT Micro Switch Output, 2" NPT
(Cad Plated Steel) Vessel Connection, 304 S.S. Float and Float Arm, for Internal Vessel Mounting.
MODEL 687 SF-4 A-I N
SF • SPDT Micro Switch
SG • DPDT Micro Switch
Options &
Additions
b
c
m
s
Type of
Coating
N • None Required
E • Epoxy
T • Teflon®
Float Control
Housing
I • Internal
X • External (Cad Plated Steel)
ASTM A-216-47T-GR-WCB
Type of Switch
0 • Denotes with External
Housing only
1 • 2"- 600# ASARF Flange,
Cad Plated Steel
2 • 2"- 600# ASARF Flange,
304 S.S.
3 • 2"- 600# ASARF Flange,
316 S.S.
4 • 2" NPT, Cad Plated Steel
Connection
Float & Arm
Material
•
•
•
•
Float Arm, (Non-Std.) 304 S.S.
Float Arm, (Non-Std.) 316 S.S.
Manual Override
Tag, Stainless Steel
A • 304 S.S.
Typical Assembly
Teflon® Washer
Shaft Collar
Pivot Shaft
O-Ring
Shaft
Housing
Cover
Insulator
Micro Switch SPDT Shown
Actuation Arm
Bushing
Housing
S.S. Float
Adapter
S.S. Float Arm
Ground
Screw
Bracket
687 WITH INTERNAL HOUSING, MICRO SWITCH SHOWN
Switch Support
Steel External Cage
Cover
Terminal Strip
Insulator
Switch w/Holder
Ground
Screw
687 WITH EXTERNAL HOUSING, MERCURY SWITCH SHOWN
The
8
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM687-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 2.5
688
Series
688 Level Switch for Pressure Vessels up to 2000 psig
Application
The Model 688 is a single point on/off level switch, which completes an electrical circuit to a pump, valve, alarm or other
devise. This unit senses virtually any liquid and does not need
adjustment when the vessel contents are changed. It will ignore
foam, surge or splash to indicate true liquid level, with repeatability to 0.050 in. standard.
Features
When liquid touches the sensor it starts a chain of activity throughout the sensors internal components, which in turn sends a signal to
the circuit board inside the housing. A red LED is illuminated however if there is a sensor failure or other component failure, the relay
will immediately transfer to the alarm condition.
Installation
The 688 mounts in many positions.
Top Mount
“Extended Probe”
Vertical
Installation
Electrical Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CSA Approved
Class I, Groups C & D; Class II Groups E, F and G
Housing Operating Temperature . . . . . . Ambient -20˚F to +160˚F
Operating Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Up to 2000 psig
Sensor Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to +220˚F
Electrical
Input Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . Nominal: 115 VAC, 230 VAC, 24 VDC
Absolute Limits . . . . . . . . 90-135 VAC, 180-270 VAC, +-4 VDC
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC Power: 50-60 Hz
Time Delay . . . . . Independent, non-integrating on make and brake.
Delay Time Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 milliseconds min.,
long delay, 30 sec. max.
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relay DPDT Form C Contacts
Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5A @ 120 VAC Non-Inductive,
5 A @ 24 VDC Non-Inductive.
Dimensional Data
4 1/2 Dia.
688 LEVEL SWITCH
Overflow Liquid
Level Switch
Dia.
Operation
Specifications
7/8
• Fail-Safe: Unit is field adjusted to high or low level fail-safe
conditions.
• Auto Test Self-Checking: The unique self-checking feedback loop
constantly "proves" that the switch is working properly and
offers superior reliability in critical applications.
• Long Life: The all stainless steel, heavy-duty sensor resists damage
from product abrasion or corrosion. No packing glands are used.
• Explosion Proof: CSA Approved for Class I Group C & D, Class II
Group E, F and G hazardous locations
• Versatile Power Supply: The standard units are designed to
accept 115 VAC, 230 VAC or low voltage AC or DC input power.
1" NPT
1 1/2
3 3/4
5 1/2
1/2 NPT
688 WITH EXTENSION PROBE
ANSI Flange
2" NPT
High/Low Liquid Level Switch
Extension 36" Max.
Specify When Order
The
5 1/2
1/2
NPT
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM688-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
9
Section No. 2.5
688
Series
688 Level Switch for Pressure Vessels up to 2000 psig
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model 688-SN Level Switch for Pressure Vessels up to 2000 psig Type 347 S.S. Sensor.
MODEL 688-S N
S • Standard 347 S.S.
E • Extended Probe 36" Max. with 2"
Vessel Connection
*For variations, change code to match requirements.
Sensor Material
Options &
Additions
e • Epoxy Coated Housing
s • Stainless Steel Tag
x • Specify Additional Options
Sensor
Coating
N • None Required
P • Teflon® (TIP ONLY)
Sensor Detail
Stainless Steel Housing
Stainless Steel
Sensor Lens
Drive Coil
Feed Back Coil
Magnetostrictive
Sensing Element
Magnet
Silver Braze
Neoprene Seal
Parts List
Item
1
Description
SENSOR, 347 STAINLESS STEEL
SENSOR, 347 S.S. TEFLON ® COATED
2
HOUSING, ALUMINUM
3
COVER, ALUMINUM
4
O-RING, BUNA-N
5
CIRCUIT BOARD
6
BRACKET, ALUMINUM
7
SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
8
SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
9
LOCK WASHER, STAINLESS STEEL
10*
DECAL
11*
TAG
*NOT SHOWN
1
The
10
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
2
2
1
1
2
5
4
3
Part No.
005510-P
005511-P
000168-M
000203-M
007376-P
005505-P
002605-M
001501-P
001504-P
001804-P
005901-P
005903-P
9
8
6
7
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM688-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 2.6
710
Series
710 Flanged Cage Level Control
Application
Operation
The Model 710 Series are float-operated units designed for external mounting to the process vessel and provide high pressure capabilities with low specific gravity ratings within the petroleum,
power and natural gas industries. These models provide reliable
magnetic switching for level alarm or control function applications.
As the liquid rises, the float moves the attached magnetic attraction
sleeve into the field of the magnet located in the switch housing. As
this magnet swings toward the enclosing tube, it causes the
microswitch to actuate. As the liquid level falls, the magnetic
attraction sleeve moves out of the magnetic field and the bias
spring pulls the magnet away from the enclosing tube, which deactuates the micro switch.
Features
• Construction Versatility: Standard Level Control includes a Carbon
Steel float cage with a choice of threaded, socket-weld or
flanged tank connection. Consult factory for other materials.
• Explosion Proof: CSA APPROVED
Class I, Division I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
Class III, Enclosure Type 4
• Various Models: A wide selection of cage & trim materials and
switch mechanisms are available.
• 100% Hydrostatic Test @1 1/2 Times Related Pressure.
Dimensional Data
Specifications
Switch Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . Explosion Proof Cast Aluminum
Operating Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 psi Max.
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450˚F Max.
Minimum Specific Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.69
Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1/4" Female Pipe Thread
Electrical Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Micro Switch standard
FUNCTION
AMBIENT TEMP
SWITCH RATING
Standard
-20 to 160˚F
5A @ 250 VAC
High Temp
-20 to 450˚F
5A @ 250 VAC
4 5/8 Dia.
3 7/8
13"
13"
11 3/16
10 9/16
7 1/2
13"
3 1/8
1 1/4" NPT
2 11/16
1"NPT OR 1" SOCKET-WELD
CONNECTION (SIDE/BOTTOM)
5 3/4
ANSI FLANGE CONNECTION
(SIDE/BOTTOM)
5 3/4
1"NPT Drain
Optional
ANSI FLANGE CONNECTION
(SIDE/SIDE)
The
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM710-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
11
Section No. 2.6
710
Series
710 Flanged Cage Level Control
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Sample Model 710 1-SFBA-2A Flanged Cage External Mount Float Control with, SPDT Micro Switch, 1" NPT side and bottom Process Connections, Carbon Steel Cage with 304 S.S. Trim, Pressure rated to 275 psi and with Explosion Proof Switch Housing.
MODEL 710 1- SFBA-2 A
1•
2•
Press. Rating Min. S.G.
275 psi
.69
350 psi
.69
Flanged Cage
Switch Type
SF
SG
SR
SS
•
•
•
•
SPDT Dry Contact - Std.
DPDT Dry Contact
SPDT High Temperature
DPDT High Temperature
BA
BB
BE
BF
SE
SF
•
•
•
•
•
•
1" NPT (Side/Bottom)
1" Socket-Weld (Side/Bottom)
1" 150# Flange (Side/Bottom)
1" 300# Flange (Side/Bottom)
1" 150# Flange (Side/Side)
1" 300# Flange (Side/Side)
Options &
Additions
Materials
Vessel Connection
Switch
Housing
c
d
e
n
s
x
•
•
•
•
•
•
Epoxy Coated Unit
Vent Conn. NPT/SOL (any size)
Extended Chamber
NACE Construction to MR0175
Stainless Steel Tag
Specify Additional Options
A
B
C
D
•
•
•
•
Carbon Steel Cage w/304 S.S. Trim
Carbon Steel Cage w/316 S.S. Trim
304 S.S. Cage w/316 S.S. Trim
316 S.S. Cage w/316 S.S. Trim
2 • Explosion Proof: CSA APPROVED
Class I, Division I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
Class III, Enclosure Type 4
Parts List
Item
1
2
3
Description
HOUSING, ALUMINUM
COVER, ALUMINUM
ADAPTER W/ENCLOSING TUBE, 316 S.S.
SWITCH KIT ASSEMBLY, SPDT
4
SWITCH KIT ASSEMBLY, DTDT
5
ATTRACTION SLEEVE, 17-4PH
6
LOCK NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
7
STOP TUBE, STAINLESS STEEL
8
GUIDE PLUG, STAINLESS STEEL
9
FLOAT ARM, STAINLESS STEEL
10
FLOAT, 304 S.S.
11
FLANGE, STEEL OR STAINLESS STEEL
12
O-RING, BUNA-N
13
CAGE, STEEL OR STAINLESS STEEL
14*
SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
15*
GROUND SCREW
16*
GROUND CUP, BRASS
17
GASKET, COMPOSITION
18
STUD, B7
19
HEX NUT, 2H
*Not Shown
C/F: Call factory for Part No.
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
4
8
Part No.
007201-M
000203-M
007524-A
009341-A
009342-A
009532-M
05000-2252
007119-M
002304-M
009413-M
007410-P
C/F
05000-5446
C/F
001501-P
001504-G
001800-P
009442-P
009443-P
009444-P
2
12
1
5
4
6
3
19
18
7
11
17
8
9
6
10
13
The
12
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM710-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 2.7
720
Series
720 Sealed Cage Level Control
Application
The Model 720 Series are float-operated units designed for external mounting to the process vessel and provide high pressure capabilities with low specific gravity ratings within the petroleum,
power and natural gas industries. These models provide reliable
magnetic switching for level alarm or control function applications.
The advantage of this unit is lower cost than the flanged chambers.
Features
• Construction Versatility: Standard Level Control includes a Carbon
Steel float cage with a choice of threaded, socket-weld or
flanged tank connection. Consult factory for other materials.
• Explosion Proof: CSA APPROVED
Class I, Division I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
Class III, Enclosure Type 4
• Various Models: A wide selection of cage & trim materials and
switch mechanisms are available.
• 100% Hydrostatic Test @ 1 1/2 Times Related Pressure.
Operation
As the liquid rises, the float inside the sealed cage moves the
attached magnetic attraction sleeve into the field of the magnet
located in the switch housing. As this magnet swings toward the
enclosing tube, it causes the micro switch to actuate. As the liquid
level falls, the magnetic attraction sleeve moves out of the magnetic field and the bias spring pulls the magnet away from the
enclosing tube, which deactuates the micro switch.
Dimensional Data
Specifications
Switch Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . Explosion Proof Cast Aluminum
Operating Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 psi Max.
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450˚F Max.
Minimum Specific Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.53 Min.
Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1/4" Female Pipe Thread
Electrical Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Micro Switch standard
FUNCTION
AMBIENT TEMP
SWITCH RATING
Standard
-20 to 160˚F
5A @ 250 VAC
High Temp
-20 to 450˚F
5A @ 250 VAC
4 5/8 Dia.
3 7 /8
13"
14 7/8
14"
10 7/16
13"
13"
1 1/4" NPT
3 1/8
1"NPT OR 1" SOCKET-WELD
CONNECTION (SIDE/BOTTOM)
6 11/16
ANSI FLANGE CONNECTION
(SIDE/BOTTOM)
6 11/16
1" NPT Drain
Optional
ANSI FLANGE CONNECTION (SIDE/SIDE)
The
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM720-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
13
Section No. 2.7
720
Series
720 Sealed Cage Level Control
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Sample Model 720 1-SFBA-2A Sealed Cage External Mount Float Control with, SPDT Micro Switch, 1" NPT side and bottom Process Connections, Carbon Steel Cage with 304 S.S. Trim, Pressure rated to 275 psi and with Explosion Proof Switch Housing.
MODEL 720 1-SFBA-2 A
1•
2•
3•
Press. Rating Min. S.G.
275 psi
.69
200 psi
.53
300 psi
.56
Sealed Cage
Switch Type
SF
SG
SR
SS
•
•
•
•
SPDT Dry Contact - Std.
DPDT Dry Contact
SPDT High Temperature
DPDT High Temperature
BA
BB
BE
BF
SE
SF
•
•
•
•
•
•
1" NPT (Side/Bottom)
1" Socket-Weld (Side/Bottom)
1" 150# Flange (Side/Bottom)
1" 300# Flange (Side/Bottom)
1" 150# Flange (Side/Side)
1" 300# Flange (Side/Side)
Options &
Additions
Materials
Vessel Connection
Switch
Housing
c
d
e
n
s
x
•
•
•
•
•
•
Epoxy Coated Unit
Vent Conn. NPT/SOL (any size)
Extended Chamber
NACE Construction to MR0175
Stainless Steel Tag
Specify Additional Options
A
B
C
D
•
•
•
•
Carbon Steel Cage w/304 S.S. Trim
Carbon Steel Cage w/316 S.S. Trim
304 S.S. Cage w/316 S.S. Trim
316 S.S. Cage w/316 S.S. Trim
2 • Explosion Proof: CSA APPROVED
Class I, Division I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
Class III, Enclosure Type 4
Parts List
Item
1
2
3
Description
HOUSING, ALUMINUM
COVER, ALUMINUM
ADAPTER W/ENCLOSING TUBE, 316 S.S.
SWITCH KIT ASSEMBLY, SPDT
4
SWITCH KIT ASSEMBLY, DTDT
5
ATTRACTION SLEEVE, 17-4PH
6
LOCK NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
7
STOP TUBE, STAINLESS STEEL
8
GUIDE PLUG, STAINLESS STEEL
9
CAGE W/ FLOAT AND ARM ASSEMBLY
10*
GROUND SCREW
11*
GROUND CUP, BRASS
12
O-RING, BUNA-N
13*
SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
*Not Shown
C/F: Call factory for Part No.
The
14
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
Part No.
007201-M
000203-M
007524-A
009341-A
009342-A
009532-M
05000-2252
007119-M
002304-M
C/F
001504-G
001800-P
05000-5446
001501-P
2
12
1
5
4
6
3
7
8
9
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM720-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 2.8
730
Series
730 Top Mount Level Control
Application
The Model 730 Series are float-operated units designed for internal mounting through the top of the process vessel and provide
high pressure capabilities with low specific gravity ratings within
the petroleum, power and natural gas industries. These models
provide reliable magnetic switching for the lowest cost of high or
low level detection.
Features
• Construction Versatility: Standard Level Control includes a
Stainless Steel float and Carbon Steel NPT or flanged tank connections. Consult factory for other materials.
• Explosion Proof: CSA APPROVED
Class I, Division I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
Class III, Enclosure Type 4
• Various Models: A wide selection of trim materials and switch
mechanisms are available.
Operation
Dimensional Data
3 1/8
11/4 " NPT
8 1/8
4 5/8 Dia.
3 7/8
8 1/8
4 5/8 Dia.
3 7/8
3 1/8
As the liquid rises, the float moves the attached magnetic attraction
sleeve into the field of the magnet located in the switch housing. As
this magnet swings toward the enclosing tube, it causes the
microswitch to actuate. As the liquid level falls, the magnetic
attraction sleeve moves out of the magnetic field and the bias
spring pulls the magnet away from the enclosing tube, which deactuates the micro switch.
11/4 " NPT
Specifications
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450˚F Max.
Minimum Specific Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.58 Min.
Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1/4" Female Pipe Thread
Specify
Distance To Actuating Level
Operating Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200-275 psi
Specify
Distance To Actuating Level
Switch Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . Explosion Proof Cast Aluminum
Electrical Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Micro Switch standard
FUNCTION
AMBIENT TEMP
SWITCH RATING
Standard
-20 to 160˚F
5A @ 250 VAC
High Temp
-20 to 450˚F
5A @ 250 VAC
The
Float 3" X 6"
or 2 3/4" X 5"
730 WITH NPT ADAPTER
Float 3" X 6"
or 2 3/4" X 5"
730 WITH ANSI FLANGE
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM730-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
15
Section No. 2.8
730
Series
730 Top Mount Level Control
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Sample Model 730 1-SFBA-2A 18 Top Mount Float Control with, SPDT Micro Switch, 1" NPT Carbon Steel Process
Connection with 304 S.S. Trim, Pressure rated to 200 psi and with Explosion Proof Switch Housing, 18" Distance to Actuating Level.
MODEL 730 1-SFBA-2 A 18
1•
3•
Press. Rating Min. S.G.
200 psi
.58
275 psi
.76
SF
SG
SR
SS
•SPDT Dry Contact - Std.
•DPDT Dry Contact
•SPDT High Temperature
•DPDT High Temperature
BA
BB
BC
BD
BE
BF
BG
• 1" NPT
• 2" NPT
• 3" NPT
•3" 150# Flange
•3" 300# Flange
•4" 150# Flange
•4" 300# Flange
c
d
n
s
x
Top Mount
Options &
Additions
Switch Type
•
•
•
•
•
Epoxy Coated Unit
Dual Stage Control
NACE Construction to MR0175
Stainless Steel Tag
Specify Additional Options
Actuating
Level
xx • Distance to Actuating Level (inches)
Materials
A
B
C
D
Vessel Connection
•
•
•
•
C.S. Connection w/304 S.S. Trim
C.S. Connection w/316 S.S. Trim
304 S.S. Connection w/316 S.S. Trim
316 S.S. Connection w/316 S.S. Trim
2 • Explosion Proof: CSA APPROVED
Class I, Division I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
Class III, Enclosure Type 4
Switch
Housing
Parts List
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14*
15*
16*
Description
HOUSING, ALUMINUM
COVER, ALUMINUM
ADAPTER W/ENCLOSING TUBE, 316 S.S.
SWITCH KIT ASSEMBLY, SPDT
SWITCH KIT ASSEMBLY, DTDT
ATTRACTION SLEEVE, 17-4PH
LOCK NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
STOP TUBE, STAINLESS STEEL
RETAINER DISK, STAINLESS STEEL
FLOAT ARM, STAINLESS STEEL
FLOAT, 3"X6" 304SS STD.
FLOAT TUBE, STAINLESS STEEL
O-RING, BUNA-N
NPT ADAPTER OR ANSI FLANGE
SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
GROUND SCREW
GROUND CUP, BRASS
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
Part No.
007201-M
000203-M
007524-A
009341-A
009342-A
009532-M
05000-2252
007117-M
007126-M
C/F
007414-P
C/F
05000-5446
C/F
001501-P
001504-G
001800-P
*Not Shown
C/F: Call Factory For Part No. Specify Distance Of Operating Level And Material.
2
12
1
5
4
6
3
7
ANSI FLANGE
13
NPT ADAPTER
8
11
9
6
10
The
16
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM730-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 2.9
Series
740
740 Top Mount Displacer Control
Dimensional Data
Application
NARROW DIFFERENTIAL
WIDE DIFFERENTIAL
4 5/8 Dia.
3 7/8
8 1/8
The Model 740 Series are displacer-operated units designed for
internal mounting through the top of the process vessel and provide
high pressure capabilities with low specific gravity ratings within
the petroleum, power and natural gas industries. The use of displacers allows for a narrow or wide-switching differential, field
adjustable switch points, high pressure applications and multiple
switching points by means of dual switching mechanisms.
• Construction Versatility: Standard Level Control includes Stainless
Steel Displacer and Carbon Steel NPT or flanged tank connections.
Consult factory for other materials.
• Explosion Proof: CSA APPROVED
Class I, Division I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
Class III, Enclosure Type 4
• Various Models: A wide selection of connection, trim materials
and switch mechanisms are available.
1 1/4" NPT
3 1/8
Features
ANSI Flange
NPT Adapter
Operation
The stainless steel float/displacer, which is heavier than the liquid,
is suspended by a spring. When liquid rises around the displacer, a
buoyancy force is produced, which causes the effective weight of
the displacer to change. This causes the spring to retract slightly to
a new equilibrium position. When the spring retracts, the attraction
sleeve also moves upward into the field of the external magnet. The
magnet moves forward toward the attraction sleeve that actuates
the micro switch.
Displacer Advantages
3"X6" Stainless Steel
Displacer
As the liquid level rises, the buoyancy force produced by the displacer causes the range spring to seek a new balance.
1. Ability to withstand higher pressure than a float, since displacers
can be solid or constructed with a much heavier wall.
2. Allows wide switching differentials.
3. Allows switch point to be adjusted by moving the displacer up
or down.
Specifications
Switch Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . Explosion Proof Cast Aluminum
Operating Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000 psi Max.
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450˚F Max.
Minimum Specific Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.60
Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1/4" Female Pipe Thread
The
Electrical Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPDT Micro Switch standard
FUNCTION
AMBIENT TEMP
SWITCH RATING
Standard
-20 to 160˚F
5 A @ 250 VAC
High Temp
-20 to 450˚F
5 A @ 250 VAC
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM740-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
17
Section No. 2.9
740
Series
740 Top Mount Displacer Control
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model 740 1-SFBA-2A Top Mount Displacer Control with, SPDT Micro Switch, 2 1/2" NPT Carbon Steel Process
Connection with 304 S.S. Trim, Pressure rated to 1000 psi and with Explosion Proof Switch Housing.
MODEL 740 1- SFBA-2 A
Press. Rating
Min. S.G.
1 • 1000 psi, Narrow Diff. .60
2 • 1000 psi, Wide Diff. .60
SF
SG
SR
SS
•
•
•
•
SPDT Dry Contact - Std.
DPDT Dry Contact
SPDT High Temperature
DPDT High Temperature
BA
BB
BF
BG
BH
BI
BJ
BK
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
2 1/2" NPT
3" NPT
3" 150# Flange
3" 300# Flange
3" 600# Flange
4" 150# Flange
4" 300# Flange
4" 600# Flange
Top Mount
Options &
Additions
Switch Type
Materials
c
d
n
t
s
x
•
•
•
•
•
•
Epoxy Coated Unit
Dual Stage Unit
NACE Construction to MR0175
Teflon® Displacers
Stainless Steel Tag
Specify Additional Options
A
B
C
D
•
•
•
•
C.S. Connection w/304 S.S. Trim
C.S. Connection w/316 S.S. Trim
304 S.S. Connection w/316 S.S. Trim
316 S.S. Connection w/316 S.S. Trim
2 • Explosion Proof: CSA APPROVED
Class I, Division I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
Class III, Enclosure Type 4
Vessel Connection
Switch
Housing
Parts List
Item
1
2
3
Description
Qty.
HOUSING, ALUMINUM
1
COVER, ALUMINUM
1
ADAPTER W/ENCLOSING TUBE, 316 S.S.
1
SWITCH KIT ASSEMBLY, SPDT
1
4
SWITCH KIT ASSEMBLY, DTDT
1
5
ATTRACTION SLEEVE, 17-4PH
1
6
LOCK NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
5
7
STOP TUBE, STAINLESS STEEL
1
8
GUIDE PLUG, STAINLESS STEEL
1
9
FLOAT ARM, STAINLESS STEEL
1
10
FLOAT, 3"X6" 304SS STD.
1
SPRING W/CUP, STD.
1
11
SPRING W/CUP, WIRE DIFFERENTAL
1
12
O-RING, BUNA-N
1
13
NPT ADAPTER OR ANSI FLANGE
1
14
SHAFT COLLAR, STAINLESS STEEL
1
15
SET SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
2
16
ACORN NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
3
17
SET SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
2
18
CABLE, STAINLESS STEEL
10'
19
CRIMP ON CONNECTION, S.S.
1
20
SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
3
21*
GROUND SCREW
1
22*
GROUND CUP, BRASS
1
23*
SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
2
*Not Shown
C/F: Call Factory For Part No. Specify Size And Material.
Part No.
007201-M
000203-M
007524-A
009341-A
009342-A
009532-M
05000-1510
007119-M
002304-M
007234-M
009487-A
007334-A
007329-A
05000-5446
C/F
009674-M
001525-P
001121-M
001519-P
009657-P
007226-P
001504-P
001504-G
001800-P
001501-P
2
12
1
5
4
6
3
ANSI FLANGE
13
NPT ADAPTER
7
8
20
11
14
9
6
15
16
19
18
10
16 17
The
18
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM740-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 2.10
780
Series
780 Hermetically Sealed Level Control
Application
The Model 780 Hermetically Sealed Level Control is a side-mounted float type liquid level control. This unit is used as a high or low
level control. Also, can be used to sound alarms or operate control
equipment.
Features
• Corrosion Proof: All Stainless Steel Wetted Parts
• Adjustments: Nothing to Adjust or Get Out of Calibration
• Simple Installation: Float Passes Through a 1" Fitting
• Hermetically Sealed Switch
• Replacement Switch Capsule: Can Easily Be Changed in Field
• Explosion Proof Enclosure
Dimensional Data
Operation
1/2" NPT
1 1/8
DIA.
As the liquid in the vessel rises, lifting the float, a magnet (weld
sealed inside the arm) is moved downward toward the hermetically sealed reed switch inside the housing body, causing magnetic
actuation of the switch.
1 3/8
2 13/16
3"
1/2
Specifications
10 1/8
Body Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Stainless Steel
Operating Pressure Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 psig
Float Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polypropylene
Temperature Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200˚F
Level Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approx. 1"
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Class 1, Group A, B, C & D
Electrical Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2" Female Pipe Thread
Minimum Specific Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.60"
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model 780S-0A Float Control with, SPST
Hermetically Sealed Switch, 1" NPT 316 S.S. Vessel Connection,
Polypropylene Float, 316 Arm and Pivot for Internal Vessel
Mounting with Pressure Up to 5000 psi.
The
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
Description
BODY ASSEMBLY, ASTM A-276 TY.316
FLOAT, POLYPROPYLENE
ARM ASSEMBLY, ASTM A-276 TY.316
PIVOT PIN, 316 STAINLESS STEEL
SET SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
SPACER, STAINLESS STEEL
SWITCH, SPST
SWITCH, SPDT
GROMMET, NEOPRENE
7
8
2
MODEL 780S-0A
Type of Switch
S • SPST
SC • SPDT
Parts List
5
4
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
009421-A
007400-M
009419-A
009426-M
001539-P
009418-M
007224-P
007225-P
007000-P
3
1
0A • 316 S.S.
7
6
8
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM780-9/02 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
19
Section No. 3.1
Series
2001NB
2001NB/2001E Pneumatic & Electric Liquid Level Control, High Pressure No-Bleed
Application
The Series 2001NB liquid level
control, designed with a Die Cast
Aluminum control box and cover,
provides a rugged and versatile
unit that is ideal for use on compressor scrubbers, separators
and any production or process
units that require liquid level
control. Its proportional band and
spring balanced displacement element allows for a wide range of
adjustability for a variety of liquid level control requirements.
Dimensional Data
4 5/16"
6"
(2" NPT Connection)
10
8 1/2"
Features
• No-Bleed: Reduces Gas Consumption
• Sealed and Vented Case
• Snap or Throttle Pilot
• Field Reversible: Left Hand or Right Hand, Direct or Reverse Acting
• Adjustable Level and Span
• Stainless Steel Dual Bearings: Standard for improved
repeatability and sensitivity.
• Horizontal or Vertical Displacer
• Interface Control
• Carbon Steel Body
• All 316 Stainless Steel Wetted Internal Parts
• NACE Process, Standard
• Supply Gas Filter, Standard
Specifications
Connections
Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2" NPT Std. (other available)
Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4" NPT Female
Case Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/8" NPT Female
Output
Throttle (Proportional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 psig or 6-30 psig
Snap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to Full Supply
General
Repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0% of Full Scale
Dead Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0% of Input Scale
Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0% of Full Scale
Ambient Temp Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0% @ -40˚ F
3.0% @ +180˚ F
Specific Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Minimum
Temp. Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚ F to +200˚ F
(Displacer Limiting Factor)
The
(Right Hand Mount as Shown)
15
10
20
5
25
0
15
30
25
0
SUPPLY
6 1/2"
Radius
20
5
3 1/2"
3"
24 7/16"
(Standard)
30
OUTPUT
Supply
Output 1"
2 3/4"
3 1/2"
1/8" NPT Exhaust
5/8"
Connection
16 3/16"
(Vertical Displacer w/15" Arm)
3 1/2"
6 3/8"
B • Hole Dia.
C • Holes
D • Bolt Circle Dia.
(Straddles Center Line)
“A”
2" Flange Connections
ANSI
150
300
400-600
900-1500
A
6 1/2
6 1/2
6 1/2
7 1/4
B
3/4
3/4
3/4
1
C
4
8
8
8
D
4 3/4
5
5
6 1/2
Pressure Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6000 psi
Pilot Operating Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Normal: 20-35 psi
Overpressure protection: Gauges are the limiting factor.
Maximum Pressure Without Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 psig
Available Options:
Outside Cages
Domes For Top Mount
Vibration Package
Marine Package
WARNING
If supply gas is flammable or noxious, this
product MUST be located in a well ventilated non-hazardous area or sealed and
vented to a non-hazardous area.
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2001NB/2001E-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
1
Section No. 3.1
2001NB
Series
2001NB/2001E Pneumatic & Electric Liquid Level Control, High Pressure No-Bleed
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model 2AS-S R D –Series 2001NB, 2" Screwed Body, Snap Pilot, Right Hand Mounting, with Direct Acting Control.
MODEL 2AS - S R D-A-VF
15AS •
2AS •
2AF •
3AF •
4AF •
4AG •
4AU •
4AUS •
1 1/2" Screwed
2" Screwed
2" Flanged
3" Flanged
4" Flanged
4" Grooved
4" Union
4" Union w/S.G.
Connection
Options
VF• Vertical Displacer*
C • Chain
M • Stainless Steel Displacer
Control
Action
D • Direct
R • Reverse
Mounting
R • Right Hand
L • Left Hand
Note: Consult factory for other options.
Pilot
Additional Information Required
•
•
•
•
Body Connection Type: Size and Rating
Fluid Media
Fluid Temperatures: Maximum and Minimum
Displacer Size and Material: Standard is 17/8" X 12" PVC;
17/8" X 12" Acrylic or Stainless Steel optional.
S
T
E
ED
•
•
•
•
Snap
Throttle
Electric SPDT
Electric DPDT
*Displacer Arm Length: Arm length is figured from center line of control box. 15"
Standard on vertical displacer, 12 1/2" Standard on horizontal displacer. (Other
lengths available upon application)
Snap-Acting Pilot • No-Bleed Positive On/Off Flow Action
The Snap-Acting Pilot is comprised of two inner valves. Valve (1) admits system sup- Supply Valve (1)
ply gas to output. Valve (2) controls system exhaust from output. Valve (1), as shown
15
in the closed position (Fig. 1), is held closed by force exerted from supply gas. When
10
20
5
25
upward flapper bar force transferred to Valve (2) is sufficient enough to overcome
0
30
supply force, the ball snaps upward, allowing supply pressure to output port, which
operates the diaphragm motore valve (not shown nor included with the control). The
spherical end of valve (2) closes the exhaust port the instant the ball snaps upward Exhaust Valve (2)
Exhaust
and remains seated against supply pressure until force on the valve diminishes. As
force is removed from valve (2), causing it to unseat, a simultaneous action occurs,
Flapper Bar
causing valve (1) to seat instantly, closing the supply port to output and opening outFig. 1
put to exhaust, allowing the diaphragm motor valve to reverse it’s action.
Supply Port
15
10
20
5
25
0
SUPPLY
30
OUTPUT
Output Port
Throttle Pilot • No-Bleed Modulating Flow Action
The Throttle Pilot utilizes a diaphragm, which creates a forced balance pilot (Fig 2).
Output pressure acts upon the diaphragm causing it to push back at the same force
being applied to the lower seat. More force on the seat produces a proportionate
increase in pilot pressure. When the flapper bar of the control exerts upward force on
the lower valve seat (3), it forces the lower seat closed against valve body and opens
the supply valve (4). (Supply pressure enters the system, increasing until the control
and diaphragm motor valve pressure equals the flapper bar force and produces a forced
system balance.) The control will stay in this position until a decrease in the tank level
reduces the force allowing exhaust, or an increase in the level produces an action as
described. System supply gas does not flow while the pilot is in balance.
The
2
Supply Port
Supply Valve (4)
10
15
10
20
5
25
0
15
20
5
30
25
0
SUPPLY
30
OUTPUT
Output Port
Exhaust Valve (3)
Diaphragm
Exhaust
Flapper Bar
Fig. 2
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2001NB/2001E-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 3.1
Series
2001NB
2001NB/2001E Pneumatic & Electric Liquid Level Control, High Pressure No-Bleed
35
36
2
23
38
37
10
15
10
20
5
25
0
15
20
5
30
25
0
SUPPLY
1
4
25
27
24
28 23
30
OUTPUT
34
41
5
39
30 31 32
8
Vertical Displacer
Assembly
16
12
14
18
17
33
10
42
43
40
13
15
19
29
26
22
21
20
Horizontal Displacer
Assembly
44
9
11
6
7
3
Parts List
Item
1
2
*3
Description
CONTROL BOX, DIE CAST ALUMINUM
COVER, DIE CAST ALUMINUM
BOX SEAL, NEOPRENE
SNAP PILOT ASSY., ALUMINUM & 316 S.S.
*4
THROTTLE PILOT ASSY., ALUMINUM & 316 S.S.
5
BODY, ASTM A-108GR. 1018
6
PIVOT SHAFT, ASTM A-276 TY.316
*7
O-RING, VITON ®
*8
BACK UP RING, TEFLON ®
9
SHAFT RETAINER, ASTM A-276 TY.316
*10
O-RING, VITON ®
11
SPACER, ASTM A-276 TY. 316
12
CAP SCREW, 18-8 S.S.
13
CAP SCREW, 18-8 S.S.
14
ADJUSTING BAR, ALUMINUM
15
CAP SCREW, 18-8 S.S.
16
TORQUE BAR, ALUMINUM
17
ADJ. SCREW, ASTM A-276 TY.316
18
JAM NUT, 18-8 S.S.
19
STUD, 18-8 S.S.
20
LOWER SPRING GUIDE, ALUMINUM
SPRING, ASTM A-313, STANDARD (YELLOW)
21
SPRING, ASTM A-313, LIGHT (GREEN)
SPRING, ASTM A-313, HEAVY (RED)
22
UPPER SPRING GUIDE, ALUMINUM
23
STUD, FLAPPER BAR, ASTM A-276 TY.316
*Recommended Spare Part
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
Part No.
05012-4841
05012-4834
06000-5097
06500-5304
06500-5387
05011-4560
05011-4511
05000-0769
06000-1179
05012-9389
05000-1155
05011-4495
05000-5578
05000-5453
05011-4438
05000-2526
05011-4545
05011-4537
05000-2559
05011-4552
05011-4529
06000-4157
06000-3985
06000-9008
05011-4479
05012-9371
Repair Kits
30
31
32
33
*34
35
36
37
38
39
*40
*41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Description
FLAPPER BAR, ASTM A-276 TY.316
TRU-ARC RING, PH 15-7 MO
FULCRUM, ALUMINUM
THUMB SCREW, S.S./PLASTIC
NY-LOC NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
ACORN NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
DISPLACER ARM, STD., ASTM A-276 TY.316
DISPLACER ARM, VF, ASTM A-276 TY.316
DISPLACER BUSHING, ASTM A-276 TY.316
DISPLACER, PVC
HINGE PIN, STEEL PLATED
GASKET, NEOPRENE
CAP SCREW, 18-8 S.S.
PILOT CLAMP, 304 S.S.
PANEL SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
RETAINER, STAINLESS STEEL
SERIAL TAG, ALUMINUM
THREAD SEAL, STEEL/BUNA N
GASKET, VITON ®
BEARING, STAINLESS STEEL
TOLERANCE RING, STAINLESS STEEL
ADAPTER V.D. ASSY., ASTM A-276 TY.316
COVER GLASS, LEXAN (NOT SHOWN)
COVER GLASS PLATE, S.S. (NOT SHOWN)
COVER GLASS GASKET, NEOPRENE (NOT SHOWN)
SCREW, PLATED STEEL (NOT SHOWN)
Qty.
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
2
8
Part No.
05011-4404
06000-1385
05011-4412
06500-5429
05000-2567
05000-2575
06000-1534
05011-9296
06000-5105
05012-3561
06000-7537
06000-4819
05000-5313
05012-6325
06000-1153
06000-2672
06000-1922
06000-0395
10016
06000-7552
06000-7560
06500-4350
10916
10915
10917
001501P
Model and Part Numbers
BAR FLAPPER KIT
1
03500-1882
TORQUE BAR KIT
1
03500-1914
NUT
1
05000-2567
STD. TORQUE BAR
1
05011-4545
RETAINER RING
1
06000-1385
LOCK NUT
1
05000-2567
FLAPPER BAR
1
05011-4404
SENSITIVITY SCALE
1
10739
CLAMP KIT
1
03500-1890
SNAP PILOT KIT
1
03500-1114
CAP SCREW
4
05000-5313
FILTER
1
06000-1526
CLAMP
1
05012-6325
GASKET
1
06000-1484
SHAFT RETAINER KIT 1
06500-5601
1
05011-4503
PIN W/RETAINER RING
1
06000-1393
SHAFT RETAINER
1
05012-9389
BEARING
1
06000-7552
BALL
1
06000-1906
TOLERANCE RING
1
06000-7560
THROTTLE PILOT KIT 1
03500-1163
STD. FULCRUM KIT
1
03500-1898
FILTER
1
06000-1526
FULCRUM
1
05011-4412
GASKET
1
06000-1484
DIAPHRAGM
1
06000-1559
THUMB SCREW
1
06500-5429
SEAT
1
05011-4594
BAR ADJUSTING LEVEL KIT 1
03500-1906
BAR ADJUSTING LEVEL 1
05011-4438
FLAT WASHER-NYLON 1
05011-4602
JAM NUT
1
05000-2559
JAM NUT
1
05000-2559
CAP SCREW
2
05000-2526
PEANUT
1
05011-4586
ADJUSTING SCREW
1
05011-4537
SPRING
1
06000-1567
Charts indicate the Kit and Part Descriptions, the Quantities required and the Part Number for ordering.
The
Item
24
25
26
27
28
29
Model No.
2AS-SLD-A
2AS-SRD-A
2AS-TLD
2AS-TRD
2AS-SLD-VF
2AS-SRD-VF
2AS-TLD-VF
2AS-TRD-VF
Displacer Orientation
HORIZONTAL-STANDARD
HORIZONTAL-STANDARD
HORIZONTAL-STANDARD
HORIZONTAL-STANDARD
VERTICAL DISPLACER
VERTICAL DISPLACER
VERTICAL DISPLACER
VERTICAL DISPLACER
Part No.
03051-0850
03051-0800
03051-0892
03051-0918
03051-0868
03051-0876
03051-0900
03051-0926
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2001NB/2001E-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
3
Section No. 3.1
Series
2001E
2001NB/2001E Pneumatic & Electric Liquid Level Control, High Pressure No-Bleed
24 25
4
34 10
36
35
33
23
31
26
32
44
39
37 38
27
10
7
Vertical Displacer
Assembly
42
6
43
Horizontal Displacer
Assembly
8
9
16
12 18
17 14
28
29 19 20 21 22 28
30
51
2
3
13 40
1 11 41
5
Parts List
Item
1
2
*3
4
5
6
*7
*8
9
*10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Description
CONTROL BOX, DIE CAST ALUMINUM
COVER, DIE CAST ALUMINUM
BOX SEAL, NEOPRENE
SWITCH
BODY, ASTM A-108GR. 1018
PIVOT SHAFT, ASTM A-276 TY.316
O-RING, VITON ®
BACK UP RING, TEFLON ®
SHAFT RETAINER, ASTM A-276 TY.316
O-RING, VITON ®
SPACER, ASTM A-276 TY. 316
CAP SCREW, 18-8 S.S.
CAP SCREW, 18-8 S.S.
ADJUSTING BAR, ALUMINUM
CAP SCREW, 18-8 S.S. (NOT SHOWN)
TORQUE BAR, ALUMINUM
ADJ. SCREW, ASTM A-276 TY.316
JAM NUT, 18-8 S.S.
STUD, 18-8 S.S.
LOWER SPRING GUIDE, ALUMINUM
SPRING, ASTM A-313, STANDARD (YELLOW)
SPRING, ASTM A-313, LIGHT (GREEN)
SPRING, ASTM A-313, HEAVY (RED)
UPPER SPRING GUIDE, ALUMINUM
STUD, FLAPPER BAR, ASTM A-276 TY.316
FLAPPER BAR, ASTM A-276 TY.316
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
Part No.
05012-4843
05012-4834
06000-5097
10006
05011-4560
05011-4511
05000-0769
11087
05012-9389
05000-1155
05011-4495
05000-5578
05000-5453
05011-4438
05000-2526
05011-4545
05011-4537
05000-2559
05011-4552
05011-4529
06000-4157
06000-3985
06000-9008
05011-4479
05012-9371
06500-7233
BAR FLAPPER KIT
1
03500-1882
NUT
1
05000-2567
RETAINER RING
1
06000-1385
FLAPPER BAR
1
05011-4404
CLAMP KIT
1
03500-1890
CAP SCREW
4
05000-5313
CLAMP
1
05012-6325
SHAFT RETAINER KIT 1
06500-5601
SHAFT RETAINER
1
05012-9389
BEARING
1
06000-7552
TOLERANCE RING
1
06000-7560
Charts indicate the Kit and Part Descriptions, the
Quantities required and the Part Number for ordering.
4
Qty.
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
8
1
Part No.
06000-1385
05011-4412
06500-5429
05000-2567
05000-2575
06000-1534
06000-5105
05012-3561
06000-7537
06000-8386
05000-1586
06000-8394
06000-1153
06000-2672
06000-1922
06000-0395
10016
06000-7552
06000-7560
10149
10916
10915
10917
001501-P
06500-4350
Switch Specifications
Repair Kits
The
Item
Description
25
TRU-ARC RING, PH 15-7 MO
26
FULCRUM, ALUMINUM
27
THUMB SCREW, S.S./PLASTIC
28
NY-LOC NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
29
ACORN NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
30
FLOAT ARM, ASTM A-276 TY.316
31
FLOAT BUSHING, ASTM A-276 TY.316
32
DISPLACER, PVC
33
HINGE PIN, STEEL PLATED
*34
PIPE NIPPLE
35
CAP SCREW, 18-8 S.S.
36
ELBOW
37
PANEL SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
38
PANEL SCREW RETAINER, STAINLESS STEEL
39
SERIAL TAG, ALUMINUM
*40
THREAD SEAL, STEEL/BUNA N
*41
GASKET
42
BEARING, STAINLESS STEEL
43
TOLERANCE RING, STAINLESS STEEL
44
PLUG
45
COVER GLASS, LEXAN (NOT SHOWN)
46
COVER GLASS PLATE, S.S. (NOT SHOWN)
47
COVER GLASS GASKET, NEOPRENE (NOT SHOWN)
48
COVER SCREW, PLATED STEEL (NOT SHOWN)
51
ADAPTER V.D. ASSY., ASTM A-276 TY.316
*Recommended Spare Part
TORQUE BAR KIT
STD. TORQUE BAR
LOCK NUT
SENSITIVITY SCALE
STD. FULCRUM KIT
FULCRUM
THUMB SCREW
BAR ADJUSTING LEVEL KIT
BAR ADJUSTING LEVEL
JAM NUT
CAP SCREW
ADJUSTING SCREW
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
03500-1914
05011-4545
05000-2567
10739
03500-1898
05011-4412
06500-5429
03500-1906
05011-4438
05000-2559
05000-2526
05011-4537
Electric Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Explosion Proof
Electric Switch, Single Pole / Double Throw, UL and CSA listed:
"L96" 15 amps, 125, 250, or 480 VAC; 1/8 HP-125 VAC,
1/4 HP-250 VAC, 1/2 amp-125 VDC, 1/4 amp-250 VDC
Model and Part Number
Model No.
2AS-ERD
Displacer Orientation
HORIZONTAL-STANDARD
Part No.
03051-9000
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2001NB/2001E-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 3.3
Series
7400
7400 Snaptrol Pneumatic & Electric Liquid Level Control, Low Pressure No-Bleed
Application
For use in low-pressure vessels or tanks, this versatile and multioptional device can be used as a level control or as a component of
Hi-Lo level alarm systems. The 1" MNPT unit may be mounted into
a 1" coupling when the float is accessible from inside the vessel. If
float is not accessible, a 2" or larger connection must be provided to
allow passage of the float through the connection. The pneumatic 3way 2-port no-bleed pilot valve makes this unit an excellent choice
for the control of liquid level in oil and gas production equipment such
as separators, dehydrators, treaters, as well as in manufacturing
plants, hazardous waste disposal, food processing, petro-chemical
facilities, or wherever fluid levels need to be monitored or controlled.
Features
• No-Bleed
• Cost Effective
• Pneumatic or Electric
• 1" and 2" Threaded or 4" Union
• Other Connections Available on Request
• Choices of Float Size and Float Arm Extension Length
Specifications
Dimensional Data
*Standard on 2"
**Standard on 1" Threaded & 4" Union
The
3 1/2 Dia.
3 27/32
10˚ Max. angle per side
6"
7 1/2
5 19/32
1" NPT THREAD WITH STD. FLOAT AND ARM
4 1/2
2"
15˚ Max. angle per side
6"
7 1/4
6 1/4
2" NPT THREAD WITH STD. FLOAT AND ARM
7 1/8
7 1/4
3 1/2 Dia.
Size
1" Threaded 2" Threaded
4" Union
Body Working Pressure
500 psi
Float
Size
*2" x 6"
3" x 6"
**3 1/2" x 6"
Working Pressure
500 psi
500 psi
500 psi
Collapse Pressure
720 psi
850 psi
800 psi
Operating Temperature . . . . -20˚F to +212˚F (available to 400˚F)
Supply Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 psi (250 psi available)
3-Way Pilot Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4" FNPT
Material
1" Threaded
2" Threaded
4" Union
Body
836 Brz./A216 WCB A216 WCB A216 WCB
Float
Stainless Steel
Float Arm
Stainless Steel
Seals
Buna-N Standard (others available)
Bushing (Retainer)
360 Brass (S.S. available)
Electric Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Explosion Proof
Electric Switch, Single Pole / Double Throw, UL and CSA listed:
"L96" 15 amps, 125, 250, or 480 VAC; 1/8 HP-125 VAC,
1/4 HP-250 VAC, 1/2 amp-125 VDC, 1/4 amp-250 VDC
6"
7 3/8
6 1/8
4" UNION WITH STD. FLOAT AND ARM
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM7400-10/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
5
Section No. 3.3
7400
Series
7400 Snaptrol Pneumatic & Electric Liquid Level Control, Low Pressure No-Bleed
Plumbing Schematic
Determining the Model Number
Direct Acting
Example given: Standard Model ST2TP - Series 7400, 2" Threaded
Process Connection, Pneumatic Type Control.
Supply Inlet
When float rises,
supply opens
to output.
MODEL ST2T P
Output
(to valve)
Exhaust
ST • 7400 Series
Indirect Acting
When float falls,
supply opens
to output.
Exhaust
Supply Inlet
Output
(to valve)
Type
P • Pneumatic
E • Electric
Process Connection
1T • 1" Threaded-Brz.
1TS • 1" Threaded-C.S.
2T • 2" Threaded-C.S.
4U • 4" Union-C.S.
4G • 4" Grooved-C.S.
Parts List
Item
1
2
3
4*
Description
NAME PLATE, ALUMINUM
BEARING SLEEVE, DELRIN ®
TRUNNION, STAINLESS STEEL
O-RING, BUNA-N
FLOAT 2"X6",STAINLESS STEEL
5
FLOAT 3"X6",STAINLESS STEEL
FLOAT 3 1 / 2 "X6",STAINLESS STEEL
6
JAM NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
7
FLOAT ARM, STAINLESS STEEL,10" STD.
BODY, 1" NPT PNEUMATIC, 836 BRONZE
BODY, 1" NPT PNEUMATIC, STEEL WCB
BODY, 2" NPT PNEUMATIC, STEEL WCB
8
BODY, 2" NPT ELECTRIC, STEEL WCB
BODY, 4" UNION, PNEUMATIC, STEEL WCB
BODY, 4" UNION, ELECTRIC, STEEL WCB
9
BUSHING, 360 BRASS
10
COVER PLATE, LEXAN
11
COVER SCREW, STL. PLATED
12* O-RING, BUNA-N
13
ACTUATOR, STAINLESS STEEL
3-WAY VALVE, PNEUMATIC ONLY
14*
ELECTRIC SWITCH, ELECTRIC ONLY
15
SCREW, STL. PLATED
16
SPRING, STAINLESS STEEL
17
SPRING KEEPER, BRASS
18
SCREW, STL. PLATED
19
SCREW, STL. PLATED
20
JAM NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
21
LOCK NUT, STL. PLATED
MOUNTING PLATE, ALUM. PNEUMATIC
22
MOUNTING PLATE 1, ELECTRIC
MOUNTING PLATE 2, ELECTRIC
HAMMER UNION, STD. V THREAD, WCB
24*
HAMMER UNION, ACME THREAD, WCB
O-RING, BUNA-N, SCH.80 WN (4"UNION ONLY)
25*
O-RING, BUNA-N, SCH.160 WN (4"UNION ONLY)
* Recommended Spare Part
The
6
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
10068
20031
20030
05000-0041
10051
10266
10128
10007
20028
40021
41077
40016
40067
40041
40043
20029
10050
10046
10133
10049
06000-0577
10219
10041
10045
20033
10043
10047
10060
10044
20032
20185
20186
05012-6705
05012-3702
05000-5446
05000-0561
5
6
7
4
2
1
3
9 12 10 15 13
21 11 17 16 18
8
2
15
20
22
19
14
3
4
12
9
TRUNNION DETAIL
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM7400-10/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 3.4
1800
Series
1800 Pneumatic & Electric Liquid Level Control, Low Pressure No-Bleed
Application
The WellMark 1800 Liquid Level Control offers design simplicity,
easy installation, adjustment, and reliable liquid-level monitoring.
The Model 1800 can be equipped with a snap action 3-way 2-port
valve (1800M) or an electrical contact switch (1800E).
The Model 1800 is actuated by movable arms that permit the control range to be adjusted easily and accurately set to the range
desired. With the liquid level below the float, the 3-way 2-port
valve, or micro switch, will be in low level position and will remain
there until the float rises to the pre-set high level. The 3-way 2-port
valve, or micro switch, reverses positions as the float rises or drops
through the pre-set level.
The 1800 Liquid Level Control can be used in oil and gas processing, manufacturing plants, hazardous waste disposal, food processing, petro-chemical facilities, or wherever fluid levels need to be
monitored or controlled.
Installation
Dimensional Data
4"-150 Flanged Connection
60˚ Maximum Range
The WellMark Model 1800 is available with various standard pipe
closures such as ANSI flanges and grooved connections.
30˚ Max. Limit
1
4" Grooved
Connection
2
4 1/2 Pneumatic
1800-M
2 7/8
3
5" Electric
16" Std. Float & Arm
The WellMark Model 1800 Electric Level Control provides electrical
contact switch closure for alarm or control functions. Reference figure 2.
Diaphragm Motor Valve
Figure 1
Pneumatic Control Valve Piping
The WellMark Model 1800 Pneumatic Level Control is equipped
with a 3-way 2-port valve with three 1/4" NPT ports. The 3-way
2-port valve has a standard working pressure of 100 psi.
The connections to the ports depend on the control action desired.
Port positions are shown below. Reference figure 1.
Explosion Proof
Electric Switch, SPDT
UL and CSA listed: “L96” 15 amps, 125, 250, or
480 VAC; 1/8 HP-125 VAC, 1/4 HP-250 VAC
1/2 amp-125 VDC, 1/4 amp-250 VDC
Motor
Horn
Signal Light
Relay
With Float At Low Level
PORT 1 CLOSED TO 2
PORT 2 COMMON
PORT 3 OPEN TO 2
The
With Float At High Level
PORT 1 OPEN TO 2
PORT 2 COMMON
PORT 3 CLOSED TO 2
1800-E
Figure 2
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM1800-6/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
7
Section No. 3.4
Series
1800
1800 Pneumatic & Electric Liquid Level Control, Low Pressure No-Bleed
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model 4G-1800-M– Series 1800, 4" Grooved Connection, Pneumatic Type Control.
MODEL 4 G-1800-M-X
Size
Option
Connection
Model
4 • 4"
F • Flanged (Cl. 150RF)
G • Grooved
INT • Liquid-Liquid Interface
M • Pneumatic
E • Electric (SPDT)
1800• 1800 Level Control
27
Parts List
Item
Description
Qty.
BODY, 4" GROOVED, DUCTILE IRON
BODY, 4" FLANGED, CL. 150RF, DUCTILE IRON
2
STEM, 303 STAINLESS STEEL
3
STEM RETAINER, BRASS
4
BACK UP RING, TEFLON®
5*
O-RING, BUNA-N
6*
O-RING, BUNA-N
7
PIN, 316 STAINLESS STEEL
8
GEAR COLLAR, 303 S.S.
9
GEAR COLLAR, 303 S.S.
10
GEAR, STEEL NICKLE PLATED
11
ACTUATOR ARM, 303 S.S.
12
NUT, STEEL PLATED
13
PINION GEAR, BRASS
14
NUT, STEEL PLATED
15
ARM, 303 S.S.
16
SPACER, 303 S.S.
17
SCREW, STEEL PLATED
18*
3-WAY VALVE, ALUMINUM/S.S.
19
RETAINER, BRASS
20
MOUNTING PLATE, ALUMINUM
21
SCREW, STEEL PLATED
22
CAP SCREW, STEEL PLATED
23
COVER, STEEL
24
SCREW, STEEL PLATED
25
PIN, 17-4PH
26
STOP/SWITCH ARM, STEEL
27
FLOAT 3 1 / 2 "X6", STAINLESS STEEL
28
FLOAT ARM, STAINLESS STEEL,10" STD.
29
JAM NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
30
MICRO SWITCH, EX-AR16
31
SPRING, STAINLESS STEEL
32
PLUG, DELRIN ®
33
COLLAR, BRASS
34
SET SCREW, STEEL PLATED
35
ACTUATOR BLOCK, ALUMINUM
36
ACTUATOR BLOCK, ALUMINUM
*Recommended Spare Part
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
4
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2/1
4/3
2
4
1
1/2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part
1800-M
05010-7010
40176
05010-7028
05010-1757
05011-3612
05000-0041
05000-0058
05011-4149
05010-7044
05010-7051
05010-7127
05010-7119
05000-1809
05010-7192
05000-1973
05010-7184
05010-7176
05000-1452
06000-0577
05010-7077
05010-7242
10047
05000-1668
05010-7093
05000-1536
05010-7069
05010-6707
10128
20028
10007
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
29
28
2 6 19 24 23 4
No.
1800-E
05010-7010
40176
05010-7028
05010-1757
05011-3612
05000-0041
05000-0058
05011-4149
05010-7044
05010-7051
05010-7127
05010-7119
05000-1809
05010-7192
05000-1973
—
05010-7176
05000-1452
—
05010-7077
05010-7036
05000-2302
05000-1668
05010-7093
05000-1536
05010-7069
05010-6707
10128
20028
10007
10219
05010-4314
05010-4298
05010-4132
05000-2468
05010-7101
05011-2754
5 6 8 25 7 9 3 13 17 16 18
1
10 12 14 11
8
22
21
1800-M (Pneumatic)
27
29
2 6 19 24 23 4 33 34 32 31
28
5 6 8 25 7 9 3 13 17 16 26 21
1
10 12 14 11 36
1800-E (Electric)
The
26 15
22
35
30
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM1800-6/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 3.5
Series
6900
6900 Cantilever Liquid Level Control
Application
The Cantilever liquid level control series offers design simplicity,
easy installation, adjustment, and reliable liquid level monitoring. It
is a highly efficient device for the control of liquid level in oil and
gas production equipment such as: separators, dehydrators, and
treaters, as well as in manufacturing plants, hazardous waste disposal, food processing, water treatment, petro-chemical facilities, or
wherever fluid levels need to be monitored or controlled. The sensing element design, with no moving parts exposed to the tank or
vessel fluid, makes the simple installation of the control possible in
various standard pipe closures such as: ANSI flanges and grooved,
or union, connections. The sensing element has a selection of three
control head options that control pneumatic supply to control
valves, alarm systems, pressure switches, solenoids, and relays, all
of which may be used in response to liquid level changes. These
control options are:
Snap Action
Throttling
Throttling
Specifications
This throttling control head assembly provides a proportional output
pressure signal as changes in vessel liquid levels are sensed by the
displacers and transmitted by the sensing rod. Constant vessel liquid level can be maintained when the control outlet is connected
with a properly sized pneumatic, diaphragm activated control valve.
Sensing adjustment is controlled by an external adjusting screw.
Max. Working Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 psi
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F or +200˚F
(higher temperature available)
Process Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Chart
Pilot Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4" FNPT
Supply Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 20 psi Minimum-30 psi Maximum
(limited by pressure gauge)
Output Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 psi – Throttle
0-Full Supply – Snap (Pilot good to 75 psi)
Snap Action
The snap action control head assembly provides on/off supply
pressure at a specific liquid level set point established by the displacer setting. This on/off signal can be used to power pressure switches, start-up or shut-down controls, alarms, or pneumatic diaphragm
activated control valves to open or close system flow lines.
Features
• Industry Standard
• Design Simplicity
• Optional Pilot Head
Throttle or Snap Acting
• Optional Process Connections – See Chart
• Optional Choice of Sensing Rod – See Chart
• Optional Choice of Displacer – See Chart
• Optional Low-Bleed MIZER®– See Chart
The
Materials
Displacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Chart
Process Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carbon Steel
Sight Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polycarbonate
Sensing Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 S.S.
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buna-N Standard (others available)
Hammer Union Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4" and 5" WCB
Others Fabricated Carbon Steel
WARNING
If supply gas is flammable or noxious, this
product MUST be located in a well ventilated non-hazardous area or sealed and
vented to a non-hazardous area.
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM6900-11/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
9
Section No. 3.5
Series
6900
6900 Cantilever Liquid Level Control
Principle of Operation
Installation
This liquid level control operates on the basis of two basic physical laws:
Before installing this control, inspect the unit for any shipment damage or any foreign material. Visually observe that the actuator pad
and rod-end are centered in the sensing rod connector. If not, the
unit has been distorted and should be returned to center before
placing the control in service.
Check for mechanical clearance of displacer for free movement by
flicking the actuator pad after installation of the unit. If vibration is
observed, unit is free to work as intended.
Connect suitable supply gas line to the 1/4" FNPT connection
stamped "IN". 20 to 30 psi is recommended for proper operation
(Filtered gas or air is strongly recommended for better and longer
maintenance-free operation.)
Connect "output" port, stamped "OUT" to unit to be controlled.
1. “A solid, heavier than a fluid (a displacer/s) will, if placed in it,
descend to the bottom of the fluid, and the solid will, when
weighed in the fluid, be lighter than its true weight by the weight
of the fluid displaced.”–Archimedes' Principal
2. A Cantilever beam (sensing rod) projecting outward, anchored at
one end, will flex in proportion to the weight applied, or removed,
at the free end.
Therefore, following Archimedes' Principal, a body (displacer or
float) immersed in a fluid experiences a buoyant, or lift force equal
to the weight of the displaced fluid. This static lift force acts vertically through the center of gravity of the displaced volume.
Applying the above fundamentals to this liquid level control, we can
sense and regulate levels of most gas to fluid interface applications
as well as many fluid to fluid interfaces.
By attaching a displacer to the free end of the sensing rod, vertical movement is achieved. The rising and lowering of the fluid
gives the static lift force-either up or down, which is transferred
along the rod to an actuator pad extending out past the anchored
end. As the actuator pad moves to the nozzle, supply pressure is
diverted to output, opening a diaphragm-operated motor valve. As
fluid is drained, and fluid level declines, the actuator pad moves
away from the nozzle and supply pressure is relieved from the
diaphragm operated motor valve, and valve closes, allowing the
cycle to repeat.
In a throttling mode, this procedure will continually throttle the
valve to maintain the fluid level at a desired set point.
In a snap-acting mode, a shuttle pilot is attached to the throttling
head converting the throttling output pressure to pilot signal
pressure, tripping the shuttle pilot to either full supply pressure,
opening valve quickly, or to zero supply pressure, allowing valve
to close.
The
10
Start-Up Procedure
Energize the control by opening the supply gas to pilot head (20 to
30 psi recommended).
Adjust the nozzle upward toward the actuator pad, by loosening
nozzle lock nut and turning nozzle clockwise, until output pressure
gauge starts to indicate a reading (1-3 psi).
Observing the fluid level through the level glasses for desired level,
adjust the nozzle up or down to actuate the diaphragm-operated
motor valve when desired level is obtained. When satisfactory fluid
level is obtained, tighten nozzle lock nut to secure setting.
Observe several cycles to assure that the system is properly functioning.
NOTE: To increase fluid level set-point, adjust the nozzle counterclockwise away from the actuator pad. To decrease fluid level setpoint, adjust nozzle counter-clockwise toward actuator pad.
Normal pilot installation is direct acting, rise in fluid level resulting
in an increase of output. For indirect acting, rise in fluid level resulting in a decrease of output, simply loosen 3/4 -16 jam nut behind
pilot head, and rotate pilot head 180˚ and retighten 3/4 -16 jam nut.
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM6900-11/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 3.5
Series
6900
6900 Cantilever Liquid Level Control
Chart 1: Determining the Model Number
MODEL 4 C SU-RLC -AO1
2", 3", 4", 5", 6"
All 6" Connection H.U. Rings are ACME Thread
4" & 5" Connection H.U. Rings are "V" Thread Std.
ACME available (specify when ordering) and add
the letter "A" as a suffix to Connection “Code”
Size
Displacer
(Float)
C • Cantilever
F
G
S
U
SG
SU
Y
SY
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
LC •
RLC •
LMZ •
RMZ•
Flange
Grooved
Screwed Bushing (2" Only)
Hammer Union Blind Flange
Grooved w/Sight Glass (4" & 5")
Hammer Union w/Sight Glass
Yale Blind Flange (less H.U. Ring)
Yale Flange w/Sight Glass
(less H.U. Ring)
Process
Connection
Flange
Rating
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
2" x 10" Delrin® Screw-on
2" x 12" Delrin® Screw-on
2" x 10" Phenolic Screw-on
2" x 12" Phenolic Screw-on
2 1/2" x 8" Delrin® Screw-on
2 1/2" x 7" Delrin® Screw-on
2 1/2" x 8" Slide-on Delrin®
3 1/4" x 2 3/4" Phenolic (3)*
3 1/4" x 2 3/4" Phenolic (4)*
2 3/4" x 10" PVC Screw-on*
1
3
6
0
•
•
•
•
150 Class
300 Class
600 Class
Other Type Connection
A • Short (Dumpy)
M • Medium
L • Long Straight
Rod Type
Pneumatic Throttling
Pneumatic Snap Acting
MIZER® Throttling
MIZER® Snap Acting
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
Pilot Head
Cantilever Displacers
Displacer Size
Material
Part No.
2" DIA. X 10" SCREW-ON
2" DIA. X 12" SCREW-ON
2" DIA. X 10" SCREW-ON
2" DIA. X 12" SCREW-ON
2 1 / 2 " DIA. X 8" SCREW-ON
2 1 / 2 " DIA. X 7" SCREW-ON
2 1 / 2 " O.D. X 8" SLIDE-ON
3 1 / 4 " O.D. X 2 1/4 SLIDE-ON*
2 3 / 4 " DIA. X 10" SCREW-ON*
DELRIN ®
05011-1582
05011-1590
06500-2545
06500-2537
30076
05011-0584
05011-0352
05010-2342
30055
*3 Displacers Required for Liquid Gas Interface
*4 Displacers Required for Liquid Liquid Interface
*2 3/4" x 10" Displacer Applicable for Either Liquid Gas or Liquid Liquid Interface
Stainless Steel displacers available. Contact factory.
8"
2 1/2" Dia.
DELRIN ®
PHENOLIC
PHENOLIC
DELRIN ®
DELRIN ®
DELRIN ®
PHENOLIC
PVC
Max. Temp.
Continuous
200
200
275
275
200
200
200
400
165
DELRIN® & PHENOLIC SCREW-ON DISPLACERS (MEDIUM AND SHORT RODS)
DELRIN® SLIDE-ON DISPLACERS (LONG STRAIGHT ROD ONLY)
2 3/4" Dia.
10"
PVC SCREW-ON DISPLACER (MEDIUM AND SHORT RODS)
The
PHENOLIC SLIDE-ON DISPLACERS ( LONG STR. & OFFSET ROD)
3 REQ'D LIQUID-GAS INTERFACE • 4 REQ'D LIQUID-LIQUID INTERFACE
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM6900-11/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
11
Section No. 3.5
6900
Series
6900 Cantilever Liquid Level Control
Parts List for Cantilever Snap Acting Pilot Head
Part No.
05010-3472
06000-0684
06000-0700
05010-1674
05010-1682
05000-0033
05010-2334
05000-0074
05010-3720
05010-3761
05000-0009
05010-3456
05010-3464
05010-3423
05010-3431
05010-3449
05000-2591
05010-3704
05010-3712
05010-3696
06000-1601
05010-3829
5 3/4 APPROX.
5" APPROX.
9
13 15 16 12
10 11
15
10
15
10
20
5
25
5
WELLMARK
25
WELLMARK
30
0
20
30
0
psi
psi
2
3
1
1"
Qty.
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
5
6
4
8
7
2 7/8 APPROX.
Description
PILOT HOUSING, ALUM. ALLOY 383
STREET "L", MALLEABLE
PRESSURE GAUGE
ADJUSTING SCREW, 303 S.S.
NOZZLE, 303 S.S.
O-RING, NITRILE
JAM NUT, 18-8 S.S.
O-RING, NITRILE
COVER PLATE, POLYCARBONATE
COVER SCREW, NYLON
O-RING, NITRILE
BOOSTER BODY, ALUMINUM
COVER, ALUMINUM
LOWER SEAT, ALUMINUM
UPPER SEAT, ALUMINUM
CONNECTOR, ALUMINUM
SCREW, STEEL PLATED
SPRING, ASTM A-313
DIAPHRAGM, FAIRPRENE
GASKET, FAIRPRENE
FILLSTER HD. SCREW, STEEL
DAMPNER, STAINLESS STEEL
1
6
4
8
7
2 7/8APPROX.
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22*
21 19 17 14 18 20
*Not Shown
Parts List for Cantilever Throttling Pilot Head
The
12
Description
PILOT HOUSING, ALUM. ALLOY 383
STREET TEE, MALLEABLE
PRESSURE GAUGE
ADJUSTING SCREW, 303 S.S.
NOZZLE, 303 S.S.
O-RING, NITRILE
JAM NUT, 18-8 S.S.
O-RING, NITRILE
COVER PLATE, POLYCARBONATE
COVER SCREW, NYLON
O-RING, NITRILE
Qty.
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
Part No.
05010-1617
06000-0676
06000-0700
05010-1674
05010-1682
05000-0033
05010-2334
05000-0074
05010-3720
05010-3761
05000-0009
3 7/8
6" APPROX.
9
10 11
5
15
10
15
10
20
5
25
WELLMARK
30
0
psi
20
5
25
WELLMARK
3
30
0
psi
1"
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
2
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM6900-11/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 3.5
Series
6900
6900 Cantilever Liquid Level Control
Cantilever Rods and Additional Components
LOCK NUT (2)
05010-2359
HEX NUT
05000-1510
SEAT
05010-1781
REFLECTOR
(SIGHT GLASS MODELS ONLY)
3" P/N 05010-0741
4" AND 5" P/N 10052
8 3/16
4 7 /8
O-RING STD.
05000-0447
TRU-ARC RING
(SIGHT GLASS MODELS ONLY)
SHORT ROD ASSEMBLY 06500-0630
ADDITIONAL COMPONENTS
FOR ALL RODS
ADDITIONAL COMPONENTS
FOR ALL RODS
12 3/8
9 1 /8
VERTICAL FLOAT ADAPTER
06500-4301
(SHORT & MEDIUM RODS ONLY)
MEDIUM ROD ASSEMBLY 06500-0036
4 FLOAT EXTENSION-05010-6970
HEX HD. SCREW 05000-2187
WASHER 06000-1054
(LONG & OFFSET RODS ONLY)
19"
15 3/4
HEX HD. SCREW-05000-1767
WASHER-06000-1054
(LONG & OFFSET RODS ONLY)
COLLAR W/ SCREW
P/N 10059
(LONG ROD ONLY)
LONG ROD ASSEMBLY 06500-0085
15 3/4
11 3/4
19"
VERTICAL FLOAT ADAPTER
06500-4285
(LONG & OFFSET RODS ONLY)
OFFSET ROD ASSEMBLY 06500-0002
The
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM6900-11/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
13
Section No. 3.5
Series
6900
6900 Cantilever Liquid Level Control
Typical Assembly
WARNING
FLANGE
3" BLIND 05011-0337
3" SIGHT GLASS 05011-0667
4" BLIND 05010-5766
4" SIGHT GLASS 06500-2040
5" SIGHT GLASS 06500-2917
5" ACME SIGHT GLASS 06500-5076
O-RING
05000-0447
HEAD ASSEMBLY
THROTTLING 06500-1307
SNAP ACTING 06500-1315
THROTTLING MIZER® 06500-6947
SNAP ACTING MIZER® 06500-6955
NOZZLE SEAT
05010-1781
HEX NUT
05000-1510
SNAP ACTING
HEAD
TRU-ARC RING
(SIGHT GLASS ONLY)
06000-0692
JAM NUT
05010-2359
WELD NECK O-RING
3" 05000-0405
4" 05000-0561
5" STD. 05000-0579
5" ACME 05000-5537
HAMMER UNION
3" BLIND FLG. 06500-0663
3" SIGHT GLASS 06500-0671
4" STD. THREAD 05012-6705
4" ACME THREAD 05012-3702
5" STD. THREAD 05012-9439
5" ACME THREAD 05012-9496
WASHER
(LONG & OFFSET ROD ONLY)
06000-1054
HEX SCREW
(LONG & OFFSET ROD ONLY)
05000-1767
SENSING ROD ASSEMBLY
SHORT 06500-0630
MEDIUM 06500-0036
LONG 06500-0085
OFFSET 06500-0002
FLOAT
2" X 10" DELRIN® 05011-1582
2" X 12" DELRIN® 05011-1590
2" X 10" PHENOLIC 06500-2545
2" X 12" PHENOLIC 06500-2537
2 1/2" X 8" DELRIN® 05011-0311
2 1/2" X 7" DELRIN® 05011-0584
2 3/4" X 10" PVC 30055
2 1/2" X 8" DELRIN® 05011-0352
3 1/4" X 2 3/4" PHENOLIC 05010-2342 (3 REQ'D)
SNAP ACTING HEAD
ANSI RAISED FACE FLANGES
2", 3" AND 4"
14
REFLECTOR
(SIGHT GLASS MODELS ONLY)
3" 05011-0741
4"& 5" 10052
COLLAR
(LONG ROD ONLY)
10059
WELD NECK
3" X 5" LG. 05011-2200
3" X 8" LG. 05010-2961
4" X 5" STD. 05011-5468
4" X 8" STD. 05010-1799
4" X 5" ACME 05013-0216
4" X 8" ACME 05012-3694
5" X 8" STD. 05010-4686
5" X 6" ACME 05012-9470
5" X 8" ACME 05013-0232
THROTTLING HEAD
The
If supply gas is flammable or noxious, this
product MUST be located in a well ventilated non-hazardous area or sealed and
vented to a non-hazardous area.
FLANGE
2"-150RF 05013-0869
2"-300RF 05012-9454
3"-150RF 05011-5922
3"-300RF 05011-5948
3"-600RF 05011-5955
4"-150RF 05010-6889
4"-300RF 05010-6897
4"-600RF 05010-6905
PLUG
05010-5709
2" MNPT PLUG
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM6900-11/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 3.6
PT988
Series
PT988 Pneumatic Liquid Level Switch
Application
WellMark’s PT988 Pneumatic Level Switch is designed for horizontal mounting in a tank or vessel through threaded or flanged pipe
connections (will work in an API 2" full coupling) and is excellent
for applications where space is a factor. It can be externally caged
for vessel isolation and can be used as a high or low level alarm,
as well as a liquid level control. In addition, it can be switched from
direct to indirect action simply by inverting the unit 180˚.
The PT988 features a 3-way snap-acting pilot (0 to full output
using 20-30 psi supply pressure) or order it with an optional throttling pilot (3 to 15 psi output with a 20 psi supply pressure).
Features
• Snap or Throttle
• Small, Compact
• Direct or Indirect Action
• Economical
4 9/16
2 1/4
2" NPT
15
10
WELLMARK
30
5
25
15
10
WELLMARK
30
5
25
0
psi
6 15/16
4"
6 1/2
1"NPT (Typ.)
2 1/4
PTP988 Level Switch
With External Cage
20
25
30
0
psi
5 7/8
15
WELLMARK
15
10
20
Direct Acting
WELLMARK
15
10
20
0
psi
15
10
20
0
psi
30
5
25
A rise in fluid level resulting in a decrease of pilot output. This is
accomplished when the pilot is in the upward position.
Will Work In An
API 2" Full Coupling
30
5
25
Indirect Acting
psi
30
5
25
0
A rise in fluid level resulting in an increase of pilot output. This is
accomplished when the pilot is in the downward position
The
psi
5 7/8
Optional Body
20
As liquid within the vessel varies, linear movement of the float is
converted to rotary movement of the actuator assembly. In the snap
acting mode, as the actuator pad moves closer to the nozzle, supply
pressure is diverted to signal pressure, tripping the shuttle pilot to
either full output pressure, energizing end-device, or to zero output
pressure, de-energizing end-device. In the throttling mode, as the
actuator pad moves closer to the nozzle, supply pressure is diverted to
output pressure, resulting in modulating pressure to the end-device.
2" NPT
0
Operation
9 1/4
5 9/16
20
Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plated Steel Std. (S.S. available)
Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless Steel
(Collapse pressure: 2500 psi)
Wetted Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless Steel
Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless Steel
PTP988 Level Switch
10
Materials
Dimensional Data
5
Max. Working Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 psi
Supply Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 psi Min. – 100 psi Max.
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to 275˚F
Process Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2" MNPT Standard
Pilot Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4" FNPT
Pilot Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Snap Acting
Throttling
5 3/8
Specifications
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMPT988-10/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
15
Section No. 3.6
Series
PT988
PT988 Pneumatic Liquid Level Switch
Determining the Model Number
Various Pneumatic Hook-Ups
Example given: Standard Model PT988-2S-1, 2" Screwed, SnapActing Level Switch.
Supply
In
Single Unit Hook-Up
MODEL PT988-2 S-1
Out
End-Device
PT988
End-Device
Options
1 • Standard
Out
PT988
In
In
In
Multiple Unit Hook-Up with Output
If any of above should alarm, the “Supply” would be blocked and the output would
Supply
In
Out
PT988
Parts List
Out
PT988
Out
PT988
In
In
In
Should the alarm device be something with a restricted orifice (such as an AMOT
2400), the “Supply” to the alarm and the “Supply” to the PT988 should be the same.
CAUTION: The “Trip” port of the “AMOT” CANNOT be utilized as the “Supply” to the
“IN” port of the PT988. On alarm, the PT988 blocks the “IN” port and opens “OUT”
to “EXHAUST.”
3
14
7
4
8
9
15
1
19 18 21
11
33
36
17
13
2
37 32
14
30
34
24
23
12
38
40
10
15
28
26
27
25
30
psi
39
15
29
20
WELLMARK
25
34
25
41
31
WELLMARK
psi
30
5
6
5
20
20
16
Part No.
30216
30215
20433
20432
20434
20431
10482
20439
20783
004102-P
20558
10485
10500
10602
10603
20136
20562
10601
20436
05000-0173
10575
10642
20035
30276
30277
30278
20000
10024
10025
10003
10004
10522
20606
10604
10001
20519
20559
20549
10530
10063
10273
10005
Trip
0
The
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
AMOT
0
Item
Description
1
BODY, CARBON STEEL
2
PORT, STAINLESS STEEL
3
RETAINER, STAINLESS STEEL
4
FLOAT ARM, STAINLESS STEEL
5
PIN, STAINLESS STEEL
6
SPACER, STAINLESS STEEL
7*
POLYPAK, FLUOROMYTE
8
WIRE, SNAP, S.S. (SNAP PILOT ONLY)
8
WIRE, THROTTLE, S.S. (THROTTLE PILOT ONLY)
9*
O-RING, VITON ®
10
PORT, STAINLESS STEEL
11
SET SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
12
NYLOCK NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
13
WASHER, PLASTIC
14
WASHER, PLASTIC
15
VENT ASSEMBLY, BRASS
16
PILOT BODY, S.S. (THROTTLE PILOT ONLY)
17
INSERT, NYLON
18
CAP, STAINLESS STEEL
19*
O-RING, BUNA-N
20
FLOAT, STAINLESS STEEL
21
NAME PLATE
22
ORIFICE PLATE, S.S. (THROTTLE PILOT ONLY)
23
PILOT NOSE, S.S. (SNAP PILOT ONLY)
24
PILOT SEAT, S.S. (SNAP PILOT ONLY)
25
PILOT CAP, S.S. (SNAP PILOT ONLY)
26
PILOT SPOOL, DELRIN ® (SNAP PILOT ONLY)
27*
PILOT SEAT, URETHANE (SNAP PILOT ONLY)
28*
PILOT SEAT, URETHANE (SNAP PILOT ONLY)
29*
PILOT GASKET, CORPRENE (SNAP PILOT ONLY)
30*
DIAPHRAGM, BUNA-N (SNAP PILOT ONLY)
31
SCREW, S.S. (SNAP PILOT ONLY)
32*
SEAT, VITON ®
33
SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
34*
SCREW, S.S. (SNAP PILOT ONLY)
35
CAP TUBE, S.S. (SNAP PILOT ONLY)
36
CAM, STAINLESS STEEL
37
ACTUATOR, STAINLESS STEEL
38
FLAPPER, STAINLESS STEEL
39
PRESSURE GAUGE
40
JAM NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
41
SPRING, S.S. (SNAP PILOT ONLY)
*Recommended Spare Part
Out
PT988
10
Pilot Mode
S • Snap
T • Throttle
Out
PT988
5
Size
2 • 2" Screwed
F • ANSI Flange
(Specify: Size,Rating)
Supply
10
Series
PT988
SNAP PILOT
16
22
39
THROTTLE PILOT
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMPT988-10/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 3.7
Series
9321
9321/9321E Pneumatic & Electric Liquid Level Switch
Application
The WellMark Series 9321 On-Off Pneumatic Liquid Level Switch
operates shut-down valves or alarm systems when liquid in a vessel reaches a predetermined level. This switch uses an externally
mounted displacer that operates a nozzle-flapper to vent the supply
pressure when the switch is activated. The nozzle-flapper has a soft
seat for tight shut-off when the switch is in its normal position
(flapper against the nozzle).
The Series 9321E is an external cage-mounted electric liquid level
switch. Rising liquid exerts a buoyant force on the displacer, producing a torque in the tube. This force will either trip or reset an
electrical switch. Falling liquid will trip or reset the same switch if
so desired. The WellMark Series 9321E Electric Switch uses the
displacer and torque tube movement to trip and reset an electric
switch for on-off condition. The displacer can withstand up to 1 1/2
times the maximum working pressure, allowing it to remain in the
cage during hydrostatic testing.
Features
• Pneumatic or Electric
• Left Hand or Right Hand
• Hi-Level Alarm or Lo-Level Alarm
(Right Hand Mount as Shown)
Specifications
Output Signal:
Pneumatic Output equal to supply pressure when the switch is in
the normal position. Output reduced to approximately atmospheric
pressure, depending upon size of the bleed orifice and piping configuration, when the switch is activated. Electric output same as
supply signal.
Supply Signal
Pneumatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard 30 - 60 psi
Optional 60 -100 or 100 -150
Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 AMP, 1/4 HP @ 125/250 VAC
5 AMP RES @ 28 VDC
0.5 AMP RES @ 125 VDC
Leads Factory Sealed
Steady-State Air Consumption:
Less than 1.0 scfh for all supply pressures when the liquid level is
one inch below the normal switch position for high-level switching or
one inch above the normal switch position for low-level switching.
The
Maximum Working Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2500 psi
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to 400˚F
Displacer Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 in.
Process Connection Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1" Female NPT
Supply Pressure Connection Size
Pneumatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4 inch female NPT
Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2 inch conduit
Shipping Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approx. 35 lb.
Materials
Displacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless Steel
Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cast Steel
Torque Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monel®
Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carbon Steel
Nozzle Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aluminum
Switch Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless Steel
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM9321-5/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
17
Section No. 3.7
9321
Series
9321/9321E Pneumatic & Electric Liquid Level Switch
Principle of Operation
The Series 9321 (Figure 1) is an external, cage-mounted pneumatic liquid level switch. When the switch is in the normal position
with the flapper against the nozzle, output pressure cannot bleed off
and remains the same as full supply pressure. Rising liquid level
exerts a buoyant force on the displacer, producing a torque in the
tube. When this torque exceeds the torque exerted on the flapper by
the magnet, the flapper snaps away from the nozzle. This action
allows output pressure to bleed through the nozzle faster than supply
pressure can enter through the bleed orifice. The reduced pressure
in the output signal line activates the shutdown or alarm systems
When the liquid level lowers, the falling displacer forces the flapper
into the field of the magnet, letting the magnet snap the flapper
against the nozzle and causing output pressure to build to full supply pressure.
On applications where low-level switch operation is required
(Figure 2) the nozzle, flapper and magnet are positioned on the
opposite side of the torque tube so that downward displacer travel
moves the flapper away from the nozzle.
Shutdown Alarm
System (of Valve)
Torque Tube
Displacer
Torque Tube
Displacer
Shutdown Alarm
System (of Valve)
Flapper
Magnet
Flapper
Tee
Nozzle
Bleed Orifice
6" Nipple
Nozzle
Magnet
Tee
Supply
Bleed Orifice
6" Nipple
Supply
Figure 1: Principle of Operation for Hi-Level
Figure 2: Principle of Operation for Lo-Level
Dimensional Data
9"
1-111/2 NPT TYP.
1.5"
11.25"
8.25"
4.25"
3"
1/4 -27 NPT
1.5"
3"
8.34"
11.34"
The
18
3.87"
1.69"
6.88"
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM9321-5/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 3.7
9321
Series
9321/9321E Pneumatic & Electric Liquid Level Switch
3
32
38
7
29
8
6
33
34
35
5
10
11
23
24
25
32
23
19
18
15
26
2
1
25
24
17
16
27
12
30
21
20
22
13
14
31
4
9
32
Parts List Series 9321
Item
1
2*
3
4
5
6
7*
8*
9*
10*
11
12
Description
CHAMBER WELD ASSEMBLY
TORQUE ARM WELD ASSEMBLY
BODY BLOCK
NOZZLE BLOCK
MOUNTING PLATE
COVER, PLASTIC
GASKET, BODY BLOCK
GASKET, NOZZLE BLOCK
GASKET, PLASTIC COVER
SEAL, COVER SCREW
THUMB SCREW, COVER
PLUG, PILOT PRESSURE
NOZZLE, 30-60 PSI
13
NOZZLE, 60-100 PSI
NOZZLE, 100-150 PSI
14
JAM NUT, THIN (NOZZLE)
15*
FLAPPER, WELDMENT
16*
CLAMP, FLAPPER
17*
JAM NUT, FLAPPER CLAMP
18*
SEAT, NOZZLE
*Recommended Spare Part
The
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
40298
30425
20689
20691
20690
10693
10683
10684
10703
10685
10688
20694
20696
20720
20721
10209
10713
20697
10710
10695
Item
19*
20
21
22
23
24
25
26*
27*
28
29
30*
31*
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
Description
MAGNET
BRACKET, MAGNET
S.S. MACHINE SCREW, MAGNET BRACKET
S.S. FLAT WASHER, MAGNET BRACKET
S.S. MACHINE SCREW, MAGNET
S.S. CAP SCREW
S.S. LOCK WASHER
O-RING, VITON ® (TORQUE TUBE)
BEARING SLEEVE (TORQUE TUBE)
SLEEVE CLAMP, FLOAT ARM
S.S. JAM NUT, SLEEVE CLAMP
O-RING, VITON ®
O-RING, VITON ®
PIPE PLUG 1" NPT
1 / 4 X 6 S.S. NPT
1 / 4 S.S. TEE
IN-LINE ORIFICE
CA-PLUG ( NOT SHOWN )
SHIPPING TUBE ( NOT SHOWN )
VENT ASSEMBLY
Qty.
1
1
2
2
1
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
1
1
2
1
1
Part No.
10714
10712
10706
10705
10707
10708
10709
10696
10698
20692
10711
10715
10716
10183
10735
10734
20700
10686
10687
20728
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM9321-5/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
19
Section No. 3.7
9321
Series
9321/9321E Pneumatic & Electric Liquid Level Switch
3
27
28
29
32
41
42
43
44
45
47
49
26
7
25
24
2
16
39
11
40
46
1
48
17
Parts List Series 9321E
Item
Description
1
CHAMBER WELD ASSLY
2*
TORQUE TUBE WELD ASSLY
3
BODY BLOCK
7*
GASKET
11
THUMB SCREW
16*
CLAMP
17*
JAM NUT
24
S.S. CAP SCREW
25
S.S. LOCK WASHER
26*
O-RING, VITON ®
27*
BEARING SLEEVE
28
SLEEVE CLAMP
29
S.S. JAM NUT
32
PIPE PLUG
*Recommended Spare Part
Qty.
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
3
How to Order
20
Item
36
37
39
40*
41
42
43
44
45
46
47*
48
49
Description
CA-PLUG ( NOT SHOWN )
SHIPPING TUBE (NOT SHOWN)
COVER & GASKET
O-RING
SWITCH ARM
DRIVE SCREW
S. S. JAM NUT
NAMEPLATE
S.S. CAP SCREW
CA-PLUG
SPDT SWITCH
DPDT SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
S.S. SET SCREW
SWITCH BOX
Qty.
2
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
Part No.
10686
10687
10764
10905
10765
10075
10901
10772
10900
10906
10783
10790
10794
30455
Repair Kits
Pneumatic
Left Hand Hi
9321 LH
Left Hand Lo 9321 LL
Right Hand Hi 9321 RH
Right Hand Lo 9321 RL
Electric
Add the Letter “E”after 9321
Example: 9321E-LH
The
Part No.
40298
30425
20689
10683
10688
20697
10710
10708
10709
10696
10698
20692
10711
10183
Minor Repair Kit
Consists of:
GASKET
GASKET
GASKET
FLAPPER SEAT
O-RING
BEARING SLEEVE
GASKET
FLAPPER ASSEMBLY
HOLDING MAGNET
O-RING
O-RING
Major Repair Kit
Consists of:
SAME AS 20735 (ABOVE)
PLUS TORQUE TUBE ASSY.
20736
Part No.
10683
10684
10685
10695
10696
10698
10703
10713
10714
10715
10716
20737
Part No.
30425
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM9321-5/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 3.8
Series
9311
Series 9311 Pneumatic & Electric Liquid Level Switch
Application
The WellMark Series 9311 is a Pneumatic Snap Acting or Electric
Hi/Lo Level Switch. This switch combines the user-friendly features of our Model 2001NB with the rugged external cage of the
Model 9321. Together these attributes make the 9311 a robust,
reliable Level Switch for the control of liquid level in oil and gas
production equipment such as Gas Compressor Scrubbers,
Separators, Safety Systems, etc.
Features
• Pneumatic or Electric
• Weather Proof Case
• Left or Right Hand Mount
• Direct or Reverse Acting
• 304 and 316 Stainless Steel Internals
• NACE Process, Standard
• Electric Option Available (Consult Factory)
Materials
Specifications
Process Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screwed 1" NPT
Butt Weld 2.00", Socket Weld 1.00", Flanged (Consult Factory)
Temperature Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F-400˚F
Max. Working Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2500 psi
Pilot Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pneumatic-Snap (On/Off)
Minimum Air Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 psi
Minimum Specific Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pneumatic-0.5
Supply & Output Connection Size . . . . . . . . Pneumatic-1/4" NPT
Electric-1/2" NPT
Level Control
Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Die Cast Aluminum
Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aluminum w/S.S. Internals
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brass (S.S. Optional)
Cage/Body Assembly
Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cast Steel
Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018 Steel
Displacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S.S.
Displacer Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 S.S.
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Viton®
15.25
Dimensional Data
7.88
1.69
(TYP.)
1.00
4.88
1.50
3.00
17.50
10.00
8.50 R
1/8 NPT EXHAUST
CONNECTION
The
1" NPT (TYP.)
1.50
3.25
8.25
0R
2.75
SUPPLY
OUTPUT
11.25
6.5
8.25
SUPPLY AND OUTPUT CONNECTION
1/4" NPT
R
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM9311-5/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
21
Section No. 3.8
9311
Series
Series 9311 Pneumatic & Electric Liquid Level Switch
31
Determining the Model Number
32
Example given: Standard Model 9311-SLD, Snap Acting, Left Hand
Mounting, Direct Control Level Switch.
44
MODEL 9311- S L D
41
Control Action
D • Direct
R • Indirect
Series 9311
11
30
12
33 23 26 27 25 36
Pilot
S • Snap
T • Throttling
35 24 15
1
Mounting
R • Right Hand
L • Left Hand
34
3
39
4
10
2
7
37
38
42
6
23
8
43
9
28 22 21 19 29
20
5
28 16 17 13 40 18 14
Parts List
Item
1
2
*3
Description
CONTROL BOX, DIE CAST ALUMINUM
COVER, DIE CAST ALUMINUM
BOX SEAL, NEOPRENE
SNAP PILOT ASSEMBLY
*4
THROTTLE PILOT ASSEMBLY
5
BODY, ASTM A-108GR. 1018
6
PIVOT SHAFT, ASTM A-276 TY.316
*7
O-RING, VITON ®
*8
BACK UP RING, TEFLON ®
9
SHAFT RETAINER, ASTM A-276 TY.316
*10
O-RING, VITON ®
11
SPACER, ASTM A-276 TY. 316
12
CAP SCREW, 18-8 S.S.
13
CAP SCREW, 18-8 S.S.
14
ADJUSTING BAR, ALUMINUM
15
CAP SCREW, 18-8 S.S.
16
TORQUE BAR, ALUMINUM
17
ADJUSTING SCREW, ASTM A-276 TY.316
18
JAM NUT, 18-8 S.S.
19
STUD, 18-8 S.S.
20
LOWER SPRING GUIDE, ALUMINUM
21
SPRING, ASTM A-313
22
UPPER SPRING GUIDE, ALUMINUM
23
STUD, FLAPPER BAR, ASTM A-276 TY.316
24
FLAPPER BAR
*Recommended Spare Part
The
22
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
Part No.
05012-4841
05012-4834
06000-5097
06500-5304
06500-5387
05013-1458
05013-1482
05000-0769
06000-1179
05012-9398
05000-1155
05011-4495
05000-5578
05000-5453
05011-4438
05000-2526
05011-4545
05011-4537
05000-2559
05011-4552
05011-4529
06000-4157
05011-4479
05012-9371
05011-4404
Item
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
*40
*41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Description
TRU-ARC RING, PH 15-7 MO
FULCRUM, ALUMINUM
THUMB SCREW, S.S./PLASTIC
NY-LOC NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
ACORN NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
CHAMBER W/FLOAT ARM
LOCK WASHER
CAP SCREW
HINGE PIN, STEEL PLATED
GASKET
CAP SCREW
PILOT CLAMP
PANEL SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
PANEL SCREW RETAINER, STAINLESS STEEL
SERIAL TAG, ALUMINUM
THREAD SEAL, STEEL/BUNA N
GASKET
BEARING, STAINLESS STEEL
TOLERANCE RING, STAINLESS STEEL
PLUG
COVER GLASS, LEXAN (NOT SHOWN)
COVER GLASS PLATE, S.S. (NOT SHOWN)
COVER GLASS GASKET, NEOPRENE (NOT SHOWN)
COVER SCREW, PLATED STEEL (NOT SHOWN)
Qty.
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
2
8
Part No.
06000-1385
05011-4412
06500-5429
05000-2567
05000-2575
40299
10709
10002
06000-7537
06000-4819
05000-5313
05012-6325
06000-1153
06000-2672
06000-1922
06000-0395
10016
06000-7552
06000-7560
06000-1146
10916
10915
10917
001501-P
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM9311-5/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 3.9
Series
MIZER
®
MIZER® No-Bleed Pilot Valve
Application
The MIZER® No-Bleed Pilot Valve is the most cost-effective solution for converting high-bleed pneumatic controls to low-bleed
operation. This device effectively stops continuous bleed operation
between dump cycles, thereby reducing environmentally-concerning methane emissions, while allowing previously wasted gas to be
sent to the sale line. Conservatively, user can anticipate 90% savings from recaptured gas based upon estimated cycle rates of the
controls. 95-98% values may be achieved in some applications.
Features
• Kits Available For:
• Cemco Cantilever Level Controls
• FMC Invalco Flexlever Level Controls
• Emerson/Fisher 2500 Level Controls
• Emerson/Fisher 4100Z "Wizard" Pressure Controllers
• Emerson/Fisher 4150/4160 Pressure Controllers
• Cemco and FMC Invalco kits are field-installable in minutes –
unit does not have to be shut down for installation. Installation
of pressure controller kits, although more in-depth, are still the
most painless and cost-effective solution for converting highbleed to low-bleed.
• Uses existing tubing and connections – no new
plumbing required.
• MIZER® works in either snap acting or throttling application.
• MIZER® solution allows field personnel to continue using
control devices that are familiar.
• Conversion from high-bleed to low-bleed may qualify user
for Carbon Credits.
Specifications
Max. Supply Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 psig
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20°F to + 200°F
Materials: . . . . . Stainless Steel with Nitrile and Delrin® seals
Average Bleed Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approx. 6.6 scf per day
Bleed Gas vs. Vent Gas
"Bleed" gas is defined as gas that bleeds to atmosphere between
dump cycles. "Vent" gas is that gas which, after energizing the dump
or control valve must be released to atmosphere, and is usually a
small fraction by comparison to the bleed gas volume. It is because
of the high bleed between dump cycles that the EPA discourages the
use of high-bleed pneumatic devices to control liquid level and gas
pressure. The MIZER® device actually stops the continuous flow of
gas from these controllers, only allowing gas to flow to the con-
The
trolled device (dump valve or control valve)
when necessary. Therefore, the amount of
potential gas savings is dependent upon
(among other things) the initial bleed rate
and the frequency of operation of the controller and valve. In other words, a separator
unit that fills slowly and dumps infrequently
is bleeding substantial amounts of unutilized
gas pressure to atmosphere most of the
time. All of this gas that is vented to
atmosphere between dump cycles would
be saved when using a MIZER® retrofitted controller. Likewise, if the controller
is very active, dumping fluid frequently,
the savings would be less, as more gas
is being used to activate the valve.
It should be noted that neither
the MIZER® nor any other lowbleed device is capable of saving gas that has been used to
energize the valve. This gas
will always be lost after the
valve cycles and the diaphragm and
connection lines vent. If the lines are not allowed to vent the valve
will not return to the original (usually closed) position.
Ease of Installation
The Cemco and FMC Invalco level control versions of the MIZER®
pilot valve installation is a simple and painless operation. In fact,
unlike installing traditional no-bleed level controllers, which require
breaking the process connection, the MIZER® pilot valve is installed
by simply removing the operating gas pressure from the controller,
installing the MIZER®, blowing out the supply line to keep it clean,
reattaching the supply line and adjusting.
Different controllers require different kits–some containing more
parts than others. Retrofit kits for pressure controllers such as the
Emerson/Fisher 4150 or 4160 are more complex and therefore the
procedure is also more complex, possibly requiring shut down. But,
no welding of new fittings, no new tubing, no new cabinet refits are
required. The MIZER® installs in minutes – not hours or days as is
the case with installation of any complete new controller. Last, but
not least, the operator continues using the controller they already
know and trust – no need to learn the operating quirks of a completely new control.
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WCM-Mizer-5/09 • US Patent No. 5,158,111 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners. 23
Section No. 3.9
Series
MIZER
®
MIZER® No-Bleed Pilot Valve
Liquid Level Controls & Pressure Controllers • Potential Savings per Control (3 to 15 psig controllers*)
Based upon typical onshore facility* supply pressure of 20 psig and $6.00 gas
Type
Control
Supply Pressure
Bleed Rate Air
Bleed Rate Gas Daily Bleed Rate Yearly Bleed Rate
Annual Dollars LOST
psig
SCFH
SCFH
SCFD
SCFY
to Emissions
CEMCO
6900
20
19.7
26
614
224,119
$1,344.72
EMERSON/FISHER
2500
20
27
35
842
307,169
$1,843.01
EMERSON/FISHER
2502
20
27
35
842
307,169
$1,843.01
EMERSON/FISHER
2506
20
27
35
842
307,169
$1,843.01
LIQUID
FISHER
3570
20
13
17
405
147,896
$887.38
LEVEL
FISHER
3582
20
13
17
405
147,896
$887.38
FISHER
3660
20
5.2
7
162
59,158
$354.95
FMC INVALCO
415
20
23
30
717
261,662
$1,569.97
FMC INVALCO
215
20
23
30
717
261,662
$1,569.97
FMC INVALCO
402
20
23
30
717
261,662
$1,569.97
EMERSON/FISHER
4100Z
20
33
43
1029
375,429
$2,252.57
PRESSURE
EMERSON/FISHER
4150
20
27
35
842
307,169
$1,843.01
EMERSON/FISHER
4160
20
27
35
842
307,169
$1,843.01
* Offshore facilities commonly use 6 to 30 psig controllers with average supply pressure of 35 psig. Bleed rates and dollars lost due to emissions would conservatively be 1.5 times those listed above.
Manufacturer
Model
Method of Operation
EQUILIBRIUM
RELEASED
DEPRESSED
POSITION
Level Controller
Sensing Rod Seat
Exhaust From
Actuator Operation
And Actuator
Line Only
Exhaust
Actuation Poppet
Seal “C”
Dynamic Seal
Actuator
Outlet Supply
Seal “B”
( CLOSED )
Seal “B”
( REMAINS CLOSED )
Seal “A”
( OPENS )
Seal “A”
( CLOSED )
Controller
Body
Seal “B”
( OPENS )
Seal “A”
( CLOSES )
Operating Supply
Position
Lock Nut
(Fig. 1)
Non-Venting
Closed
(Fig. 2)
Non-Venting
Actuating
(Fig. 3)
Non-Continuous
Venting
Equilibrium Position: (Non-Venting Closed)
When the MIZER® Pilot Valve is in “Steady
State”, both Seal “A” and Seal “B” are closed
and the Control Flapper is in neutral position.
(See Fig. 1)
Depressed Position: (Non-Venting Actuating)
When the Control Flapper depresses the
Actuation Poppet, Seal “A” is opened, supplying gas to the process valve. Seal “B” is
closed, preventing gas from bleeding or venting through the vent port. The MIZER® Pilot
Valve is designed so that the gas flow is
related to the position of the controller flapper. (See Fig. 2)
Released Position: (Non-Continuous Venting)
When the Control Flapper is released it closes Seal “A” and opens Seal “B” allowing gas
to vent. Venting occurs ONLY when the control
valve calls for it, and then, ONLY the gas in
the process line and actuator is released.
(See Fig. 3)
Conversion Kit Assembly Part Numbers
Type
Control
LIQUID LEVEL
Conversion Kit
Model Number
1110-111
4010-111
7010-111
Part
Number
06500-6905
31066
06500-7018
5010-111
06500-7093
8010-111
06500-7019
PRESSURE
The
Converts
CEMCO CANTILEVER CONTROL
FMC INVALCO FLEXLEVER CONTROL
EMERSON/FISHER 2500 CONTROL
EMERSON/FISHER 4100Z
"WIZARD" CONTROLLER
EMERSON/FISHER
4150/4160 CONTROLLER
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
24 ©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WCM-Mizer-5/09 • US Patent No. 5,158,111 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 3.10
W1200
Series
W1200 DVO Low-Bleed Pneumatic Liquid Level Control
Application
The Model W1200 DVO Pneumatic Level Control is float-activated
to operate dump valves and similar devices. It is snap-acting,
primarily designed for gas compressor scrubber level applications.
Control may also be used anywhere level switching of a nonpressurized vessel is required. Low level switch design may be
used for fuel, lube oil, hydraulic oil, etc. NACE MR0175 is standard
for wetted process components. Models are available in all
Stainless Steel. These level controls have screw in connections for
direct installation or an optional external float chamber is available.
Features
• NACE MR0175 Process Standard
• Designed for Harsh Gas Compressor Scrubber Applications
• FloatLite Float Operates in 0.5 Specific Gravity
and Heavier Fluids
• Rated for 2000 psi Working Pressure
• Improved Design Provides Better Snap Action and Dependability
With Reduced Number of Moving Parts
• All Models Screw Directly into the Vessel or can be Mounted
Via External Float Chamber
• Nickel Plated Body to Provide Enhanced Corrosion Protection
• Push-button Dump Valve Override Standard
The Series W1200 Low-Bleed
Pneumatic Level Control is part of the
WellMark® Series SP Scrubber Package.
See page 26
Dimensional Data
1/8" NPT
IN and OUT
2" NPT
2.26
2.10
Specifications
Max. Working Pressure
FloatLite Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 psi
304 Stainless Steel Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1500 psi
Temperature Rating . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to 300˚F (400˚F Available)
Specific Gravity
FloatLite Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5
304 Stainless Steel Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.65
Process Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2" NPT
DVO Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-Way N.C. with Manual Override
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/8" NPT (Min. 30 psig Required)
The
3.94
8.25
Materials
Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electroless Nickel Plated Steel Std.
(S.S. Available)
Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S.S. Std. (FloatLite Available)
O-Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Viton®
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMW1200DVO-11/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
25
Section No. 3.10
Series
W1200
W1200 DVO Low-Bleed Pneumatic Liquid Level Control
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model W1200 DVO-*–Series W1200 DVO Pneumatic Level Control with Manual Override.
MODEL W1200 DVO - *
R
SS
FL
H
EC
E**
•
•
•
•
•
•
Airset Regulator
S.S. Body
FloatLite (.5 SG)
Hi-Temp (400˚F)
External Cage
Float Arm Extension
Options
Notes: *For options, add code to end of Model Number.
**Add length of extension behind code (E).
For example, the code for a 3" Extension would be ”E3“.
Wellmark Series SP Scrubber Package includes 790, W1200 DVOR, WDV and optional W2600 Safety Relief Valve.
MODEL SP 1 *
1
2
3
4
5
•
•
•
•
•
20-100-20
20-100-15
20-100-05
10-075-18
10-050-18
LR** • Less Regulator
RV1 • With 1" Relief Valve
RV2 • With 2" Relief Valve
Options
WDV Valve
Notes: *For options, add code to end of Model Number.
**Regulator provided at no extra charge.
The WellMark Series SP Scrubber Package
Series W2600 Threaded Safety Relief Valve
See Section 4.1a
Series 790 Horizontal Level
Control Floatswitch See Section 2.1
Series W67 “Mini Gun II“
General Purpose Instrument
and Gas Pressure Regulator
See Section 5.6
Series W1200 DVO
Low-Bleed Pneumatic
Liquid Level Control
Series WDV
Pneumatic Diaphragm
Actuated Dump Valve
See Section 8.8
The
26
The system provides for liquid control in gas scrubber applications
by dumping liquids to drain and protecting compressors with a high
liquid level switch. Wetted metal parts are made to survive constant
use in corrosive environments.
Pneumatic Level Control
Float actuated level snap acting switch controls pneumatic pressure
to open and close the dump valve.
High Level Shutdown Switch
Stainless Steel float actuated level switches to alarm and/or shutdown the equipment. See Section 2 for more information.
Pneumatic Dump Valves
2-Piece union design with manual valve operator allows soft plug
and hard seat to be replaced without disassembling outlet piping or
scrubber pipe connection. Diaphragm actuated valves operate on 30
to 70 psi. See Section 8 for more information.
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMW1200 DVO-11/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 3.10
Series
W1200
W1200 DVO Low-Bleed Pneumatic Liquid Level Control
31
21
30
32
20
19
6
7
18
22
23
33
5
34
17
2
24
3
25
26
27
10
28
29
35
13
11
14
1
4
36
12
8
9
15
16
Parts List
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
The
Description
BODY, STEEL
WIRE, STAINLESS STEEL
SPACER
WASHER, NYLON
QUAD RING
PORT, STAINLESS STEEL
O-RING, NITRILE
CAM, STAINLESS STEEL
SET SCREW
PORT, STAINLESS STEEL
WASHER, NYLON
ACTUATOR, STAINLESS STEEL
SEAT, NITRILE
NYLOC NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
O-RING, NITRILE
CAP, STAINLESS STEEL
NOZZLE, STAINLESS STEEL
O-RING, NITRILE
NOZZLE BODY, STAINLESS STEEL
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
31101
21546
21547
10603
11256
21545
10483
21548
10485
20558
10602
11249
21513
05000-2567
05000-0173
20436
21521
05000-0009
21525
Item
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Description
O-RING, NITRILE
PILOT HOUSING, ALUMINUM
DIAPHRAGM, NITRILE
SPOOL, ALUMINUM
O-RING, NITRILE
STEM, STAINLESS STEEL
PLUG,NITRILE
SPRING, STAINLESS STEEL
MANUAL BUTTON, DELRIN ®
PILOT CAP, ALUMINUM
BREATHER, PLASTIC
SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
COUNTER WEIGHT, STAINLESS STEEL
FLOAT, STAINLESS STEEL
SPACER, STAINLESS STEEL
PIN, STAINLESS STEEL
VENT ASSEMBLY, BRASS
NAME PLATE, (NOT SHOWN)
Qty.
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
Part No.
05000-0033
21523
21527
21524
05000-0058
21522
21526
11250
21520
21519
05011-8729
05000-6153
21550
10575
20431
20434
20136
11255
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMW1200DVO-11/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
27
9500
Section No. 4.1
Series
W9503 3" Threaded Safety Relief Valve
Application
These valves are for general purpose gas and air services, and are
recommended for over-pressure protection on separators, compressors, pressure vessels, heater-treaters, gathering and transmission
lines, meter runs, and other systems where the rated capacities of
the valve are commensurate with the requirements of the system.
All of these valves are manufactured in accordance with the ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and have been capacity tested and
certified by the National Board to meet the requirements of Section
VIII of the ASME Code, as signified accordingly by the symbols “UV”
and “NB” on their nameplates.
NOTE: These valves are designed for relief to atmospheric
pressure only on the downstream side, and are not intended for
use in a closed system. Any backpressure applied to the downstream side of the valve will result in improper pressure relief.
Features
• Curtain - Disc Design: High Capacity - Low Blow Down
• ASME Coded: “UV” Section VIII Air/Gas
• Guided Lift System: Optimum Performance
• Trim: Soft Resilient Seat
• High Volume Applications
• Low Pressure Applications
• Stainless Steel Internals
• NACE Option Available
Specifications
90% Slope=36.12, 2.000 Orifice (3.142 Sq. In.)
Determining the Model Number
MODEL W9503-RS-125
Model Type, Pressure Settings & Range
Size
Size
W9503 • 3"
Option
N • NACE
Seat
RS • Soft Seat
Spring Range
The
Model No.
SCFM*
Max PSI Setting Pressure Range
Spring
TYPE - 25
1542
25
15-25
05011-7233
W9503
TYPE - 60
2806
60
26-60
05011-7241
3"
TYPE - 125
5497
125
61-125
05011-7258
*SCFM = For set pressures up to 75 psi
Pressure setting plus 3 psi plus atmospheric pressure (14.7 psi) times 90% slope
*SCFM = For set pressures over 75 psi
Pressure setting times 1.1 plus atmospheric pressure (14.7 psi) times 90% slope
Minimum ASME settings: 15 psi.
Use Max. psi Setting
of Spring Range
from Table.
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2013 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM9500-4/13 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
1
9500
Section No. 4.1
Series
W9503 3" Threaded Safety Relief Valve
Sizing of Safety Relief Valves
Table III – Formulas
Given certain information as follows, Safety Relief Valves may be
sized by use of various formulas prescribed by Appendix 11, Section
VIII, Division I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for
capacities of orifices.
Q (SCFM) = Pressure Setting times 1.1 plus atmospheric pressure
(14.7 psia) times 90% slope.
KACP
M
Q (SCFM) =
w x 60
T
Table I – Value Data
Valve Size Valve Type
Bore
KA
90% KA
Slope*
90% Slope
3"
W9503RS
2.000
2.188
1.969
40.12
36.12
* ASME certified slopes determined by actual tests conducted at the National Board Testing
Laboratory, Columbus, Ohio.
NOTE: When sizing for code application, use 90% KA or 90% Slope.
Table II – Molecular Weight and Values of C for Gases
Gas
AIR
ACETYLENE
AMMONIA
BUTANE
CARBON DIOXIDE
CHLORINE
ETHANE
ETHYLENE
FREON 22
HYDROGEN
HYDROGEN SULFIDE
METHANE
METHYL CHLORIDE
NATURAL GAS (0.6)
NITROGEN
OXYGEN
PROPANE
SULFUR DIOXIDE
M
28.97
26.04
17.03
58.12
44.01
70.91
30.07
28.05
86.48
2.02
34.08
16.04
50.48
17.40
28.02
32.00
44.09
64.06
C
356
345
351
324
345
352
339
337
355
356
348
346
337
344
356
356
331
342
Parts List
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Description
VALVE BODY, DUCTILE IRON SA-395
SPRING HOUSING BONNET, DUCTILE IRON SA-395
SEAT, ASTM A-484 TY. 304
O-RING, VITON ®
BLOW DOWN RING ASSY., ASTM A-484 TY. 304
O-RING, VITON ®
HEX SCREW, SA-307 GR. A
SPRING GUIDE, ASTM A-108
ADJUSTMENT SCREW, SA-307 GR. B
JAM NUT, 304 S.S.
SPRING 15-25 PSIG, 17-7 S.S.
11*
SPRING 26-60 PSIG, 17-7 S.S.
SPRING 61-125 PSIG, 17-7 S.S.
12
NAME PLATE, ALUMINUM
13
THREAD SEAL, STEEL/BUNA
*Inconel ® Optional
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
05011-7191
05011-7274
05012-7960
05000-1262
06500-5132
05000-1288
05000-2013
05011-7266
05011-7282
05000-2088
05011-7233
05011-7241
05011-7258
10751
10578
M
T
W (lb/hr) = KACP
KA =
T
M
Wa
CP
Where:
Q = Required flow (scfm) thru valve at 14.7 psia and 60˚F
SCFM = Standard cubic feet per minute.
KA = Product of effective coefficient of discharge and the
effective discharge area.
C = Coefficient determined by ratio of the specific
heats of gas or vapor at standard conditions.
P = Set pressure x 1.1 plus atmospheric pressure (14 .7 psia)
w = Density of gas (lb./cu. ft.) at 60˚F, and 14.7 psia
(air being .0764 lb. cu. ft.)
M = Molecular weight
T = Absolute temperature at inlet (˚F + 460)
W = Flow of any gas or vapor, lb./hr.
Wa = Rated capacity, converted to lb./hr. of air at 60˚F,
inlet temperature.
9
A
10
125
13
8
2
11
7
B
6
E
5
3
4
Dimensional Data
Model
W9503
A
4" MAX.
B
17 1 / 2 "
C
1
C
4 5/8"
D
4 5/8"
E
3" FNPT
F
3" FNPT
D
The
2
F
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2013 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM9500-4/13 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 4.1.a
2600
Series
W2601 and W2602 Threaded Safety Relief Valves
Application
These valves are for general purpose gas and air services, and are
recommended for over-pressure protection on separators, compressors, pressure vessels, heater-treaters, gathering and transmission
lines, meter runs and other systems where the rated capacities of
the valve are commensurate with the requirements of the system.
All of these valves are manufactured in accordance with the ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and have been capacity tested and
certified by the National Board to meet the requirements of Section
VIII of the ASME Code, as signified accordingly by the symbols “UV”
and “NB” on their nameplates.
NOTE: These valves are designed for relief to atmospheric pressure only on the downstream side, and are not intended for use in
a closed system. Any backpressure applied to the downstream side
of the valve will result in improper pressure relief.
Features
• Choice Of Multiple Orifice Sizes
• ASME Coded: “UV” Section VIII Air/Gas
• Enhanced Guided Lift System: Optimum Performance
• Trim Option: Soft Seat, Metal-to-Metal
• High Volume Applications
• Low Pressure Applications
• Stainless Steel Internals
• NACE Option Available
Specifications
A
Type W2601–1" Size
Type W2602–2" Size
Soft Resilient Seat or
Metal-to-Metal Available
Multiple Orifices Available:
• C–.295" Diameter (1" valve only)
• D–.400" Diameter (1" valve only)
• E–.534" Diameter (1" or 2" valve)
• F–.672" Diameter (2" valve only)
• G–.857" Diameter (2" valve only)
B
E
Dimensional Data
Model
A
B
C
D
W2601
2 3/ 8"
10 1 / 2 "
3 1/ 4 "
1 7/ 8"
W2602
2 7/ 8 "
13 1/ 4 "
4 5/8"
2 3/8 "
The
E
F
1" FNPT 31" MNPT STANDARD
/4" MNPT OPTIONAL
11/2" OPT. 1/2" MNPT OPTIONAL
2" MNPT STANDARD
2" FNPT 1 1/4" MNPT OPTIONAL
1 1/ 2" MNPT OPTIONAL
C
D
F
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2600-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
5
Section No. 4.1.a
Series
2600
W2601 and W2602 Threaded Safety Relief Valves
Determining the Model Number
W2601 • 1"
W2602 • 2"
•
•
•
•
•
.295" Diameter (1" valve only)
.400" Diameter (1" valve only)
.534" Diameter (1" or 2" valve)
.672" Diameter (2" valve only)
.857" Diameter (2" valve only)
B
E
V
M
•
•
•
•
Buna N (Nitrile)
EPR
Viton®
Metal-to-Metal
Specification
Orifice Diameter (in.)
Orifice Area (A) (sq. in.)
Inlet Size Available (in.)
Outlet Size Available (in.)
Pressure Ranges (psig)
Flow Coefficient (K)
1"
2"
Use Upper End of Spring Range
Options
G • 1/4" Gauge Port
N • NACE Compliant
Outlet Connection
1 • Female NPT Threaded
Inlet Connection
1 • Male NPT Threaded
Orifice Size
Other Connections Available. Consult Factory.
Other Connections Available. Consult Factory.
Seat Material
1 • CS(WCB)/ CS(A105)
2 • CS(WCB)/ 316 S.S.
3 • S.S. (CF8M)/ 316 S.S.
C
D
E
E
F
G
Spring Size (See chart below)
Bonnet Group
C
D
E
F
G
Orifice
W2601 EV1-311N-400
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Inlet x Outlet Size
Bonnet/Seat Frame
Material
C
0.295
0.068
1/2, 3/4, 1
1, 1 1 / 2 *
15-2500
0.859
Orifice Diameter Orifice Area (A)
0.295
0.068
0.400
0.126
0.534
0.224
0.534
0.224
0.672
0.355
0.857
0.577
D
0.400
0.126
1/2, 3/4, 1
1, 1 1 / 2 *
15-2500
0.859
Orifice Designation
E
0.534
0.224
1 / 2 , 3 / 4 , 1, 1 1 / 4 , 1 1 / 2 , 2
1, 1 1 / 2 *, 2
15-2500
0.859
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1/2" x 1"
3/4" x 1"
1" x 1"
1" x 1 1/2"*
1 1/4" x 2"
1 1/2" x 2"
2" x 2"
F
0.672
0.355
1 1/4, 1 1/2, 2
2
15-1600
0.859
G
0.857
0.577
1 1/2, 2
2
75-1000
0.859
Spring Ranges (psig)- Use Upper End of Spring Range
15-80
80-250
250-400
400-800
800-1600
1600-2500
15-50
15-75
15-40
—
50-150
75-250
40-200
75-100
150-300
250-500
200-400
100-200
300-500
500-1200
400-800
200-600
500-1000
1200-2500
800-1600
600-1000
1000-2500
—
—
—
*When coupled with 1 1/4" or larger inlet, 1 1/2" outlet available by special order only.
The
6
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2600-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 4.1.a
Series
2600
W2601 and W2602 Threaded Safety Relief Valves
Relieving Capacity For Air • (10% Overpressure) Capacities in standard cubic feet per minute at 60˚ F
Set
Pressure
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
70
75
80
90
100
125
150
175
200
250
275
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
720
750
800
850
900
950
1000
C
0.295/0.068
33
39
45
51
62
74
86
98
104
109
121
133
162
192
221
251
310
339
369
427
486
545
604
663
722
781
840
863
898
957
1016
1075
1134
1193
Orifice Diameter (in.) /Area (sq. in.)
D
E
F
0.400/0.126 0.534/0.224 0.672/0.355
61
110
174
72
129
205
83
148
235
94
168
266
116
207
328
138
245
389
160
284
451
181
323
512
192
342
543
203
362
573
225
400
635
247
439
696
301
536
850
356
633
1004
411
730
1158
465
827
1311
574
1021
1619
629
1118
1773
683
1215
1926
792
1409
2233
901
1603
2541
1011
1797
2848
1120
1991
3156
1229
2185
3463
1338
2379
3770
1447
2573
4078
1556
2767
4385
1600
2845
4509
1665
2961
4693
1774
3155
5000
1883
3349
5307
1993
3543
5615
2102
3737
5922
2211
3931
6230
G
0.857/0.577
NOT
AVAILABLE
882
932
1032
1132
1382
1632
1882
2132
2631
2881
3131
3630
4130
4630
5129
5629
6129
6628
7128
7329
7627
8127
8627
9126
9626
10,126
Set
Pressure
1050
1100
1150
1200
1250
1300
1350
1400
1440
1450
1500
1550
1600
1650
1700
1750
1800
1850
1900
1950
2000
2050
2100
2150
2160
2200
2250
2300
2350
2400
2450
2500
C
0.295/0.068
1252
1311
1370
1428
1487
1546
1605
1664
1711
1723
1782
1841
1899
1958
2017
2076
2135
2194
2253
2312
2371
2429
2488
2547
2559
2606
2665
2724
2783
2842
2900
2959
Orifice Diameter (in.) /Area (sq. in.)
D
E
F
G
0.400/0.126 0.534/0.224 0.672/0.355 0.857/0.577
2320
4125
6537
2429
4319
6844
2538
4513
7152
2647
4706
7459
2756
4900
7767
2865
5094
8074
2974
5288
8381
3084
5482
8689
3171
5638
8936
3193
5676
8996
3302
5870
9304
3411
6064
9611
3520
6258
9918
3629
6452
3738
6646
3847
6840
3956
7034
4066
7228
4175
7422
4284
7616
4393
7810
4502
8004
NOT
4611
8198
AVAILABLE
4720
8392
4743
8432
4829
8586
4938
8780
5047
8974
5157
9168
5266
9362
5375
9556
5484
9750
Sizing of Safety Relief Valves
Given certain information as follows, Safety Relief Valves may be
sized by use of various formulas prescribed by Appendix 11, Section
VIII, Division I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for
capacities of orifices. The information as shown below allows sizing
using the coefficient method.
Table I – Molecular Weight and Values of C for Gases Relieving Capacity Formula Coefficient Method
Gas
AIR
ACETYLENE
AMMONIA
BUTANE
CARBON DIOXIDE
CHLORINE
ETHANE
ETHYLENE
FREON 22
HYDROGEN
HYDROGEN SULFIDE
METHANE
METHYL CHLORIDE
NATURAL GAS (0.6)
NITROGEN
OXYGEN
PROPANE
SULFUR DIOXIDE
The
M
28.97
26.04
17.03
58.12
44.01
70.91
30.07
28.05
86.48
2.02
34.08
16.04
50.48
17.40
28.02
32.00
44.09
64.06
C
356
345
351
324
345
352
339
337
355
356
348
346
337
344
356
356
331
342
Q (SCFM) = KACP
w x 60
M
T
A = Effective Flow Area (Orifice Area in sq. in.)
C = Gas Constant
K = Flow Coefficient
M = Molecular Weight
P = Flowing pressure (set pressure x 1.1+14 .7 psia)
Q = Flow Rate in SCFM for gases
T = Absolute temperature in degrees Rankin (˚F + 460)
w = Density of the gas in lb./ft.3 (Air =.0764 @ 14.7 psia)
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2600-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
7
Section No. 4.1.a
2600
Series
W2601 and W2602 Threaded Safety Relief Valves
10
15
19
22
12
14
6
5
8
13
18
7
1
9
11
3
8
17
16
4
See Details
Parts List, W2602
Item Description
1 BONNET
2
Parts List, W2601
Item Description
1 BONNET
2
SEAT FRAME
1/2"
3/4"
Material
Qty.
SA-216 GR. WCB CS 1
SA-105 CS
1
SA-105 CS
1
SA-105 CS
1
SA-276 S.S.
1
SA-276 S.S.
1
SA-276 S.S.
1
SA-276 S.S.
1
SA-276 S.S.
1
VITON ®
1
VITON ®
1
SA-276 S.S.
1
SA-276 S.S.
1
SA-351 S.S.
1
SA-351 S.S.
1
SA-29 CS
2
302 S.S.
1
302 S.S.
1
302 S.S.
1
302 S.S.
1
17-7 S.S.
1
17-7 S.S.
1
302 S.S.
1
302 S.S.
1
302 S.S.
1
302 S.S.
1
17-7 S.S.
1
17-7 S.S.
1
307 CS
1
VITON ®
1
VITON ®
1
S.S./BUNA-N
1
STEEL
1
ALUMINUM
1
SA-29 CS
1
SA-29 CS
1
18-8 S.S.
1
18-8 S.S.
1
VITON ®
1
ALUMINUM
1
18-8 S.S.
4
STEEL & LEAD
1
1"
"C" ORIFICE
3 SEAT
"D" ORIFICE
"E" ORIFICE
"C", "D" ORIFICE
4 PLUG
"E" ORIFICE
"C", "D" ORIFICE
5 O-RING
"E" ORIFICE
"C", "D" ORIFICE
6 O-RING HOLDER
"E" ORIFICE
"C", "D" ORIFICE
7 PLUG GUIDE
"E" ORIFICE
8 SPRING GUIDE
15-80#
80-250#
250-400#
SPRING FOR C OR D
400-800#
800-1600#
1600-2500#
9
15-50#
50-150#
150-300#
SPRING FOR E
300-500#
500-1000#
1000-2500#
10 ADJUSTING SCREW
11 O-RING
12 O-RING
13 SEAL WASHER
14 JAM NUT
15 CAP
16 GUIDE
17 GUIDE STEM
"C", "D" ORIFICE
18 SCREW
"E" ORIFICE
19 O-RING
20* NAMEPLATE
21* DRIVE SCREW
22 SEAL WIRE & LEAD
*Not Shown
Note: Optional Seal Materials Available. Consult Factory.
The
8
Part No.
40986
21293
21294
21222
21223
21242
21283
21224
21282
11180
11182
21226
21275
21225
21284
21227
11188
11189
11190
11192
11194
11195
11188
11189
11190
11192
11194
11195
21229
11181
10402
10578
10174
21211
21279
21292
10001
11184
05000-0223
11066
10075
10178
2
SEAT FRAME
3
SEAT
4
PLUG
5
O-RING
6
O-RING HOLDER
7
PLUG GUIDE
8
SPRING GUIDE
"E"
"F"
"G"
"E"
"F"
"G"
"E"
"F"
"G"
"E"
"F"
"G"
"E"
"F"
"G"
1 1/ 4 "
1 1/ 2 "
2"
ORIFICE
ORIFICE
ORIFICE
ORIFICE
ORIFICE
ORIFICE
ORIFICE
ORIFICE
ORIFICE
ORIFICE
ORIFICE
ORIFICE
ORIFICE
ORIFICE
ORIFICE
Material
SA-216 GR. WCB CS
SA-105 CS
SA-105 CS
SA-105 CS
SA-276 S.S.
SA-276 S.S.
SA-276 S.S.
SA-276 S.S.
SA-276 S.S.
SA-276 S.S.
VITON ®
VITON ®
VITON ®
SA-276 S.S.
SA-276 S.S.
SA-276 S.S.
SA-351 S.S.
SA-351 S.S.
SA-351 S.S.
SA-29 CS
302 S.S.
302 S.S.
302 S.S.
302 S.S.
17-7 S.S.
302 S.S.
302 S.S.
302 S.S.
302 S.S.
17-7 S.S.
302 S.S.
302 S.S.
302 S.S.
17-7 S.S.
307 CS
VITON ®
VITON ®
S.S./BUNA-N
STEEL
ALUMINUM
SA-29 CS
SA-29 CS
18-8 S.S.
18-8 S.S.
VITON ®
ALUMINUM
18-8 S.S.
STEEL & LEAD
15-75#
75-250#
SPRING FOR E
250-500#
500-1200#
1200-2500#
15-40#
40-200#
9 SPRING FOR F
200-400#
400-800#
800-1600#
75-100#
100-200#
SPRING FOR G
200-600#
600-1000#
10 ADJUSTING SCREW
11 O-RING
12 O-RING
13 SEAL WASHER
14 JAM NUT
15 CAP
16 GUIDE
17 GUIDE STEM
"E" ORIFICE
18 SCREW
"F", "G" ORIFICE
19 O-RING
20* NAMEPLATE
21* DRIVE SCREW
22 SEAL WIRE & LEAD
*Not Shown
Note: Optional Seal Materials Available. Consult Factory.
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
Part No.
40996
31061
31062
31056
21274
21259
21265
21273
21260
21267
11182
11183
11186
21275
21261
21271
21278
21258
21376
21263
10296
10297
10298
10301
10304
10296
10297
10298
10301
10304
10297
10298
10301
10304
21264
10645
10379
10578
10598
21212
21279
21280
11184
11185
10278
11066
10075
10178
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2600-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 4.2
Series
1392V
W1392V Vapor Relief Valve
Application
This WellMark Relief Valve is for the control of vapor emissions. It
can be used on glycol dehydrator reboilers to meet EPA standards,
or any situation where pressure in ounces is to be controlled.
Features
• All Stainless Steel Internals
• Viton® Seals
• Field Adjustable
• Plated/Coated Externals
Specifications
Dimensional Data
1
2
3
5
4
2" NPT
6
8 5/8 Approx.
Process Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2" x 2" NPT
Gauge Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4" NPT
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400˚F
Pressure Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 oz. to 4 lb.
Orifice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5/8" Diameter
Spring Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 to 12 oz.
3/4 to 4 lb.
Non-Code
7
8
9
4 7/8
12
Determining the Model Number
11
10
13
Example given: Standard Model W1392V-S Vapor Relief Valve with
3 to 12 oz. Spring Range, Set at 8 oz.
12
2" NPT
MODEL W1392V-S
W1392V • Vapor Relief Valve
NOTE: Specify set pressure when ordering.
Parts List
Spring Range
S • 3 to 12 oz.
4 • 3/4 to 4 lb.
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9*
10
11*
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
2 9/16
Description
ADJUSTMENT SCREW, STEEL
JAM NUT, STEEL
SEAL WASHER, STEEL
CAP, STEEL
O-RING, VITON ®
SPRING GUIDE, STAINLESS
SPRING, 3-12 OZ., STAINLESS
SPRING, 3 / 4 -4 LB., STAINLESS
PLUG, STAINLESS
O-RING, VITON ®
SEAT, STAINLESS
SEAT O-RING, VITON ®
SET SCREW, STEEL
BODY, DUCTILE
BONNET (NOT SHOWN), PLASTIC
SEAL WIRE (NOT SHOWN)
NAME PLATE (NOT SHOWN)
DRIVE SCREWS (NOT SHOWN)
PLUG, STEEL
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
10173
10174
10578
20623
10381
20622
10610
10680
20620
10380
20621
10611
10485
30360
10175
10178
10076B
10075
10149
*Recommended Spare Part
The
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM1392V-5/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
9
Section No. 5.1
Series
W7702
W7702 Back Pressure Regulator (BPR)
Application
The WellMark Back Pressure Regulator is an excellent and economical device for automatic relief of pressure in liquid service. It is
actuated by the static upstream pressure, which causes the valve to
open at set pressures. The degree of opening will vary and increase
in proportion to the increase in pressure over the opening pressure.
The WellMark Back Pressure Regulator is offered in a 2” size. The
2” is suitable for pressure settings up to 1500 psi.
Recommended for a variety of oil and gas production applications,
including the following:
Paraffin:
A common cause of paraffin build-up is gas breaking out of solution in the tubing string. Through use of this regulator, constant
pressure can be maintained on the oil column, permitting gas bubbles to be pumped out of the string before they rupture and break
out of solution.
Heading up:
This regulator, installed on wells that tend to head up and flow, will
assure a full tubing string by maintaining constant pressure on the
oil column. This assures continuous lubrication of the polish rod,
adding to the life of the stuffing box rubbers. This also enhances
efficiency of the bottom hole pump.
By-Pass to Casing:
This regulator can also be used as a by-pass to the casing in event
lead lines should freeze or get plugged.
Dimensional Data
Other Uses:
For LACT units to assure full-line operation and for safety relief on
separators or casing.
10"
APPROX.
Specifications
Process Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2" NPT
Operating Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 psi Max.
Pressure Setting Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1500 psi
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to 300˚F
This unit features outside adjustment and is offered in a choice of
four pressure ranges. Springs are either steel, stainless steel, or
monel as indicated in the parts list. The standard Nipple, Reference
No. 6 on the illustrated cutaway picture, is schedule 80, and the
standard Tee, Reference No. 11, is forged steel.
The
5 5/8
2 3/8
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMBPR-10/03 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
1
Section No. 5.1
Series
W7702 Back Pressure Regulator (BPR)
W7702
1
2
Parts List
3
Item
1
2
3
4*
5
6
7
Description
ADJUSTMENT SCREW, STEEL
LOCK NUT, STEEL
PACKING GLAND, STEEL
PACKING (2), ROPE
PACKING CAP, STEEL
2 X 4 H.P. NIPPLE, STEEL
SPRING KEEPER, STEEL
SPRING ( 5-200 ) , MONEL
8
SPRING ( 10-500 ) , 302 S.S.
SPRING ( 10-900,10-1500 ) , STEEL
9
CAGE, STEEL
10
SPRING KEEPER, STEEL
11
2" TEE, STEEL
BALL & SEAT, STAINLESS
12*
BALL & SEAT (10-1500), STAINLESS
13
SEAT RETAINER, STEEL
14
BODY, STEEL
15
PLUG, STEEL
* Recommended Spare Part
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
20121
10141
20122
20123
30062
10143
20124
10144
10145
10146
30063
20124
10148
20125
20126
20127
30064
10149
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
How To Order
Pressure Range
Model No.
Wt./Lbs.
5-200 PSI
W7702-2
15
10-500 PSI
W7702-5
15
10-900 PSI
W7702-9
15
10-1500 PSI
W7702-15
16
Steel tee and Schedule 80 nipple, Ref. Nos. 6
and 11, are standard on all models.
Cage Assemblies Available
(order by part no.)
Part No.
Pressure Range
20608
5-200 PSI
20743
10-500 PSI
20404
10-900 PSI
20421
10-1500 PSI
Consisting of Ref. No. 1,7,8,9,10, 12 & 13
11
12
13
15
14
Typical Hook Ups
Back Pressure
On Tubing Only
Separate Control of
Tubing And Casing
The
2
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMBPR-10/03 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 5.2
Series
2001PR
“Top Gun” High Pressure Regulator
Application
2001PR
In the tradition of providing the best of the best, WellMark has developed the “Top Gun” Series 2001PR for accurate reduction of high pressure gas before it enters the distribution system. It is designed for inlet
pressures up to 1500 psi and outlet pressures from 27 to 500 psi.
High Pressure
Gas Regulator
Features
• Multiple Orifice Sizes: Brass or Stainless
• Easy Maintenance
• 6 Spring Ranges
• Rugged WCB Cast Steel Body
• NACE Compatible Option
Dimensional Data
Specifications
11 3/8 APPROX.
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1" and 2" FNPT
Seat Ring Orifices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/8", 3/16", 1/4", 3/8" or 1/2"
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to +150˚F
4 11/16
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Parts & Materials
Maximum Inlet Pressure and Pressure Drop . . . . . . . See Table 1
D
Outlet Pressure Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Table 2
Flow Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Table 3
C
B
Overpressure Protection
A
As is true with most regulators, the WellMark “Top Gun” Series 2001PR
Regulator has an outlet pressure rating that is lower than the inlet
pressure rating. Overpressure protection is needed to avoid overpressure if the actual inlet pressure can exceed the outlet pressure rating.
General Dimensions
Size
1"
2"
A
7 3/8
7 7/8
B
3 11 / 16
3 15 / 16
C
1 3 / 16
2"
D
7 5/8
8 7 / 16
Table 1. Max. Inlet Pressures and Pressure Drops Table 2. Outlet Pressure Ranges
Port Diameter
MAX. ALLOWABLE INLET PRESSURE, PSIG (1)
MAX. ALLOWABLE PRESSURE DROP, PSID
1/8"
1500
1500
3 / 16 "
1500
1500
1/4"
1500
1000
3/8"
1000
500
1/2"
750
250
1. The sum of the outlet pressure setting and the maximum allowable pressure drop determines the maximum allowable inlet
pressure for a given installation. For example, with a 3/8" seat
ring orifice (maximum pressure drop of 500 psi) and a 275 psig
outlet pressure setting, the maximum inlet pressure is 775 psig
(500 psi + 275 psig).
The
Outlet Pressure Range, Psig
MAXIMUM OUTLET PRESSURE OVER
PRESSURE SETTING (1) , PSIG
MAXIMUM EMERGENCY OUTLET
(CASING) PRESSURE, PSIG
27-50
46-95 90-150 150-200 200-275 275-500
200
200 (2)
550
1. Internal parts of the regulator may be damaged if the outlet pressure exceeds the pressure setting beyond the amounts shown.
2. This applies to outlet pressure settings below 350 psig only. For
pressure settings above 350 psig, outlet pressure is limited to
550 psig, the maximum emergency outlet (casing) pressure.
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2001PR-10/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
3
Section No. 5.2
Series
2001PR
“Top Gun” High Pressure Regulator
Determining the Model Number
Example given: A 1" Model 2001PR High Pressure Regulator Constructed of Cast Steel with an Outlet Pressure Range of 46 to 95 psig,
Utilizing Brass Trim with a 1/8" Seat Ring Orifice and No Options Chosen.
MODEL 1 H S -2 B 12 S
1 • 1"
2 • 2"
Body Size
Style
H • High Pressure
D • Ductile Iron (2” Only)
S • Cast Steel
1
2
3
4
5
6
•
•
•
•
•
•
S • Standard Unit
N • NACE
O • Other (Specify)
Options
Body Material
27 to 50 psig
46 to 95 psig
90 to 150 psig
150 to 200 psig
200 to 275 psig
275 to 500 psig
Seat Ring
Orifice
Outlet Pressure
Range
14
13
12
25
11
10
12
18
25
38
50
6
5
3
4
2
1/8"
3/16"
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
B • Brass
S • 316 S.S.*
Trim Material
7
•
•
•
•
•
*WellMark S.S. option meets NACE
requirements. When ordering, use
the “N” designation.
1
15
27
16
26
21
9
8
20
Parts List
Description
Qty.
Part No.
GASKET
1
11008
Item
Description
Qty.
Part No.
CAP SCREW, 1"
4
11009
17
ADJ. SCREW, 27-50 OUTLET PRESSURE
1
11014
CAP SCREW, 2"
4
11050
1
ADJ. SCREW, 46-95 OUTLET PRESSURE
1
11013
INLET ADAPTER, 1" STEEL
1
40442
18
ADJ. SCREW, 90-500 OUTLET PRESSURE
1
10097
INLET ADAPTER, 2" STEEL
1
40589
2
JAM NUT, STEEL
1
10098
INLET BODY GASKET, COPPER
2
11005
19*
3
SPRING HOUSING, STEEL
1
40440
INLET BODY GASKET, COMPOSITION**
2
11015
UPPER SPRING GUIDE, UP TO 275 PSI
1
11001
ORIFICE, BRASS 1 / 8 "
1
21042
4
UPPER SPRING GUIDE, ABOVE 275 PSI
1
11032
ORIFICE, BRASS 3 / 16 "
1
21112
SPRING, 27-50 OUTLET PRESSURE
1
11027
ORIFICE, BRASS 1 / 4 "
1
21028
SPRING, 46-95 OUTLET PRESSURE
1
11028
ORIFICE, BRASS 3 / 8 "
1
21040
SPRING, 90-150 OUTLET PRESSURE
1
11002
ORIFICE, BRASS 1 / 2 "
1
21041
5
20
SPRING, 150-200 OUTLET PRESSURE
1
11029
ORIFICE, 316 S.S, 1 / 8 "**
1
21043
SPRING, 200-275 OUTLET PRESSURE
1
11030
ORIFICE, 316 S.S, 3 / 16 "**
1
21093
SPRING, 275-500 OUTLET PRESSURE
1
11031
ORIFICE, 316 S.S, 1 / 4 "**
1
21044
6
CAP SCREW
1
11012
ORIFICE, 316 S.S, 3 / 8 "**
1
21045
LOWER SPRING GUIDE, UP TO 275 PSI
1
40445
ORIFICE, 316 S.S, 1 / 2 "**
1
21046
7
VALVE DISK ASSEMBLY, BRASS/TFE
1
21026
LOWER SPRING GUIDE, ABOVE 275 PSI
1
40446
21*
VALVE DISK ASSEMBLY, 316 S.S./TFE**
1
21047
8
CAP SCREW
2
10090
VALVE CARRIER, BRASS
1
31005
9
CAP SCREW
2
11011
22
VALVE CARRIER, 316 S.S.**
1
31011
10
CAP SCREW
4
11010
DIAPHRAGM, NEOPRENE
1
11004
BODY, 1" STEEL WCB
1
40444
11*
23
DIAPHRAGM, VITON ® **
1
11033
BODY, 2" DUCTILE IRON
1
40588
24
BREATHER
1
05011-1640
CONNECTOR HEAD ASSEMBLY, BRASS
1
21052
12
25
HEX NUT
4
05000-1726
CONNECTOR HEAD ASSEMBLY, 316 S.S.**
1
21053
26
NAME PLATE
1
21039
13
DIAPHRAGM ADAPTER, STEEL
1
40443
14
LEVER ASSEMBLY
1
21023
27
DRIVER SCREW
4
10075
1
06000-0494
28
PLUG 1 / 8 " NPT, 2" ONLY
15
PIN, STAINLESS STEEL
1
11000
*Included in Repair Kits: Repair Kit for Brass Trim Part No. 21054, Repair Kit for 316 S.S. Trim Part No. 21055
**Meets NACE MR0175-2002 Specifications
The
4
17
18
19
22
23
24
Item
16*
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2001PR-10/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 5.2
2001PR
Series
“Top Gun” High Pressure Regulator
Table 3. High Pressure Regulator Flow Capacities (scfh of 0.6 Specific Gravity Gas; based on 20% Droop)
Outlet
Inlet
Outlet
Pressure Pressure, Pressure,
Range, psig
psig
psig
60
75
100
150
200
27-50
300
50
400
550
600
1050
1500
60
75
100
150
200
46-95
300
50
400
550
600
1050
1500
100
125
200
250
325
46-95
75
400
575
600
1075
1500
125
150
200
250
300
90-150
100
350
400
600
1100
1500
150
200
250
300
375
90-150
125
400
500
625
1125
1500
200
250
300
400
90-150
450
150
650
800
1150
1500
Seat Ring Orifice Diameter (Inches)
1/8
3 / 16
1/4
3/8
1/2
900
1300
1700
2600
3500
5300
6900
9600
9800
17,000
19,000
800
1200
1500
2400
3400
5200
6800
9500
9800
14,000
18,000
1700
2200
3500
4400
5700
7100
9700
9900
18,000
23,000
2000
2500
3600
4400
5300
6100
7000
9500
19,500
25,000
2400
3500
4300
5200
6600
7300
7900
10,000
18,000
26,000
3400
4400
5300
7100
7700
9000
13,000
20,000
26,000
2000
2800
3500
5700
7800
10,500
13,000
16,000
17,000
23,000
25,000
1500
2100
3100
4500
6600
8900
11,000
13,000
14,000
19,000
24,000
3200
4300
7300
9400
11,000
14,000
18,000
19,000
27,000
32,000
3600
4600
6600
8500
9800
10,000
13,000
18,000
28,000
35,000
4600
6800
8900
10,000
13,000
14,500
15,000
22,000
33,000
43,000
6800
8800
10,000
14,000
17,000
24,000
29,000
38,000
47,000
3100
3800
5700
8700
11,000
14,000
17,000
20,000
21,000
27,000
—
2400
3100
4200
6700
9400
11,000
15,000
17,000
19,000
22,000
—
5000
6700
10,000
13,000
16,000
19,000
23,000
25,000
32,000
—
5500
6800
9400
11,000
14,000
16,000
18,000
23,000
35,000
—
6700
10,000
12,000
15,000
18,500
19,000
25,000
29,000
42,000
—
10,000
13,000
15,000
22,000
24,000
33,000
38,000
49,000
—
5200
7200
10,500
13,000
16,000
20,000
23,000
26,000
—
—
—
4300
5500
7500
11,000
14,000
16,000
20,000
23,000
—
—
—
8000
10,000
16,000
19,000
23,000
27,000
30,000
—
—
—
9200
11,000
13,000
18,000
21,000
25,000
27,000
35,000
—
—
11,000
15,000
19,000
25,000
28,000
29,000
36,000
41,000
—
—
16,000
20,000
24,000
34,000
36,000
49,000
—
—
—
8100
10,000
13,000
17,000
19,000
23,000
—
—
—
—
—
6400
8000
10,000
14,000
17,000
20,000
—
—
—
—
—
13,000
15,000
22,000
24,000
27,000
—
—
—
—
—
13,000
16,000
22,000
26,000
30,000
32,000
—
—
—
—
17,000
23,000
29,000
34,000
39,000
—
—
—
—
—
26,000
32,000
35,000
42,000
—
—
—
—
—
Outlet
Inlet
Outlet
Pressure Pressure, Pressure,
Range, psig
psig
psig
1/8
3 / 16
1/4
3/8
1/2
200
250
300
400
450
650
800
1150
1500
250
300
450
600
700
800
1000
1200
1500
250
300
450
600
700
800
1000
1200
1500
300
400
500
600
750
1000
1250
1500
300
400
525
775
1000
1275
1500
300
400
525
775
1000
1275
1500
400
550
600
700
800
900
1300
1500
500
650
800
900
1000
1200
1400
1500
550
750
900
1000
1500
3400
4300
5300
7100
7600
9000
13,000
19,500
26,000
4200
5200
7800
9500
11,000
13,000
16,000
20,000
26,000
4200
5200
7700
9500
11,000
13,000
16,000
19,000
26,000
4900
7000
8500
9500
12,500
16,000
21,000
26,000
4700
6900
8600
11,000
16,000
21,000
26,000
4500
6600
8600
11,000
17,000
21,000
26,000
6600
9700
9900
11,000
13,000
15,000
22,000
26,000
8300
10,000
13,000
15,000
17,000
20,000
24,000
26,000
8700
12,000
15,000
17,000
26,000
6200
8800
10,000
14,000
15,000
21,000
27,000
34,000
44,000
8300
10,000
16,000
22,000
25,000
30,000
37,000
41,000
53,000
8200
10,000
16,000
22,000
25,000
29,000
36,000
41,000
51,000
9000
14,000
18,000
22,000
28,000
39,000
49,000
59,000
9000
14,000
18,000
28,000
39,000
50,000
60,000
7500
12,000
16,000
24,000
32,000
40,000
46,000
11,000
18,000
19,000
23,000
26,000
29,000
43,000
49,000
16,000
24,000
30,000
34,000
38,000
46,000
55,000
60,000
16,000
28,000
34,000
39,000
59,000
9300
12,000
15,000
21,000
24,000
33,000
37,000
49,000
—
12,000
16,000
26,000
34,000
40,000
43,000
50,000
59,000
—
11,000
14,500
24,000
31,000
35,000
42,000
50,000
55,000
—
15,000
23,000
29,000
34,000
44,000
58,000
69,000
—
15,000
25,000
35,000
51,000
67,000
87,000
—
10,000
16,000
21,000
32,000
43,000
53,000
—
16,000
23,000
26,000
30,000
35,000
39,000
58,000
—
24,000
33,000
41,000
49,000
54,000
63,000
76,000
—
26,000
40,000
52,000
60,000
72,000
16,000
20,000
24,000
32,000
36,000
48,000
—
—
—
20,000
25,000
43,000
55,000
61,000
—
—
—
—
20,000
25,000
40,000
51,000
55,000
—
—
—
—
28,000
40,000
51,000
59,000
69,000
—
—
—
28,000
40,000
68,000
95,000
—
—
—
20,000
31,000
39,000
55,000
—
—
—
31,000
44,000
48,000
54,000
61,000
—
—
—
44,000
61,000
76,000
85,000
—
—
—
—
50,000
78,000
92,000
100,000
—
24,000
27,000
30,000
38,000
—
—
—
—
—
30,000
35,000
50,000
—
—
—
—
—
—
29,000
35,000
50,000
—
—
—
—
—
—
42,000
56,000
65,000
—
—
—
—
—
39,000
54,000
94,000
—
—
—
—
31,000
43,000
56,000
—
—
—
—
42,000
63,000
—
—
—
—
—
—
62,000
86,000
—
—
—
—
—
—
77,000
100,000
—
—
—
150-200
150-200
200-275
200-275
200-275
275-500
275-500
275-500
275-500
The
150
200
200
250
275
275
300
400
500
Seat Ring Orifice Diameter (Inches)
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2001PR-10/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
5
Section No. 5.3
Series
2002PR
“Mighty Gun” High Pressure Regulator
Application
This self-contained pressure-reducing regulator is designed for
flexibility and is for low and high pressure systems. It can be used
with natural gas, air, or other gases. It is primarily used to regulate
pressure and volume to fuel gas valves or production instrumentation on oil and gas process equipment.
Features
High Pressure
Gas Regulator
• Multiple Orifice Sizes, 316 S.S. Std.
• Easy Maintenance: Trim can be replaced with the body in-line
from top entry design.
• Protective Cap: Tamper Resistant Pressure Setting
Dimensional Data
9 11/16
• Steel body and die cast aluminum diaphragm housing.
7 1/2
• Body can be rotated to four positions with diaphragm housing for
user convenience.
• NACE Compatible
1"
• Utility Spring Range Available: 10 to 95 psig
2 1/16
4"
Specifications
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1" FNPT
Seat Ring Orifices . . . . . . . 3/32", 1/8", 3/16", 1/4", 3/8", or 1/2"
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to 180˚F
Materials (NACE Compatible) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Parts
Maximum Inlet Pressure, Differential
Pressure, and Outlet Pressure Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . See Table 1
Table 1. Max. Pressure, Differential Press. &
Outlet Pressure Ranges
Outlet Pressure
Range
Spring Part No.
Color Code
Port Diameter
(Inches)
Maximum Inlet
Pressure (psig)
Maximum Differential
Pressure (psig)
to 20 psig
11038
(YELLOW)
3 / 32
1/8
3 / 16
1/4
3/8
1/2
2000
1000
750
500
300
250
2000
1000
750
500
300
250
15 to 40 psig
11039
(GREEN)
3 / 32
1/8
3 / 16
1/4
3/8
1/2
2000
1500
1000
750
500
300
2000
1500
1000
750
500
300
35 to 80 psig
11040
(BLUE)
3 / 32
1/8
3 / 16
1/4
3/8
1/2
2000
2000
1750
1500
1000
750
2000
2000
1750
1500
1000
750
70 to 150 psig
11041
(RED)
3 / 32
1/8
3 / 16
1/4
3/8
1/2
2000
2000
2000
1750
1250
750
2000
2000
2000
1750
1250
750
5
(1)
Flow Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Table 2
Maximum Spring and Diaphragm
Housing Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Table 3
Overpressure Protection
As is true with most regulators, the WellMark “Mighty Gun” Series
2002PR Regulator has an outlet pressure rating that is lower than
the inlet pressure rating. Overpressure protection is needed to
avoid overpressure if the actual inlet pressure can exceed the outlet pressure rating.
1. For pressure settings under 10 psig, inlet pressure should be limited to approximately 100 psig so the set point adjustment can be reached.
The
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2002PR-11/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
7
Section No. 5.3
Series
2002PR
“Mighty Gun” High Pressure Regulator
Table 2. Flow Capacities in scfh of 0.6 Specific Gravity Natural Gas (1)
Outlet Pressure
Range
Spring Part No.
Color Code
Outlet
Press.
Setting
(psig)
Inlet
Press.
(psig)
3 / 32
1/8
3 / 16
1/4
5 (3)
10
15
20
30
60
75
100
170
240
290
380
640
770
990
330
390
500
670
1170
1410
1800
710
890
1160
1560
2600
3150
4070
1100
1600
2060
2800
4710
5710
7310
15
20
30
60
75
100
150
200
300
500
750
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
210
280
380
640
770
990
1420
1850
2700
4400
5400
5800
6300
6600
6800
7600
10
5 to 20 psig (2)
11038
(YELLOW)
20
15 to 40 psig
11039
(GREEN)
40
Port Diameter (Inches)
3/8
1/2
1900
2500
2500
3350
3400
4450
4750
6900
8140 13,700
9790 14,500
12,500 16,000
375
880
1590
490
1150
2050
670
1560
2800
1170 2600
4710
1410 3150
5710
1800 4070
7310
2580 5850 10,500
3370 7630 13,700
4910 11,200 19,800
8090 15,700 20,000
12,000 18,000
–
14,000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2480
3380
4720
8140
9790
12,500
17,000
18,000
20,000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
3300
4410
6840
13,700
14,500
16,000
18,000
18,500
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
30
50
60
100
150
200
300
500
750
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
350
620
1450
2580
550
1000 2280
4090
640
1170 2640
4750
990
1800 4070
7310
1420
2580 5850 10,500
1850
3370 7630 13,700
2700
4910 11,200 20,100
4400
8090 18,300 32,900
6600 12,000 23,600
–
8900 16,000
–
–
10,000
–
–
–
10,400
–
–
–
12,000
–
–
–
14,000
–
–
–
4360
7670
9690
13,900
17,700
26,600
37,000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
6290
14,100
14,500
23,300
34,200
39,100
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
60
75
100
150
200
300
500
750
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
610
760
990
1420
1850
2700
4400
6600
8700
11,000
13,000
15,000
17,000
9290
10,800
14,700
20,500
27,100
40,100
63,900
–
–
–
–
–
–
9420
16,500
21,900
34,500
46,400
67,100
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1090
1370
1790
2580
3370
4910
8090
12,000
16,000
19,000
22,000
–
–
2530
3080
4070
5850
7630
11,200
18,300
27,200
36,100
–
–
–
–
4510
5640
7310
10,500
13,700
20,100
32,900
39,400
–
–
–
–
–
1. Capacity is based on 20% droop unless otherwise noted. See “Capacity Data”
for equivalent capacities of other gases.
2. For pressure settings under 10 psig, inlet pressure should be limited to approximately 100 psig so the set point adjustment can be reached.
3. For pressure set point of 5 psig, the droop is 2 psig.
The
8
Outlet Pressure
Range
Spring Part No.
Color Code
Outlet
Press.
Setting
(psig)
Inlet
Press.
(psig)
3 / 32
1/8
3 / 16
1/4
3/8
1/2
60
75
100
150
200
300
500
750
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
700
970
1420
1850
2700
4400
6600
8700
11,000
13,000
15,000
17,000
1230
1740
2580
3370
4910
8090
12,000
16,000
19,000
22,000
25,000
28,000
2760
4010
5850
7630
11,200
18,300
27,200
36,100
45,000
54,000
63,000
–
4880
7000
10,500
13,700
20,100
32,900
43,380
50,300
57,000
63,000
–
–
8630
13,000
18,900
24,000
32,500
64,000
66,900
67,700
–
–
–
–
16,100
19,300
32,800
42,200
69,100
94,300
130,000
–
–
–
–
–
80
100
150
200
300
500
750
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
900
1410
1850
2700
4400
6600
8700
11,000
13,000
15,000
17,000
1600
2580
3370
4910
8090
12,000
16,000
19,000
22,000
25,000
28,000
3750
5850
7630
11,200
18,300
27,200
36,100
45,000
54,000
63,000
–
6650
10,500
13,700
20,100
32,900
48,900
64,900
80,000
96,000
–
–
12,200
21,100
28,400
43,300
71,600
105,500
118,000
–
–
–
–
18,600
33,600
44,100
75,400
110,000
135,000
–
–
–
–
–
100
150
200
300
500
750
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
1170
1850
2700
4400
6600
8700
11,000
13,000
15,000
17,000
2510
3370
4910
8090
12,000
16,000
19,000
22,000
25,000
28,000
5540
7630
11,200
18,300
27,200
36,100
45,000
54,000
63,000
71,000
8710
12,000
19,400
31,800
47,300
59,700
72,000
86,000
95,000
–
16,000
21,300
30,100
66,500
95,300
100,000
114,000
–
–
–
24,000
34,100
53,200
83,900
117,000
120,000
–
–
–
–
125
150
200
300
500
750
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
1250
1830
2700
4400
6600
8700
11,000
13,000
15,000
17,000
2340
3320
4910
8090
12,000
16,000
19,000
22,000
25,000
28,000
5340
7550
11,200
18,300
27,200
36,100
45,000
54,000
63,000
71,000
9470 15,700
13,400 28,100
20,100 36,300
32,900 70,800
48,900 104,000
64,800 136,000
80,000 145,000
96,000
–
112,000 –
–
–
20,800
32,800
52,600
109,000
158,000
160,000
–
–
–
–
150
200
300
500
750
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
1760
2700
4400
6600
8700
11,000
13,000
15,000
17,000
3200
4910
8090
12,000
16,000
19,000
22,000
25,000
28,000
7290
11,200
18,300
27,200
36,100
45,000
54,000
63,000
71,000
12,900 21,400
17,200 40,100
32,900 70,300
48,900 104,000
64,800 138,000
80,000 150,000
96,000
–
112,000 –
–
–
33,600
55,900
111,000
160,000
162,000
–
–
–
–
35 to 80 psig
11040
(BLUE)
70 to 150 psig
11041
(RED)
Port Diameter (Inches)
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2002PR-11/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 5.3
Series
2002PR
“Mighty Gun” High Pressure Regulator
Capacity Data
Table 3. Max. Spring and Diaphragm Housing Pressure
Natural gas regulating capacities for selected inlet pressures and outlet pressure settings are shown in Table 2. Flows are in scfh (60˚F
and 14.7 psia) of 0.6 specific gravity, natural gas at 60˚F. To determine the equivalent capacities for other gases, multiply the table
capacity by the following factors: for air use 0.775, for nitrogen use
0.789, for propane use 0.628, or for butane use 0.548. For gases of
other specific gravities, multiply the given capacity by 0.775, and
divide by the square root of the particular specific gravity.
Maximum pressure to avoid leakage to atmosphere
or possible damage to internal parts.
250 psi
Maximum pressure to prevent burst of housing or
possible damage to internal parts.
375 psi
Maximum diaphragm housing over-pressure
(above set point) to avoid damage to internal parts.
60 psi
18
20
Parts List
Item
1
Description
BODY, 1"NPT ,STEEL WCB
SEAT, 3 / 32 " 316 S.S.
SEAT, 1 / 8 " 316 S.S.
SEAT, 3 / 16 " 316 S.S.
2*
SEAT, 1 / 4 " 316 S.S.
SEAT, 3 / 8 " 316 S.S.
SEAT, 1 / 2 " 316 S.S.
3
CAP SCREW, STEEL PLATED (NOT SHOWN)
4*
O-RING, VITON ®
5
DIAPHRAGM CASE, ALUMINUM
6
BOOST BODY, NYLON
7
STABILIZER, NITRILE
8
STEM GUIDE, S.S. CF8M
DISK ASSEMBLY, 316 S.S./NEOPRENE
9*
DISK ASSEMBLY, 316 S.S./NYLON
10
STEM, 316 S.S.
11*
O-RING, VITON ®
12
BACK UP RING, TFE
13
HAIR PIN CLIP, STAINLESS STEEL
14
PIN, STAINLESS STEEL
15
LEVER, STEEL PLATED
16
LEVER RETAINER, STEEL PLATED
17
LEVER PIN, STAINLESS STEEL
18
LEVER CAP SCREW, 316 S.S.
19
POST, & PIN ASSY.
20
LOCK WASHER, 316 S.S.
21*
DIAPHRAGM, NITRILE
22
DIAPH. HEAD, STEEL PLATED
SPRING SEAT, STEEL PLATED
23
SPRING SEAT FOR 10-95 SPRING ONLY
24
UPPER HOUSING, ALUMINUM
25
VENT ASSEMBLY, PLASTIC
26
UPPER SPRING SEAT, STEEL
SPRING, 5-20 psig
SPRING, 15-40 psig
27
SPRING, 35-80 psig
SPRING, 70-150 psig
SPRING, 10-95 psig
28
JAM NUT, STEEL
29
ADJUSTING SCREW, STEEL
30
CAP, PLASTIC
31
CAP SCREW, STEEL PLATED
32
NAME PLATE, ALUMINUM (NOT SHOWN)
33
CAP SCREW, STEEL PLATED
* Recommended Spare Part
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
1
1
Part No.
40520
21069
21070
21071
21072
21073
21074
11092
10423
40522
40526
11036
21059
21082
21083
21062
05000-0769
11087
11047
11046
21061
31015
11034
11043
21130
11045
11037
21078
21079
21395
40524
11035
21080
11038
11039
11040
11041
11211
21081
11042
31016
11044
21094
11043
19 21 22
31 23 33 24
27 25
30
5
15
17
16
10
14
12
8
4
13
11
7
9
6
2
1
Determining the Model Number
Example given: A 1" Model 2002PR Pressure Regulator with an
Outlet Pressure Range of 70 to 150 psig and 1/4" Seat Ring Orifice.
MODEL 1 PR-4 S 25 S
Body Size
1 • 1"
2 • 2"
Options
S • Standard
O • Other (Specify)
PR • Series 2002PR
Seat Ring Orifice
09 • 3/32"
12 • 1/8"
18 • 3/16"
25 • 1/4"
38 • 3/8"
50 • 1/2"
Outlet Pressure Range
1 • 5 to 20 psig
2 • 15 to 40 psig
3 • 35 to 80 psig
4 • 70 to 150 psig
9 • 10 to 95 psig
*WellMark std. regulator option
meets NACE requirements.
The
26 29 28
Trim Material
S • 316 S.S./
Neoprene*
P • 316 S.S./Nylon
V • Viton®
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2002PR-11/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
9
Section No. 5.6
W67
Series
“Mini Gun II” General Purpose Instrument
And Gas Pressure Regulator
Application
The “Mini Gun II” Series W67R and W67FR regulators are standard
equipment for pneumatic liquid level controls and valve positioners,
and provide constant and reliable controlled reduced pressures. In
addition, they can be used for general-purpose control of gas or air
to other pneumatic instruments.
Features
Just One of
Many Offered From
An Arsenal of
General Purpose
Pressure Regulators
Dimensional Data
2.580
3.310 Approx.
1/4"-18 NPT
Vent
.625
1/4"-18 NPT
Gauge Port
OUT
IN
Specifications
Mounting Holes
For 5/16 Bolts
.625
Body Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diecast Aluminum
Port Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4" FNPT
Inlet Supply Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 psi Max.
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to 180˚F
Four Output Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-120 psig (See Table 1)
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (See Table 2)
1/4"-18 NPT
Inlet & Outlet
.695
6.875 Approx.
• Rugged, Compact & Lightweight Construction
• Cost Effective
• Internal Relief
• Filtered and Non-Filtered Options
• Filtered Unit, Panel Mount Standard
• Filtered Unit, 40 Micron Cellulose
• Spring Case Vent Standard, 1/4" FNPT
• Three Output Ranges (See Table 1)
• Easy In-line Maintenance
• Dual Outlets
1.125
2.250
2.86
2.960
Filtered Units
2.580
1/4"-18 NPT
Table 1 • Outlet Pressure (psig)
.50
IN
OUT
3.310 Approx.
4.875 Approx.
Outlet Press.
Control Spring Data
Range
Part Number Color Code
0 to 35
11161 UNPAINTED
0 to 60
11163
BLUE
0 to 120
11164
RED
Vent
1/4"-18 NPT
Inlet & Outlet
Table 2 • Pressure Range (psig) & Capacity (scfh)
Outlet
Press.
25
40
80
The
Outlet Press.
Inlet
Range
Press >
0-35
CAPACITY >
0-60
CAPACITY >
0-120
CAPACITY >
Capacity In SCFH of 0.6 Specific Gravity Natural Gas
50
75
100
150
250
516
710
968
1290
1806
194
645
645
903
1806
—
—
516
839
1290
1/4"-18 NPT
2.890
Gauge Port
Non-Filtered Unit
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM67-11/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
15
Section No. 5.6
Series
W67
“Mini Gun II” General Purpose Instrument And Gas Pressure Regulator
Determining the Model Number
Example given: A Filtered, 0-60 psig Outlet Pressure with Square Head Adjustment Screw, Mini Gun II Pressure Reducing Regulator.
“Mini Gun II” Model W67FR 60 Q
W67R • Non-Filtered
W67FR• Filtered
35 • 0-35 psig
60 • 0-60 psig
120 • 0-120 psig
Q • Square Head
Adjustment
Screw
Type
Outlet
Pressure
18
19
6
20
7
17
8
16
15
1
10
14
16
2
5
1
15
11
14
12
6
4
13
3
10
21
9
13
16
2
5
Description
BODY
DRAIN VALVE
SCREW
O-RING
DRIPWELL
FILTER ELEMENT
SPRING CASE
FILTER GASKET
FILTER RETAINER
VALVE CARTRIDGE
VALVE PLUG
VALVE SPRING
VALVE RETAINER
O-RING
SOFT SEAT
DIAPHRAGM ASSY.
SPRING, 0-35#
17
SPRING, 0-60#
SPRING, 0-120#
18
ADJUSTING SCREW
19
LOCK NUT
20
UPPER SPRING SEAT
21
WASHER
22*
WASHER
23*
PIPE PLUG
*Not Shown
The
9
8
12
4
3
Parts List, Non-Filtered Units
Parts List, Filtered Unit
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
7
11
Qty.
1
1
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
Part No.
40598
11065
11124
11123
31018
11052
31017
11053
21102
40597
11059
11062
11055
10116
11057
21181
11061
11163
11164
11060
05000-2435
21103
11054
11064
11127
Item
1
2
3
4
Description
BODY
DIAPHRAGM ASSY.
SCREW
O-RING
SPRING, 0-35#
5
SPRING, 0-60#
SPRING, 0-120#
6
ADJUSTING SCREW
7
SPRING CASE
8
LOCK NUT
9
UPPER SPRING SEAT
10
VALVE CARTRIDGE
11
VALVE PLUG
12
VALVE SPRING
13
VALVE RETAINER
14
O-RING
15
SOFT SEAT
16
CAP
17*
PIPE PLUG
*Not Shown
Qty.
1
1
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
40793
21182
11124
10181
11061
11163
11164
11060
31017
05000-2435
21103
40597
11059
11062
11055
10116
11057
21174
11127
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • W67-11/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 5.7
Series
W1301
“Mega Gun II” High Pressure Regulator
Application
A direct-acting, self-operated, high pressure gas regulator. Effective
reduction of high-pressure gas to operate controllers, valve actuators and chemical injection pumps as well as to supply fuel gas to
pilot operated fire tubes on various production equipment.
Rugged “oilfield” design with multi-purpose application reliability.
It’s what makes this high pressure regulator the number one choice
for reducing large inlet pressures to supply pressures required by
other pneumatic driven devices.
Features
• 6000 psi Inlet Pressure
Just One of
Many Offered From
An Arsenal of
General Purpose
Pressure Regulators
• Rugged Construction
• Cost Effective
• Three Outlet Ranges (See Table 1)
Specifications
Maximum Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6000 psi
Dimensional Data
Port Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4" FNPT
1.69
3.38
(One Inlet and Three Outlet Connections)
Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Four Holes, 5/32"
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brass or Nickel Plated
.695
(Cv) Flow Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approx. .13
IN
OUT
1.88
Outlet Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 75 psi
0 to 150 psi
0 to 225 psi
5.62
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20ºF to 180ºF
1/4"-18 NPT
1/4"-18 NPT
Inlet & Outlet
Gauge Port
Table 1 • Pressure Range (psig) and Capacity (scfh)
Outlet
Pressure
Range
0 to 75
0 to 150
0 to 225
The
Outlet
Pressure
Setting
25
50
75
75
150
150
225
Inlet
Press >
Droop >
CAPACITY >
CAPACITY >
CAPACITY >
CAPACITY >
CAPACITY >
CAPACITY >
CAPACITY >
100
10%
245
361
323
258
—
—
—
250
20%
374
516
516
452
—
—
—
10%
387
619
774
645
968
839
645
20%
619
1032
1161
1032
1290
1161
1032
Capacity In SCFH
500
10%
20%
516
839
929
1290
1161
1806
1032
1677
1419
2322
1290
2193
1806
2709
of 0.6 Specific Gravity Natural Gas
750
1000
10%
20%
10%
20%
645
968
671
993
1084
1548
1161
1677
1290
2064
1419
2193
1226
1935
1290
2064
1871
2967
2064
3354
1742
2838
1935
2903
2451
3741
3096
4515
1500
10%
20%
697
1032
1226
1806
1548
2322
1419
2193
2193
3612
2129
3548
3483
5160
2000
10%
20%
722
1058
1290
1935
1677
2451
1548
2322
2322
3870
2322
3870
3870
5805
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMW1301-10/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
17
Section No. 5.7
Series
W1301
“Mega Gun II” High Pressure Regulator
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model 150-QBR, Series W1301 Regulator, 0-150 psi Outlet Pressure Range, Square Head Adjustment and
Brass Body.
“Mega Gun II” Model 150 - Q BR
075 • 0-75 psi
150 • 0-150 psi
225 • 0-225 psi
Body
Material
Outlet
Pressure
Adjustment
Screw
BR • Brass
NI • Ni-Plated
Q • Square Head
T • T-Bar
15
Parts List
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
The
18
18
Description
BODY
SPRING CASE
BOTTOM CAP
YOKE, BOTTOM
SEAT RING
VALVE DISK ASSEMBLY
DIAPHRAGM
DIAPHRAGM HEAD
UPPER SPRING SEAT
VALVE SPRING
SPRING, 0-75#
SPRING, 0-150#
SPRING, 0-225#
BODY GASKET
DIAPHRAGM HEAD GASKET
O-RING
ADJUSTING SCREW
SOCKET HEAD SCREW
FLAT HEAD SCREW
JAM NUT
HEX NUT
VALVE DISK COLLAR
YOKE, TOP
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
2
1
1
1
1
Part No.
40776
40778
31035
21152
21154
21156
21155
21160
21161
11109
11110
11115
11116
11108
11107
10645
11111
11113
11117
11112
11114
21159
21153
9
2
11
8
19
7
16
12
13
21
1
17
5
4
6
14
10
20
3
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMW1301-10/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 6.1
CIP
Series
CIP Chemical Injection Pump
Application
Dimensional Data
3 3/16" (CIP150)
The Series CIP is a positive displacement
pump used to inject chemicals into a line
under pressure. Applications include
injection of chemical into wellheads,
pipelines or batch process manufacturing.
Examples include injecting: methanol into
gas systems to prevent freezing; corrosion
inhibitors, friction reducers or scale
inhibitors into pipelines; a liquid into a
batch process as a chemical additive or
catalyst for a produced product.
1 1/2"
3 11/16" (CIP225)
1/4" FNPT
Supply
S
9 3/8" Approx.
1/4" FNPT
Exhaust
Features
• New W27 Stand-Alone Timer
Hard Anodized Aluminum
• Duo-Seal Plunger: Self-Lubrication
• EnduroBond™ Coated Springs
• Threaded Exhaust Ports
• Speed and Stroke Adjustment
• Economical Light Weight Design
• Air or Gas Operated
• 35:1 to 80:1 Power Head to Fluid End Ratio
• Discharge Pressures from 1700-6500 psi
• Optional Plunger Packing with
O-Spring Energizer
Specifications
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4" FNPT
Pressure
Discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Table 1
Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-100 psi
Suction . . . . Atmosphere (Gravity Feed)
O-rings
Discharge Check . . . . . . . . . . . Teflon®
Plunger. . . . . . . . See “Determining the
Model Number” Options
General
Temperature . . . . . . . -20˚ F to +225˚ F
Packing. . . . . . . . See “Determining the
Model Number” Options
Plunger . . . 17-4PH S.S. or Ceramic Ctd.
Piston. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Table 1
Speed. . . . . . . 4 to 50 Strokes Per Min.
Stroke. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/8" to 1"
Output Volume. . . . . . . . . . See Table 1
Gas Consumption. . . . . . . . See Table 2
The
Determining the Model Number: Example Given: Model CIP with 1 1/2" Piston,
1/4" Plunger, (Standard) 17-4PH Stainless Steel Plunger Material and FluoroMyte PolyPak®
Packing with Buna-N O-Rings. Consult factory for other materials.
MODEL CIP150-25-1 1
150 • 1 1/2"
225 • 2 1/4"
Piston
25 • 1/4"
50 • 1/2"
Plunger
1 • FluoroMyte PolyPak®
w/Buna-N O-Spring
2 • FluoroMyte PolyPak®
w/Viton® O-Spring
3 • Graphite PolyPak®
w/Teflon® O-Spring
4 • Urethane PolyPak®
w/Buna-N O-Spring
5 • Viton® PolyPak®
w/Viton® O-Spring
6 • EPR PolyPak®
w/EPR O-Spring
Plunger
Packing
1 • 17-4PH S.S.
(Standard)
2 • Ceramic Ctd.
3 • Other
(Specify)
(PolyPak® )
Plunger
Material
Table 1. Output Volume
Model
Plunger
CIP150-25
CIP225-25
CIP225-50
1/4"
1/4"
1/2"
Piston
1
2
2
1/2"
1/4"
1/4"
Power
Ratio
35:1
80:1
20:1
Stroke
Length
Maximum
1 / 8 "-1"
1 / 8 "-1"
1 / 8 "-1"
Volume
Per
Stroke CC
0.80
0.80
3.2
Strokes
Per
Minute
4-50
4-50
4-50
Maximum
Discharge
Pressure
3000
6500
1700
Output
Volume
Per Day
15.26 GAL
15.26 GAL
61.05 GAL
Table 2. Gas Consumption Formula
SCFD = Pv x
Supply Pressure +15
x strokes per min x 1440
15
P = 0.0011 for 1.5" piston Model CIP 150
Where v
Pv = 0.0023 for 2.25 piston Model CIP 225
Example: 20 strokes per min. with 45 psi supply on CIP 150
SCFD = .0011 x
45 + 15
x 20 x 1440
15
SCFD = 126.72 SCFD
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMCIP-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
1
Section No. 6.1
CIP
Series
CIP Chemical Injection Pump
CIP Injection Pump Parts List
Item
10
1
3
6
4
7
5
24
8
15
13
14
11
18
12
17
16
18
20
21
23
19
22
Complete Standard Repair Kit
(17-4PH Plunger)
Standard Repair Kit Without
Timer, Suction & Discharge Valve
Model
Part No.
Model
Part No.
CIP150-25
03500-1922
CIP150-25
03500-1956
CIP225-25
03500-1930
CIP225-25
03500-1964
CIP225-50
03500-1972
CIP225-50
03500-1948
Repair Kit (Major): Item 3, 4,7,8,10,12,15,18,19, 21,22, 23 Repair Kit (Minor): Item 3, 4, 7, 8, 12, 15, 18, 19, 21
STROKE ADJUSTER
LOCK NUT
THREAD SEAL
O-RING
PISTON CAP
DATA PLATE
U CUP-PISTON
PLUNGER/PISTON ASSY., 17-4PH S.S.(STD.)
8*
PLUNGER/PISTON ASSY., CERAMIC CTD.
9
PIPE NIPPLE
10* TIMER ASSEMBLY, W27
11 WASHER
12* POLYPAK®
13 LOCK WASHER
14 SOCKET HEAD SCREW
15* SPRING, ENDUROBOND™ COATED
16 PIPE PLUG
17 BODY/FLUID END ASSY.
18* SPACER
FLUOROMYTE/BUNA-N (1)
FLUOROMYTE/VITON® (2)
PACKING
GRAPHITE/TEFLON® (3)
19*
POLYPAK®
URETHANE/BUNA-N (4)
VITON®/VITON® (5)
EPR POLYPAK® (6)
20 BLEED SCREW
O-RING, BUNA-N
21*
O-RING, VITON®
22* SUCTION CHECK VALVE
22A CHECK VALVE BODY
22B BALL RETAINER
22C BALL
23* DISCHARGE CHECK VALVE
23A CHECK VALVE BODY
23B O-RING RETAINER
23C O-RING, TEFLON®
23D BALL
23E SPRING
23F SPRING RETAINER NUT
24 MUFFLER
*Recommended Spare Part
W27 Timer Assembly Parts List (Item No. 10 from above)
Item Description
Qty.
1 BODY
1
2 CAP
1
3 SPOOL, UPPER
1
4 SPOOL, LOWER
1
5 SPACER
1
6 DIAPHRAGM PLATE
1
7 SEAT, UPPER
1
8 SEAT, LOWER
1
9* DIAPHRAGM, UPPER 1
10* DIAPHRAGM,SNAPPER 1
11* DIAPHRAGM, LOWER 1
12 SOCKET HD. SCREW
1
13 SPRING, UPPER
1
*Recommended Spare Part
Part No.
05013-3532
05013-3455
05013-3463
05013-3473
05013-3480
05013-3498
05013-3507
05013-3514
05013-3548
05013-3556
05013-3566
05000-5910
06000-8892
Item
14
15
16*
17
18*
19*
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Description
SPRING, LOWER
PILOT PLUG
O-RING
ADJUSTING NEEDLE
O-RING
O-RING, TEFLON®
SEAT
LEGEND PLATE
SPRING
PIN
KNOB
SOCKET HD. SCREW
WASHER
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
Part No.
06000-8876
06500-6468
05000-0066
05013-2837
05000-0009
05000-5828
05013-3835
06000-8560
06000-8610
05013-2911
10898
05000-5902
05000-5836
Type
Part No.
Type
Part No.
MAJOR REPAIR KIT
03500-7402
MINOR REPAIR KIT
03500-7401
Repair Kit (Major): Item 7, 8, 9,10,11,13,14,15,16,18, 19 Repair Kit (Minor): Item 9, 10, 11, 16, 18, 19
2
18
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
CIP150-25
05000-5660
05000-2559
06000-8527
05000-0033
05013-1540
06000-8050
06000-7951
06500-7029
06500-7027
006312-P
06500-7400
05010-4116
06000-7976
05000-5677
05000-5644
06000-8069
002303-P
06500-5834
05013-1765
06000-8158
06000-7969
06000-8997
06000-7976
06000-9082
10341
05013-1558
05000-0082
05000-5610
06500-5907
05013-1566
05013-1574
06000-0265
06500-5890
05013-1682
05013-1690
10867
06000-0265
A18-1Y
05013-1708
06000-8166
Part No.
CIP225-25
05000-5694
05000-1957
06000-8528
05000-0066
05013-1733
06000-8084
06000-8076
06500-7025
06500-7023
006312-P
06500-7400
05010-4116
06000-7976
05000-5677
05000-5644
06000-8069
002303-P
06500-5915
05013-1765
06000-8158
06000-7969
06000-8997
06000-7976
06000-9082
10341
05013-1558
05000-0082
05000-5610
06500-5907
05013-1566
05013-1574
06000-0265
06500-5890
05013-1682
05013-1690
10867
06000-0265
A18-1Y
05013-1708
06000-8166
24
17
22
21
23
20
19
6
9
3
CIP225-50
05000-5694
05000-1957
06000-8529
05000-0066
05013-1733
06000-8084
06000-8076
06500-7021
06500-7022
006312-P
06500-7400
06000-8141
06000-8133
05000-5677
05000-5644
06000-8069
002303-P
06500-5999
05013-1926
06000-8644
06000-8125
06000-9032
06000-8133
06000-9169
06000-9235
05013-1558
05000-0108
05000-0835
06500-6018
05013-1934
05013-1942
06000-0275
06500-5890
05013-1682
05013-1690
10867
06000-0265
A18-1Y
05013-1708
06000-8166
2
12
10
1/4" FNPT
5
4
Supply
1
11
7
1/4" FNPT 8
W27 Timer Repair Kits
The
Qty.
1
2
3
4*
5
6
7*
2
9
Description
Exhaust
13
1/8" FNPT
To Pump
16
14
15
25
26
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMCIP-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
EIP
Section No. 6.2
Series
EIP Solar-Powered Chemical Injection Pump with DigiMax ADC Control
Application
The WellMark EIP Solar-Electric Chemical Injection Pump provides
an environmentally-clean method for injection of chemical into a
line under pressure. It is a positive-displacement design, powered
by an electric motor, thereby eliminating the gas emissions inherent
with pneumatic-style pumps. Applications include injection of
methanol, corrosion inhibitors, friction reducers or scale inhibitors
into wellheads or pipelines. Unique Temperature Sensor allows
operator to set temperature threshold to disallow pumping until
temperature falls to a specified level.
Specifications
Connections
Pump Inlet and Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4" Female NPT
Pump
Fluid Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless Steel, Single or Dual
12VDC Gearmotor Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . Small - 1/17 hp, 30rpm
Large - 1/6 hp, 64rpm
120VAC Gearmotor Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/6 hp, 60rpm
Available Plunger Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4", 3/8", 1/2"
3-Position Adjustable Displacement
Power • DC
Available Solar Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single or Multiple
50, 80 or 110 Watt
Battery(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single or Multiple
110 Amp Hour Deep Cycle
General
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DigiMax ADC Digital Display
with Auto Mode, Voltage Monitor, Temperature Sensor,
Manual Pump Override, Fuse Protected
Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mast with Quad Legs (Standard)
Skid Mount (Optional)
Principle of Operation
Any chemical injection pump utilizing a photovoltaic power system
must manage numerous variables in an attempt to maintain adequate power for the task at hand. Among those variables are:
• Available Sunlight
• Size and Capability of the Solar Panel
• Size of the Battery or Batteries
• Power Draw of the Motor
• Size/Displacement of the Plunger
• Required Discharge Pressure of the Pump
All of these variables must be considered when sizing a photovoltaic pump system.
The
Skid Mounted
Shown with Double Battery
and Double Solar Panel
Unit Positioning and Panel Tilt Adjustment
Regional information about available sunlight can be found at
http://www.nrel.gov/gis/solar.html. Further evaluation of the specific site may be necessary to maximize clear presentation of the
solar panel to the sun. Any adjacent items that may casts shadows
on the panel throughout the day will negatively affect the overall
performance of the package. Maximum exposure will help to assure
that the battery maintains enough power to drive the pump throughout the night.
To get the most from position-fixed (or seasonally adjusted) photovoltaic solar panels, you need to point them in the direction that
captures the most sun.
Solar panels should always face true south in the Northern
Hemisphere, north in the Southern Hemisphere, tilted from the horizontal at a degree equal to your latitude plus 15 degrees in winter,
or minus 15 degrees in summer.
An additional 3- 5% can be gained by evaluating this more carefully and fine-tuning adjustments accordingly.
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2012 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMCIP-SOLAR-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
3
EIP
Section No. 6.2
Series
EIP Solar-Powered Chemical Injection Pump with DigiMax ADC Control
Pump Selection
A wide ratio between OFF time and RUN time (OFF:RUN) will usually result in maximized efficiency of the battery/solar charging system.
For example: 30 seconds OFF time versus 5 seconds RUN time
would result in a ratio of 6:1. Ratios lower than 2:1 may result in
progressive loss of battery charge, depending upon available sunlight and differential pumping pressure.
As reviewed against the “Pump Displacement & Timer Settings”
charts, (refer to Installation, Operation & Maintenance Instructions
for Solar-Powered Chemical Injection Pump) the pump's required
rate should optimally fall within the middle of the pumps capacity
range. This gives room for adjustment if the service criteria changes.
3
2
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
1
2
3
Pin position (1, 2 or 3)
determines displacement (see charts).
Factory preset is Position 3.
Operation
The WellMark Solar Electric Chemical Injection Pump features a
control timer that allows a broad range of operating conditions.
The pump head can be adjusted for one of three different displacement
Displacement Volumes by Pin Placement
1 / 4 " Plunger
Displacement Volumes
1
0.0170
0.0085
0.0181
DISPLACEMENT PER STROKE (OZ.)
DISPLACEMENT PER SECOND (SMALL MOTOR)
DISPLACEMENT PER SECOND (LARGE MOTOR)
2
0.0238
0.0119
0.0254
3
0.0306
0.0153
0.0326
DigiMax ADC Control/Timer
Accurate Digital Control
wellmarkco.com • 405.672.6660
Press ALL 4 BUTTONS to Reset
Press Buttons on Ends to Program
NO
-
+
SCROLL
MENU
EX
PUMP OVERRIDE
Temperature Sensor
The Control Timer is equipped with a Temperature Sensor feature.
When activated this feature turns the pump off until the temperature
drops to a set temperature threshold or lower, regardless of program
settings. This allows the user to minimize the waste of methanol by
only pumping during conditions approaching freezing temperatures.
The
4
Plunger/Pin Position
3 / 8 " Plunger
1
2
3
0.0382
0.0535
0.0688
0.0191
0.0267
0.0344
0.0407
0.0570
0.0733
1 / 2 " Plunger
1
0.0679
0.0339
0.0724
2
0.0951
0.0475
0.1014
3
0.1223
0.0611
0.1304
Program Functions
Auto Mode
DigiMax ADC
YES
settings. Control of fluid volume can be achieved by utilizing an
infinite number of combinations of RUN and OFF times along with
three different displacement settings. Suggested settings for common
volumes are listed on included charts.
After a one-time setup, this feature allows the operator to simply
enter the number of quarts desired per day - No need to consult RUN
TIME and OFF TIME charts. The DigiMax ADC is programmed to be
hassle-free. Of course, Manual Mode is available allowing the user
to manually set the control if desired.
In Auto Mode Digital Display continuously indicates settings:
• Plunger Size and Pin Setting
• Battery Voltage
• Temp. Settings (ON/OFF, Temp. Threshold Setting and Current)
• Pump Rate (Quarts per Day)
In Manual Mode Digital Display continuously indicates settings:
• RUN Time
• OFF Time
• Cycle Count
• Battery Voltage
• Temp. Settings (ON/OFF, Temp. Threshold Setting and Current)
Pump Override
Runs pump continuously, overriding the program until the button is
pressed again or until the pump runs for 5 minutes.
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2012 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMCIP-SOLAR-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
EIP
Section No. 6.2
Series
EIP Solar-Powered Chemical Injection Pump with DigiMax ADC Control
Pump Specifications
1 / 4 " Plunger
Specification
2
0.0491
0.874
0.0429
0.0238
0.0119
0.0254
1
PISTON AREA (SQ. IN.)
STROKE (IN.)
DISPLACEMENT PER STROKE (CU. IN)
DISPLACEMENT PER STROKE (OZ.)
DISPLACEMENT PER SECOND (SMALL MOTOR)
DISPLACEMENT PER SECOND (LARGE MOTOR)
0.624
0.0306
0.0170
0.0085
0.0181
3
1
1.124
0.0562
0.0306
0.0153
0.0326
0.624
0.0689
0.0382
0.0191
0.0407
Plunger/Pin Position
3 / 8 " Plunger
2
0.1104
0.874
0.0965
0.0535
0.0267
0.0570
1 / 2 " Plunger
3
1
1.124
0.1241
0.0688
0.0344
0.0733
0.624
0.1225
0.0679
0.0339
0.0724
2
0.1963
0.874
0.1716
0.0951
0.0475
0.1014
3
1.124
0.2206
0.1223
0.0611
0.1304
Maximum Discharge Pressures
Motor
1 / 4 " Plunger
SMALL MOTOR - 1 / 17 HP DC
LARGE MOTOR - 1 / 6 HP DC AND AC
3000 PSI
5000 PSI
Plunger/Discharge Pressure
3 / 8 " Plunger
1500 PSI
2500 PSI
1 / 2 " Plunger
800 PSI
1200 PSI
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model EIP-102011222 Pump with 1/4” Plunger, No 2nd Head, Teflon® -Buna-N/Buna-N Packing and Seals, 1/17 hp
12VDC Gearmotor, 50-60 Watt Solar Panel, 110 Amp Hour Battery, Mast with Quad Legs, DigiMax ADC Timer with Temperature Sensor.
MODEL EIP - 1 0 2 0 1 1 2 2 2 1 • 1/4"
2 • 3/8"
3 • 1/2"
0
1
2
3
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1 • Extended Cable
Controller
2 • DigiMax ADC Automatic (Std.)
Mount
1 • Skid
2 • Mast with Quad Legs (Std.)
(Other Options Available)
Power
0
2
4
5
8
•
•
•
•
•
No Battery
110 Amp Hour Battery (Std.)
2, 110 Amp Hour Batteries
3, 110 Amp Hour Batteries
120VAC 2
Solar Panel
0
1
2
3
4
5
•
•
•
•
•
•
None
50-60 Watt
80-90 Watt
100-120 Watt
2, 80-90 Watt Panels
3, 80-90 Watt Panels
Plunger Size
None
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
2nd Pump Head
1 • Buna-N/Buna-N
2 • Teflon®- Buna-N/
Buna-N (Std.)
3 • Teflon®-Viton®/Viton®
4 • Teflon®/Buna-N
5 • Teflon®/ Viton®
0
1
2
3
4
5
Options
None
Buna-N/Buna-N
Teflon®-Buna-N/Buna-N
Teflon®-Viton®/Viton®
Teflon®/Buna-N
Teflon®/Viton®
“A” Head (Std.)
Packing/Seals
“B” Head
Packing/Seals
1 Requires
1 • 12VDC-1/17 hp, 31rpm
3 • 12VDC-1/6 hp, 64rpm 1
7 • 120VAC- 1/6 hp, 60rpm 2
The
2 Consult
80 watt or higher solar panel.
catalog section 6.3 for AC version.
Pump
Gearmotor
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2012 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMCIP-SOLAR-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
5
EIP
Section No. 6.2
Series
EIP Solar-Powered Chemical Injection Pump with DigiMax ADC Control
Solar-Powered Pump Unit Component Parts
34
33
35
1/17 hp
DC Gearmotor
Cover and Hardware
34
1/6 hp
33
DC Gearmotor
Cover and Hardware
35
4
15
14
10
4
11
12
13
1
36
3
2
38
5
40
37
19
6
12
11
10
8
29
26
41
9
25
18
30
17
16
39
24
23
22
21
20
31
28
24
7
33
23
25
32
The
6
27
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2012 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMCIP-SOLAR-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
EIP
Section No. 6.2
Series
EIP Solar-Powered Chemical Injection Pump with DigiMax ADC Control
Solar-Powered Pump Parts List
Item
Description
1 / 17 HP SMALL MOTOR
1 / 6 HP LARGE MOTOR
1
HOUSING
2
3
SCREW
HEX NUT
4
MOTOR
5
ECCENTRIC WHEEL
6
SET SCREW
7
LOCK WASHER
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
BEARING
RECIPROCATING BLOCK
BUSHING
O-RING
GUIDE NUT
GUIDE
JAM NUT
CAP
16
1 / 17 HP (SMALL)
1 / 6 HP (LARGE)
1 / 17 HP SMALL MOTOR
1 / 6 HP LARGE MOTOR
1 / 17 HP SMALL MOTOR
1 / 6 HP LARGE MOTOR
FLUID END
17
PACKING SET-TEFLON ®/BUNA-N*
18
GLAND NUT
19
PLUNGER
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
20
BALL - 1 / 4 "
21
O-RING
22
SEAT
23
O-RING
*Other packing materials available. Consult factory for
Qty.
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
4
7
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
information.
Part No.
06500-7215
06500-7219
05000-1692
10007
06000-8487
06000-8485
06500-7205
06500-7209
05000-2294
10709
10709
06000-8477
05013-6995
05013-7012
11017
05013-7020
05013-6986
05013-6968
05013-7119
05013-6907
05013-6909
05013-6905
06000-9293
06000-9301
06000-9319
05013-7005
05013-7001
05013-7007
05013-6975
05013-6977
05013-6979
06000-0265
10460
05013-6950
05000-0066
Item
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
Description
BALL - 3 / 8 "
O-RING
DISCHARGE VALVE BODY
SUCTION VALVE BODY
BLEED SCREW
PIN
HOUSING COVER
WING NUT
PUMP BASE
1 / 17 HP SMALL MOTOR
SCREW,
1 / 6 HP LARGE MOTOR
SOCKET HEAD
1 / 17 HP SMALL MOTOR
MOTOR COVER
1 / 6 HP LARGE MOTOR
1 / 17 HP SMALL MOTOR
FLAT WASHER
1 / 6 HP LARGE MOTOR
1 / 17 HP SMALL MOTOR
FLAT WASHER
1 / 17 HP SMALL MOTOR
LOCK WASHER
1 / 17 HP SMALL MOTOR
SCREW
1 / 6 HP LARGE MOTOR
SPRING
1 / 17 HP SMALL MOTOR
SPACER
1 / 6 HP LARGE MOTOR
PACKING COVER
Qty.
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
6
8
1
1
2
4
4
4
4
3
1
1
1
1
Part No.
06000-0267
05000-0058
05013-6942
05013-6934
05013-1558
001000-P
05013-7136
05000-5642
05013-7142
05000-5648
05000-5648
05013-7192
05013-7190
007124-P
007124-P
05000-6148
05000-5836
05000-1585
05000-5646
10606
05013-7535
05013-7543
05013-7527
1
7b (discontinued)
7a
Panel, Control Box & Stand Parts List
Item
Qty.
Part No.
1
06500-7285
1
SOLAR PANEL ASSEMBLY
1
06500-7281
1
06500-7283
2
POST
1
05013-7180
QUAD-LEG ASSEMBLY
1
06500-7342
3
SKID ASSEMBLY (NOT SHOWN)
1
06500-7227
4
BATTERY BOX
1
05013-7255
5
BATTERY
1
06000-8429
6
CONTROL MOUNTING PLATE
1
05013-7269
7a
DIGIMAX ADC CONTROL
1
06000-6385
7b
TIMER (DISCONTINUED)
1
06000-8435
FOR 50 WATT PANEL
1
06000-8425
8
CHARGER
FOR 80 WATT PANEL
1
06000-8427
FOR 110 WATT PANEL
1
CONSULT FACTORY
9
SCREW
8
05000-1585
10
NY-LOC NUT
8
05000-2567
11
SCREW
4
05000-1841
12
LOCK WASHER
4
11018
13
NUT
4
05000-2104
14
LOCK SCREW (NOT SHOWN)
1
05000-2005
15
STAKE (NOT SHOWN)
4
06500-7418
Note: Wiring harnesses are included with Solar Panel Assemblies and Pump Assemblies. They
may however be ordered separately. Consult factory for part numbers, prices and availability.
AC Power Versions, Consult Catalog Section 6.3.
2
x AD
Digi Ma
C
Description
50 WATT
80 WATT
110 WATT
The
6
4
8
9
10
11
12
13
5
3
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2012 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMCIP-SOLAR-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
7
Section No. 6.3
Series
EIP
EIP AC-Powered Electric Chemical Injection Pump with DigiMax ADC Control
Application
The WellMark EIP AC-Powered Electric Chemical Injection Pump
provides an environmentally-clean method for injection of chemical
into a line under pressure when AC power is available. It is a positive-displacement design, powered by an electric motor, thereby
eliminating the gas emissions inherent with pneumatic-style
pumps. Applications include injection of methanol, corrosion
inhibitors, friction reducers or scale inhibitors into wellheads or
pipelines. Unique Temperature Sensor allows operator to set temperature threshold to disallow pumping until temperature falls to a
specified level.
Specifications
Connections
Pump Inlet and Outlet . . . . . . . . . . 1/4" Female NPT Threaded
Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straight-Blade Plug with Ground
Pump
Fluid Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless Steel, Single or Dual
120VAC Gearmotor Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/6 hp, 60rpm
Available Plunger Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4", 3/8", 1/2"
3-Position Adjustable Displacement
Power • AC
Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single Phase, 115VAC, 60 Hertz
General
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DigiMax ADC Digital Display
with Auto Mode, Temperature Sensor,
Manual Pump Override,
Breaker-Protected NEMA 4x Enclosure
Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-Frame Support
The
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMCIP-AC-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
9
Section No. 6.3
EIP
Series
EIP AC-Powered Electric Chemical Injection Pump with DigiMax ADC Control
Operation
The WellMark AC-Powered Electric Chemical Injection Pump features
a control timer that allows a broad range of operating conditions.
The pump head can be adjusted for one of three different displacement settings. Control of fluid volume can be achieved by utilizing
an infinite number of combinations of RUN and OFF times along
with three different displacement settings. Suggested settings for
common volumes are listed on charts included with each pump.
As reviewed against the “Pump Displacement & Timer Settings”
charts, (refer to Installation, Operation & Maintenance Instructions
for Solar-Powered Chemical Injection Pump) the pump's required
rate should optimally fall within the middle of the pumps capacity
range. This gives room for adjustment if the service criteria changes.
3
2
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
1
2
3
Pin position (1, 2 or 3)
determines displacement (see charts).
Factory preset is Position 3.
Displacement Volumes by Pin Placement
1 / 4 " Plunger
Displacement Volumes
1
0.0170
0.0181
DISPLACEMENT PER STROKE (OZ.)
DISPLACEMENT PER SECOND (LARGE MOTOR)
2
0.0238
0.0254
3
0.0306
0.0326
Plunger/Pin Position
3 / 8 " Plunger
1
2
3
0.0382
0.0535
0.0688
0.0407
0.0570
0.0733
1 / 2 " Plunger
1
0.0679
0.0724
2
0.0951
0.1014
3
0.1223
0.1304
DigiMax ADC Control/Timer
Program Functions
Auto Mode
DigiMax ADC
Accurate Digital Control
wellmarkco.com • 405.672.6660
Press ALL 4 BUTTONS to Reset
Press Buttons on Ends to Program
YES
NO
-
+
SCROLL
MENU
EX
PUMP OVERRIDE
Temperature Sensor
The Control Timer is equipped with a Temperature Sensor feature. When activated this feature turns the pump off until the
temperature drops to a set temperature threshold or lower,
regardless of program settings. This allows the user to minimize
the waste of methanol by only pumping during conditions
approaching freezing temperatures.
The
10
After a one-time setup, this feature allows the operator to simply
enter the number of quarts desired per day - No need to consult RUN
TIME and OFF TIME charts. The DigiMax ADC is programmed to be
hassle-free. Of course, Manual Mode is available allowing the user
to manually set the control if desired.
In Auto Mode Digital Display continuously indicates settings:
• Plunger Size and Pin Setting
• Temp. Settings (ON/OFF, Temp. Threshold Setting and Current)
• Pump Rate (Quarts per Day)
In Manual Mode Digital Display continuously indicates settings:
• RUN Time
• OFF Time
• Cycle Count
• Temp. Settings (ON/OFF, Temp. Threshold Setting and Current)
Pump Override
Runs pump continuously, overriding the program until the button is
pressed again or until the pump runs for 5 minutes.
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMCIP-AC-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 6.3
EIP
Series
EIP AC-Powered Electric Chemical Injection Pump with DigiMax ADC Control
Pump Specifications
1 / 4 " Plunger
Specification
1
PISTON AREA (SQ. IN.)
STROKE (IN.)
DISPLACEMENT PER STROKE (CU. IN)
DISPLACEMENT PER STROKE (OZ.)
DISPLACEMENT PER SECOND (OZ.)
2
0.0491
0.874
0.0429
0.0238
0.0238
0.624
0.0306
0.0170
0.0170
3
1
1.124
0.0562
0.0306
0.0306
0.624
0.0689
0.0382
0.0382
Plunger/Pin Position
3 / 8 " Plunger
2
0.1104
0.874
0.0965
0.0535
0.0535
1 / 2 " Plunger
3
1
1.124
0.1241
0.0688
0.0688
0.624
0.1225
0.0679
0.0679
2
0.1963
0.874
0.1716
0.0951
0.0951
3
1.124
0.2206
0.1223
0.1223
Maximum Discharge Pressures
Motor
1 / 4 " Plunger
LARGE MOTOR - 1 / 6 HP AC
5000 PSI
Plunger/Discharge Pressure
3 / 8 " Plunger
2500 PSI
1 / 2 " Plunger
1200 PSI
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model EIP-102070832 Pump with 1/4” Plunger, No 2nd Head, Teflon® -Buna-N/Buna-N Packing and Seals, 1/6 hp
120VAC Gearmotor, DigiMax ADC Timer.
MODEL EIP - 1 0 2 0 7 0 8 3 2 Options
1 • 1/4"
2 • 3/8"
3 • 1/2"
0
1
2
3
•
•
•
•
Plunger Size
None
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
2nd Pump Head
1 • Buna-N/Buna-N
2 • Teflon® -Buna-N/
Buna-N (Std.)
3 • Teflon®-Viton®/Viton®
4 • Teflon®/Buna-N
5 • Teflon®/Viton®
0
1
2
3
4
5
•
•
•
•
•
•
The
None
Buna-N/Buna-N
Teflon®-Buna-N/Buna-N
Teflon®-Viton®/Viton®
Teflon®/Buna-N
Teflon®/Viton®
“A” Head (Std.)
Packing/Seals
Controller
2 • DigiMax ADC Automatic (Std.)
Mount
3 • Standard A-Frame
Power
8 • 120VAC
Solar Panel
0 • None
Pump
Gearmotor
7 • 120VAC- 1/6 hp, 60rpm
“B” Head
Packing/Seals
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMCIP-AC-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
11
Section No. 6.3
Series
EIP
EIP AC-Powered Electric Chemical Injection Pump with DigiMax ADC Control
AC-Powered Pump Component Parts & Parts List
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Description
HOUSING
SCREW
HEX NUT
MOTOR - 1 / 6 HP 115VAC, 60 HERTZ
ECCENTRIC WHEEL
SET SCREW
LOCK WASHER
BEARING
RECIPROCATING BLOCK
BUSHING
O-RING
GUIDE NUT
GUIDE
JAM NUT
CAP
16
FLUID END
17
PACKING SET-TEFLON ®/BUNA-N*
18
GLAND NUT
19
PLUNGER
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
20
BALL - 1 / 4 "
*Other packing materials available. Consult factory for
Qty.
1
2
2
1
1
2
7
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
information.
Part No.
06500-7219
05000-1692
10007
06000-9411
06500-7209
05000-2294
10709
06000-8477
05013-6995
05013-7012
11017
05013-7020
05013-6986
05013-6968
05013-7119
05013-6907
05013-6909
05013-6905
06000-9293
06000-9301
06000-9319
05013-7005
05013-7001
05013-7007
05013-6975
05013-6977
05013-6979
06000-0265
Item
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
38
39
40
41
Description
O-RING
SEAT
O-RING
BALL - 3 / 8 "
O-RING
DISCHARGE VALVE BODY
SUCTION VALVE BODY
BLEED SCREW
PIN
HOUSING COVER
WING NUT
PUMP BASE
SCREW, SOCKET HEAD
DIGIMAX ADC CONTROL AND HOUSING
FLAT WASHER
SCREW
SPRING
SPACER
PACKING COVER
Qty.
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
8
1
4
3
1
1
1
Part No.
10460
05013-6950
05000-0066
06000-0267
05000-0058
05013-6942
05013-6934
05013-1558
001000-P
05013-7136
05000-5642
05013-7142
05000-5648
06000-6395
007124-P
05000-5646
10606
05013-7543
05013-7527
34
33
35
13
1
15
14
10
11
12
3
2
38
5
40
19
37
1/6 hp
12
AC Gearmotor
Cover and Hardware
6
8
29
4
26
9
25
30
39
24
23
11
10
22
41
21
18
20
17
16
31
28
7
33
24
23
25
32
The
12
27
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMCIP-AC-2/11 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
ELP
Section No. 6.4
Series
ELP Low Pressure Chemical Metering Pump
Application
The Series ELP metering pumps provide reliable, economical
chemical addition for a wide variety of applications. Precise
stroking speed is maintained with a dual output adjustment
(stroke length and speed). Metering accuracy is achieved with
double ball guided checks. A NEMA 4X style housing allows
for outdoorinstallations. Series ELP pumps areavailable in outputs up to 45 GPD and pressures up to 250 psi. The manual
stroke length and speed adjustment provides a wide turndown
capability on all models.
Features
• Dual Output Adjustment
• NEMA 4X Style Enclosure
• Guided Double Ball Checks
• Circuit Voltage Protection
• Thermal Overload Protection
• LED Indicating Lights
• Splash Cover Over Controls
• One Year Warranty
Specifications
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 VDC, 120 VAC or 240 VAC @ 50/60 Hz
Stroke Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-100%
Stroke Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-125 Strokes/min.
Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEMA 4X Style (Thermoplastic w/Lexan Cover)
Relative Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 100%
Shipping Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 lbs. (4.536 kg)
The
Company • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2014 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WMELP-12/13 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
13
ELP
Section No. 6.4
Series
ELP Low Pressure Chemical Metering Pump
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model ELP217X1-SFC2, Series ELP, Standard Control Options, 120 Volt USA Plug, Stainless Head Material,
Teflon® Seats and Ceramic Check Ball, 1/4" (6.35 mm) Tubing Connections for 17 GPD/2.60 LPH with Max. Output @ 250 psi.
MODEL ELP 217 X 1-S F C 2
130 • 30 GPD/4.70 LPH
@ 110 psi (7.5 bar)
217 • 17 GPD / 2.60 LPH
@ 250 psi (17.2 bar)
Output (Maximum)*
Connections
Control Options*
X • Standard
1 • 120 Volt USA Plug
4 • 12 Volt Operation
Voltage*
Check Ball
C • Ceramic (standard)
S • Stainless
Seat Material
V • Viton®
F • Teflon® (standard)
H • Hypalon®
®
K • Kynar
S • Stainless (standard)
Head Material
1 • 3/8" (9.525 mm) Tubing,
110 psi (Kynar® Head only)
2 • 1/4" (6.35 mm) Tubing,
250 psi (Kynar® Head only)
3 • 3/8" (9.525 mm) Tubing,
250 psi (Kynar® Head only)
P • 1/4" (6.35 mm)
MNPT Connections
*Other options available, please contact factory.
Dimensional Data
4.13"
105 mm
6.75"
171.5 mm
5"
127 mm
8"
203.2 mm
The
14
Company • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2014 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WMELP-12/13 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
ELP
Section No. 6.4
Series
Metering Pump Liquid End
Parts List
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
2
Description
COMPLETE HEAD ASSEMBLY, 110 PSI
COMPLETE HEAD ASSEMBLY, 150 & 250 PSI
INJECTION VALVE ASSEMBLY
OPTIONAL 3-FUNCTION INJECTION VALVE
FOOT VALVE ASSEMBLY
SUCTION VALVE ASSEMBLY
DISCHARGE VALVE ASSEMBLY
PRIMING VALVE ASSEMBLY
PUMP HEAD, 110 PSI
PUMP HEAD, 150 & 250 PSI
PUMP DIAPHRAGM, 110 PSI
PUMP DIAPHRAGM, 150 & 250 PSI
SUPPORT RING, 110 PSI
SUPPORT RING, 150 & 250 PSI
SHAFT SEAL
HEAD BOLTS
PRIMING TUBING
SUCTION TUBING, 3 / 8 " CLEAR
SUCTION TUBING, 3 / 8 " PE
SUCTION TUBING, 1 / 4 " PE
DISCHARGE TUBING, 3 / 8 " PE
DISCHARGE TUBING, 1 / 4 " PE
WEIGHT, SUCTION TUBING
Note: Drawing and table for reference only.
Contact factory to order spare parts.
Qty.
14
1
OR
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
OR
1
2
1
5
1
1
1
11
8
6
9
10
12
7
1
Complete Head Kit
Includes Items
4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 11
OR
4
3
OR
13
15
The
Company • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2014 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WMELP-1/14 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
15
ELP
Section No. 6.4
Series
Metering Pump Liquid End
Determining the Part Number
Example given: Part Number W1-KFCV Complete Head Assembly for 110 psi Metering Pump with Kynar® Body Material, Teflon® Seats,
3/8" Clear Suction Tubing Connections and Ceramic Ball.
PART NO. W1- K F C V
K • Kynar®
S • 316 S.S.
M • Kynar® Head with
S.S. MNPT Valves
Body Material
V • Viton®
F • Teflon®
H • Hypalon®
Seat Material
The
16
Connections
1 • 3/8" (9.525 mm)
Clear Suction Tubing
2 • 1/4" (6.35 mm)
PE Suction Tubing
3 • 3/8" (9.525 mm)
PE Suction Tubing
K • 3/8" (9.525 mm)
PE Discharge Tubing
P • 1/4" (6.35 mm) Pipe
U • 3/8" (9.525 mm)
UV Tubing
V • 3/8" (9.525 mm)
Clear Suction Tubing
Ball
C • Ceramic
D • Single
S • Stainless
Company • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2014 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WMELP-1/14 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 8.1
Series
1010 Fuel Gas Control Valve or Low Pressure Motor Valve
Application
This valve is used as a fuel gas control valve to feed the pilot on
heated separators, treaters, and other similar liquid accumulators, as
well as a low pressure, low volume dump valve on oil and gas production separators, compressors, or any type of liquid accumulator.
Features
• WCB Body and Housing
• Minimum Maintenance, Easy Access: All Internal Parts Can
Be Removed without Taking Valve Out of Line.
• Positive Shut-Off
• Optional Seat: Integral or Removable
• Optional Topworks: Direct, Indirect, Adjustable Single-Acting
or Double-Acting
Specifications
Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1" NPT Threaded
Working Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 psi
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180˚ F Std., Avail. to 400˚ F
Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buna-N Std.
Diaphragm to Seat Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . From 18:1 to 7:1
(Cv) Flow Coefficient
Integral Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0
Removable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8
Spring Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80 psi Back Pressure
Materials
Body
Integral Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WCB
Removable Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WCB
Diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buna-N
Stem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 S.S.
Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Stainless Steel
Dimensional Data
6 3/4"
1/8" NPT
4"
1/8"
1/8"
1/8"
NPT
NPT
NPT
1/4"
1/4"
NPT
Plug
NPT
Plug
41/2"
Direct Acting shown with Integral Seat
The
1/4"
41/2"
41/2"
Reverse Acting shown with Integral Seat
Adjustable, Direct Acting shown with Removable Seat
NPT
Plug
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM1010-5/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
3
Section No. 8.1
Series
1010 Fuel Gas Control Valve or Low Pressure Motor Valve
Determining the Model Number
9
Use the Model Number below and specify the appropriate Design
Code for “X”, and “Y” if required.
12
7
MODEL 100-DSG-X-Y
8
6
5
N • NACE
I •
IR •
AS •
RS •
ASRS •
Integral-Direct
Integral-Reverse
Adjustable Spring
Removable Seat
Adjustable Spring
w/Removable Seat
11
17
19
4
18
15
20
3
2
16
1
14
21
10
22
Adjustable, Direct Acting Shown with Removable Seat
8A
Parts List
Item
Description
1*
PLUG, 303 S.S./BUNA-N
2
STEM, 303 S.S.
3*
GASKET, URETHANE
4*
DIAPHRAGM, BUNA-N
5
BACK UP PLATE, STEEL
6
UPPER CASE, WCB
6A
UPPER CASE, WCB
7
UPPER GUIDE, STEEL
8
SPRING, STAINLESS STEEL
8A
SPRING, STAINLESS STEEL
9
ADJUSTING SCREW, STEEL PLATED
10
BODY, WCB-REMOVABLE SEAT
10A
BODY, WCB-INTEGRAL SEAT
11
HEX NUT
12
JAM NUT
13
BREATHER, POLYETHYLENE
14
THROTTLE NUT, 303 S.S.
15
LOWER CASE, WCB
16*
O-RING, BUNA-N
17*
THREAD SEAL, STEEL/BUNA-N
18
NUT, STEEL PLATED
19
CAP SCREW, STEEL PLATED
20
CAP SCREW, STEEL PLATED
21
PIPE PLUG
22
SEAT, BRASS
*Recommended Spare Part
Qty.
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
4
1
1
Part No.
05011-1293
05011-1301
05012-6861
05012-5467
05012-5459
05013-2979
05012-5435
05013-3252
06000-8841
06000-4686
05000-5894
05012-2988
05012-5443
05000-1635
10012
05011-8728
05013-3171
05012-5427
05000-0041
06000-8527
05000-1619
06000-8552
05000-1668
10149
05013-2995
13
11
17
19
6A
4
15
18
5
20
3
2
16
1
21
10A
Direct Acting Shown with Integral Seat
11
8A
13
17
19
6A
4
15
18
5
20
3
2
16
Repair Kits
Type
MAJOR REPAIR KIT
The
4
1
Part No.
03500-1866
Type
MINOR REPAIR KIT
Part No.
03500-1874
(Less Plug)
21
10A
Reverse Acting Shown with Integral Seat
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM1010-5/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 8.2
Series
3030
3030 Two-Way Valve, Low Pressure
Application
This valve is ideally suited for on/off or modulating control of liquid, oil, or gas on low pressure applications for use on oil and gas
production separators, heater treaters, compressors, or any type of
liquid accumulator.
Features
• Industry Standard
• Easy Access: All internal parts can be removed
without taking valve out of line.
• Optional Seat: Integral or Removable
• Pressed Steel Topworks: #20, #50, Normally Closed,
or Normally Open
• Visual Indicator
Specifications
Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1" or 2"
Working Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 psi
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -50˚F to +250˚F Standard
(other materials available)
Dimensional Data
Size Topworks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #20 or #50
Materials
Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ductile Iron
(50 psi pressure max.)
Stem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 S.S.
Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reinforced Nitrile "W" Standard
14 7/8 (#20 Topworks)
15 1/2 (#50 Topworks)
Diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nylon Reinforced Buna-N
1 5/8
8 1/2 Dia. (#20)
12 1/2 Dia. (#50)
Topworks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Press Steel
5 1/4
1"NPT Globe Body
The
1 7/8
Trim
1 11/16
(other materials available)
Seat . . . . . . . . . . Integral in Valve Body or S.S. Removable
7 5/8
6 1/2
Plug . . . . . 303 S.S. with Molded Nitrile or Fabricated Insert
2"NPT Globe Valve
2" Grooved Globe Body
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM3030-6/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
5
Section No. 8.2
Series
3030
3030 Two-Way Valve, Low Pressure
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model 220-DSG-I, Series 3030, #20 Topworks, 2" Threaded Globe Body, Integral Seat, Two-Way Valve for Low Pressure.
MODEL 2 20-DSG-I
1"
2"
#20
#50
1
2*
3*
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17*
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25*
26*
27*
28*
29
30*
31
32
33
34
35
Description
Qty.
BODY, 1" NPT, DUCTILE IRON
1
BODY, 2" NPT, DUCTILE IRON
1
BODY, 2" GROOVED, DUCTILE IRON
1
PLUG, 1" VALVE, 303 S.S. MOLDED BUNA-N 1
PLUG, 2" VALVE, 303 S.S. MOLDED BUNA-N 1
DIAPHRAGM, NYLON RENF. NITRILE
1
DIAPH. PLATE, ASTM A-569
2
CAP SCREW, STEEL PLATED
12
HEX NUT, STEEL PLATED
12
SPRING, ASTM A-401
1
LOWER CASE, ASTM A-569
1
DIA. SUPPORT, ASTM A-108GR.1018
1
STEM, ASTM A-276 TY.316
1
INDICATOR PIN, ABS PLASTIC
1
INDICATOR GLASS, POLYCARBONATE
1
UPPER CASE, ASTM A-569
1
FLAT HD.SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
4
NY-LOC NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
1
LOCK WASHER, STEEL
1
THREAD SEAL, STEEL/BUNA-N
1
ADJ. SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
1
JAM NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
1
INDICATOR SPRING, ASTM A-313
1
LOWER GUIDE, STEEL
1
UPPER GUIDE, STEEL
1
PACKING ADJ., ASTM B-16
1
LANTERN GLAND, DELRIN ®
1
PACKING, COTTON REIN.NITRILE
4
FLAT PACKING, REINF. NITRILE
2
O-RING, BUNA-N
1
GASKET, MOLDED BUNA-N
1
STEM GUIDE, DELRIN ®
1
GASKET, MOLDED BUNA-N
1
WASHER, 304 STAINLESS STL
1
FLEX-LOC NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
1
CAP SCREW, STEEL PLATED
4
STREET "L", BRASS
1
SPACER, DELRIN ®
1
Part No.
05010-8877
05010-1336
05010-4678
05010-1251
05010-4561
06000-0056
05010-1922
05000-1742
05000-1726
05010-7291
06500-0572
05010-4223
05010-4587
05010-5378
06000-4074
06500-1042
05000-1759
05000-2997
06000-0403
06000-0395
05010-2177
05000-2070
05010-2888
05010-2169
05010-2151
05010-3639
05010-3571
06000-0387
06000-0528
05000-0066
05011-0816
05010-4231
05010-3662
05010-4116
05000-1817
05000-1841
06000-2052
05010-8646
18
19
22
13
7
15
12
16
11
17
21
20
4
2"
The
6
23
14
5
6
8
3
30
34
35
24
33
25
9
31
28
26
Model and Part No.
Model No.
120-DSG-I
220-DSG-I
220-DGG-I
DSG • Threaded Globe
DGG • Grooved Globe*
*2" size only
*Recommended Spare Part
Size
1"
Body
Topworks
Parts List 3030 Series with Integral Seat
Item
Seat
I • Integral
R100 • Removable 1"
R138 • Removable 1 3/8"
R150 • Removable 1 1/2"
Size
W.P.
500
Orifice
1.00
1.75
1.75
Cv
11.0
30.0
20.0
Wt.
30
32
30
Part No.
03000-1317
03000-0269
03000-0277
2
29
32
10
27
1
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM3030-6/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 8.2
3030
Series
3030 Two-Way Valve, Low Pressure
Parts List 3030 Series with Removable Seat
Item
1
2
3*
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17*
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25*
26*
27*
28*
29
30*
31
32
33
34
35
36*
37
38
39*
Description
UPPER CASE, STEEL
LOWER CASE, STEEL
DIAPHRAGM, NYLON RENF. NITRILE
DIAPH. PLATE, ASTM A-569
CAP SCREW, STEEL PLATED
CAP SCREW, STEEL PLATED
HEX NUT, STEEL PLATED
HEX NUT, STEEL PLATED
SPRING, ASTM A-401
BODY, 2" NPT, DUCTILE IRON
DIA. SUPPORT, ASTM A-108GR.1018
STEM, ASTM A-276 TY.316
INDICATOR PIN, ABS PLASTIC
INDICATOR GLASS, POLYCARBONATE
SEAT, 1" ORIFICE, 303 S.S.
SEAT, 1 3 / 8 " ORIFICE, 303 S.S.
FLAT HD. SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
NY-LOC NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
LOCK WASHER, STEEL
THREAD SEAL, STEEL/BUNA-N
ADJ. SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
JAM NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
INDICATOR SPRING, ASTM A-313
LOWER GUIDE, STEEL
UPPER GUIDE, STEEL
PACKING ADJ., ASTM B-16
LANTERN GLAND, DELRIN ®
PACKING, COTTON REIN.NITRILE
FLAT PACKING, REINF. NITRILE
O-RING, BUNA-N
GASKET, MOLDED BUNA-N
STEM GUIDE, DELRIN ®
GASKET, MOLDED BUNA-N
WASHER, 304 STAINLESS STEEL
FLEX-LOC NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
CAP SCREW, STEEL PLATED
STREET "L", BRASS
SPACER, DELRIN ®
INSERT 1", GLASS FILLED TEFLON ®
INSERT 1 3 / 8 ", GLASS FILLED TEFLON ®
PLUG 1", 303 STAINLESS STEEL
PLUG 1 3 / 8 , 303 STAINLESS STEEL
WASHER 1", 304 STAINLESS STEEL
WASHER 1 3 / 8 , 303 STAINLESS STEEL
O-RING, BUNA-N
Part No.
Qty. #20 Topworks #50 Topworks
1
06500-1042 06500-0051
1
06500-0572 06500-0309
1
06000-0056 06000-0049
2
05010-1922 05010-0411
12 05000-1742
—
16
—
05000-1841
12 05000-1726
—
16
—
05000-2104
1
05010-7291 05010-5063
1
05011-2697
1
05010-4223
1
05010-4587
1
05010-5378
1
06000-4074
1
05010-9982
1
05011-1657
4
05000-1759
1
05000-2997
1
06000-0403
1
06000-0395
1
05010-2177
1
05000-2070
1
05010-2888
1
05010-2169
1
05010-2151
1
05010-3639
1
05010-3571
4
06000-0387
2
06000-0528
1
05000-0066
1
05011-0816
1
05010-4231
1
05010-3662
1
05010-4116
1
05000-1817
4
05000-1841
1
06000-2052
1
05010-8646
1
05011-0220
1
05011-1228
1
05011-0212
1
05011-2648
1
05010-4116
1
05011-1236
1
05000-0322
18
19
22
1
7
15
12
16
11
21
17
20
4
14
23
5
6
2
30
35
33
9
3
34
24
25
28
26
29
31
37
39
13
32
10
27
8
38
36
*Recommended Spare Part
Model and Part No.
Size
2"
The
Model No.
220-DSG-R100
220-DSG-R138
250-DSG-R100
250-DSG-R138
W.P.
500
Orifice
1.000
1.375
1.000
1.375
Cv
20
25
20
25
Wt.
33
33
48
48
Part No.
03015-0015
03015-0056
03015-0072
03015-0114
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM3030-6/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
7
Section No. 8.3
Series
2001NF
2001NF Two-Way No-Freeze Valve
Application
This valve, with its rugged design, is used for on/off control of high
pressure water, oil, or gas. Compressor scrubbers, oil and gas separators, or any liquid accumulators are a few suitable applicatiions.
The valve trim on this valve is designed to be constantly immersed
in the vessel fluid so as to utilize the warmth of the process to help
prevent freezing.
Features
• Economical
• Compact
• S.S. Replaceable Trim
• Optional Visual Indicator
• NACE MR0175-2002 Compliance Optional
Specifications
Max. Working Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2220 psi
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to 180˚F
Process Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1" NPT
Outlet Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2" NPT
Supply Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/4" NPT
Housing Effective Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 sq. in.
(Cv) Flow Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8
Parts List
Item
1
2
3
4
5
5A
6
7*
8
9
10*
11*
12
13
14
15
16
17
18*
19*
20
21*
22*
23
24
25
26
The
8.50 DIA.
1/4 NPT
13
3
9
12
7
4
Qty.
12
12
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
05000-1726
05000-1742
05000-1965
05010-1922
05011-1640
05010-2888
05010-5378
06000-0056
06000-4074
10209
11016
11017
11018
11019
11020
11022
11021
11023
21030
21031
21032
21034
21035
21036
31007
31009
31010
24
2
1
Description
HEX NUT
HEX HEAD CAP SCREW
HEX NUT
PLATE, BACK UP #20
VENT PLUG
SPRING, INDICATOR, OPT.
PIN, INDICATOR, OPT.
DIAPHRAGM #20 STD.
INDICATOR GLASS, OPT.
JAM NUT
O-RING
O-RING
WASHER, SPLIT LOCK
WASHER, PLAIN
SPRING, 2001NF
RETAINER RING, SPIRAL
RETAINER RING, SPIRAL
NUT, NY-LOCK
PLUG, 303 S.S.
SEAT, 303 S.S.
STEM, 303 S.S.
WIPER BUSHING
RETAINER, O-RING
STOP, TRAVEL
CASE, UPPER 2001NF
ASSY., LOWER CASE
BODY, 2001NF
*Recommended Spare Part
Dimensional Data
23
5
14
25
15
22
1/2 NPT
21
20
7.12
11
26
1.75
1" NPT
10
19
16
1.12
18
17
5A
6
8
Optional
Visual Indicator
Specify if required
Two Models Available
Order by specifying from the following models:
Model 2001NF • Standard Model
Model 2001NFN • Optional NACE Conformance
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2001NF-2/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
9
W2012
Section No. 8.7a
Series
W2012 High Pressure Pilot
Application
The Series W2012 Pilot can be used with both Back Pressure
Valves and Pressure Reducing Valves. The Pilot will control
pressure on scrubbers, separators and other liquid accumulators
where the pressure must be maintained at a constant level.
When used with Model 4050V (or any other motor valve),
the W2012 Pilot can be used to maintain a constant field
adjustable pressure setting.
Operation
Signal Pressure is introduced to this simple and near-balaced
double diaphragm design. With the upper diaphragm arrangement
being a bit larger than the lower diaphragm arrangement, the signal
pressure when applied moves the diaphragm assembly upward.
Variable spring tension opposes this movement which can be
adjusted to the desired set pressure.
The diaphragm assembly moves upward when the signal pressure
is such as to overcome the adjusted spring tension. This closes
supply to output and opens output to exhaust. The reverse occurs as
the signal pressure decreases. The diaphragm assembly moves
downward closing exhaust from output and opening supply to
output. This action creates a throttling movement which maintains
the desired output for the pressure setting. Output from 0 to full
supply pressure is proportional to signal pressure.
W2012 Pilot Valve Installed on
4050V Two-Way Dump Valve
Dimensional Data
Specifications
Pressure:
1/4" NPT Vent
Supply ............................ 5 to 50 psi (air or gas only)
7.08
Signal .............................. 0 - 350 psi (liquid or gas)
Output .......................................... 0 to full supply
Materials:
1/4" NPT
Inner Valve ............................................ 316 S.S.
Output
1/4" NPT
Supply
1.38
Body.................................................. Aluminum
1.17
1/4" NPT Signal
Operating Temperature: ........................ -20°F to + 180°F
Seat .................................................. 316 S.S.
Elastomers ................ Buna N, Standard (others available)
Connections:
The
All 1/ 4" NPT (Tapped exhaust for exhaust venting)
Ø 3.25
Company • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2013 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • W2012-8/13 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
11
W2012
Section No. 8.7a
Series
W2012 High Pressure Pilot
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model, Series W2012
Parts List
Description
Item
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
1
2
JAM NUT
SPRING HOUSING
3
4
SPRING KEEPER
SPRING
5
6
CAP SCREW
CAP SCREW, LONG
7
8
JAM NUT
DIAPHRAGM PLATE, LARGER
9
10
DIAPHRAGM
11
UPPER SEAT
12
DIAPHRAGM PLATE, SMALL
13
O-RING
14
SPACER RING
15
BODY
16
HEX NUT
17
PEANUT
18
SPRING
19
PLUG
20
O-RING
21
NAME PLATE*
22
DRIVER SCREW*
23
BREATHER
*Not Shown
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
5
1
2
1
2
1
3
2
1
1
7
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
Part No.
05000-6306
11120
05013-7962
05013-8012
06000-9642
05000-6280
05000-6298
05010-2334
05013-7996
05013-8004
05013-7970
05013-7988
05000-0074
05013-7920
05013-7938
05000-1619
05013-7954
06000-9650
05013-7946
05000-0223
10081
10075
05011-1640
1
2
6
3
23
7
4
5
9
8
13
10
14
12
11
13
12
12
10
15
8
17
16
18
20
19
The
12
Company • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2013 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WM2012-8/13 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 8.7
Series
4050V
4050V Two-Way Dump Valve, High Pressure “N” Trim
Application
The Series 4050V valve, with its versatile design, is an excellent
choice for use as a dump valve on high pressure scrubbers, separators and other liquid accumulators, as well as for a shut-in valve on
plunger lift systems.
Features
• The Industry Preferred “N” Trim is a Field Friendly
Quick-Change Design, which Allows for Positive Removal
of the Seat and Easy Replacement of Valve Trim
• Multiple Trim Sizes: 1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 3/4" and
1", 17-4PH H-900 Standard, Carbide Available
• 1" or 2" Body Size, Threaded or Flanged
• 1" Tee, 2" Globe and 2" Angle Body Configurations
• Pressed Steel Topworks: #20 (35 sq. in. actuator area) or
#50 (70 sq. in. actuator area)
• Fail Closed Standard (Fail Open Available)
• Visual Indicator Standard
• Hammer Union Topworks
Specifications
Working Pressure
1" Tee, WCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6000 psi CWP
2" Globe, WCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3600 psi CWP
2" Angle, WCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3600 psi CWP
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -25˚F to +180˚F
(other available)
Size Topworks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #20 (35 sq.in. actuator area)
#50 (70 sq.in. actuator area)
Materials
Body
1" Tee, WCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hammer Union Topworks
2" Globe, WCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hammer Union Topworks
2" Angle, WCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hammer Union Topworks
Topworks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressed Steel
Diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nylon-Reinforced Buna-N
(50 psi Pressure Max.)
Stem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Stainless Steel
Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teflon® "V" (other materials available)
Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-4PH H-900 Standard (Carbide available)
Dimensional Data
2" Valve
w/Globe Body
1" Valve
w/Tee Body
B
2" Valve
w/Angle Body
B
B
A
A
A
C
Topworks and
Body Dimensions
C
C
Dimension
A
B
C
D
D
Dimension
D
E
D
E
F
E
E
F
The
F
Topworks
#20
9 1/2
2
8 7/8
1" Tee
6 13 / 16
3 1/8
6 1/4
Body
2" Globe
5 3/4
1 11 / 16
7 1/2
#50
12 1 / 2
2 3/8
9 15 / 16
2" Angle
7 13 / 16
3 3/4
3 3/4
F
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WM4050V-5/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
11
Section No. 8.7
Series
4050V
4050V Two-Way Dump Valve, High Pressure “N” Trim
25
21
1
26
Plug
Configurations
20
6
29
24
32
33
Standard
Quick Opening
23
3
30
4
30
5
20
2
7
31
18
15
17
14
16
12
10
22
13
27
11
Trim Set
19
(Std. - Quick Opening shown)
9
2” Globe Body
Tung. Carbide
Quick Opening
Throttling Modified %
28
8
34
Seat Cage
Pin
Plug
O-Ring
1” Tee Body shown
2” Angle Body
Parts List
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
The
12
Description
UPPER CASE, ASTM A569
DIAPHRAGM, NYLON REINFORCED NITRILE
DIAPHRAGM PLATE, ASTM A569
CAP SCREW, PLATED STEEL
HEX NUT, PLATED STEEL
SPRING, ASTM A229
LOWER CASE, ASTM A569
1" TEE
BODY, ASTM A216 GR. WCB
2" GLOBE
2" ANGLE
STEM, ASTM A276 TY.316
DIAPHRAGM SUPPORT, STEEL
HAMMER UNION, ASTM A216 WCB
RETAINING WASHER, 304 S.S.
PACKING, MALE, TEFLON ®
PACKING, V, TEFLON ®
PACKING, FEMALE, TEFLON ®
SPACER, ASTM B-16
O-RING, BUNA-N
O-RING, BUNA-N
O-RING, BUNA-N
HEX NUT, PLATED STEEL
JAM NUT, PLATED STEEL
SPRING, STAINLESS STEEL
JAM NUT, PLATED STEEL
Part No.
Qty. #20 Topworks #50 Topworks
1
06500-6750 06500-6784
1
05013-5706 05013-5900
1
05013-5590 05013-5800
12
05000-1858
12
05000-2104
1
05013-5631 05013-5782
1
06500-6742 06500-6776
1
05012-6606
1
05013-5876
1
05013-6718
1
05013-1068
1
05013-5673
1
05013-5699
1
05012-6887
1
06000-4959
5
06000-4942
1
06000-4967
1
05012-6895
1
10136
1
05000-0199
1
05000-5339
2
05000-1965
1
10098
05000-2070
1
06000-4975
1
05000-1967
Item
Description
24
25
26
27
LOWER GUIDE, STEEL
ADJUSTMENT SCREW, PLATED STEEL
UPPER GUIDE, STEEL
PACKING WASHER, PLATED STEEL
28
TRIM SET, 17-4PH, H-900 S.S.
STANDARD-QUICK OPENING
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
28
TRIM SET, TUNGSTEN CARBIDE
QUICK-OPENING
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
28
TRIM SET, 17-4PH, H-900 S.S.
THROTTLING-MODIFIED %
29
30
31
32
33
34
LOCK WASHER, STEEL
DIAPHRAGM WASHER, STEEL
BUSHING, TEFLON ®
INDICATOR ASSEMBLY
O-RING, BUNA-N
PIPE PLUG, STEEL (1” TEE BODY ONLY)
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
Part No.
Qty. #20 Topworks #50 Topworks
1
05013-5607 05013-5868
1
10097
05000-5998
1
05013-5649 05013-5790
1
06000-2276
1
06500-5502
1
06500-5510
1
06500-5528
1
06500-5800
1
06500-5818
1
06500-5677
1
06500-6186
1
06500-6194
1
06500-5935
1
06500-6554
1
06500-7241
1
06500-7243
1
06500-7245
1
06500-7247
1
06500-7249
1
11018
1
05013-5582
1
05013-5681
1
06500-6768
1
05000-0041
1
06000-7162
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WM4050V-5/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 8.7
Series
4050V
4050V Two-Way Dump Valve, High Pressure “N” Trim
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model 220-DSG-N50, Series 4050V 2" Female Threaded Globe, #20 Topworks, 1/2" Trim, Fail Closed, Two-Way,
High Pressure Valve.
MODEL 2 20-DSG-N50 *
1 • 1" Tee Body
2 • 2" Body
Size
20 • #20 (35 sq. in. actuator area)
50 • #50 (70 sq. in. actuator area)
*Options
Topworks
Trim
DST • 1" Female Threaded
DSG • 2" Globe Female Threaded
DSA • 2" Angle Female Threaded
D02F• 1" or 2" Flngd. Cl. 150 RF
D07F• 1" or 2" Flngd. Cl. 300 RF
D14F• 1" or 2" Flngd. Cl. 600 RF
D14J• 1" or 2" Flngd. Cl. 600 RTJ
D21F• 1" or 2" Flngd. Cl. 900 RF
D21J• 1" or 2" Flngd. Cl. 900 RTJ
The
C • Carbide Trim
R • Fail Open
N25 • 1/4"
N38 • 3/8"
N50 • 1/2"
N75 • 3/4"
N100 • 1"
Body
Connection
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WM4050V-5/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
13
WDV
Section No. 8.8
Series
WDV Pneumatic Diaphragm Actuated Dump Valve
Application
The WDV scrubber valve is used for on/off control of high pressure
water, oil, or gas. Compressor scrubbers, oil and gas separators, or
any liquid accumulators are a few suitable applications. The valve
trim is designed to be constantly immersed in the vessel fluid so as
to utilize the warmth of the process to help prevent freezing. The
WDV opens and closes automatically by pneumatic control from a
WellMark level controller and dump valve operator. Diaphragm
actuated, WDV dump valves operate at 30-70 psi and up to 2000
psi working pressure depending on model.
A key benefit of this design
is a hex union that provides
the ability to replace the
seat without removing
the valve from piping.
Features
• Compact and Economical
• S.S. Replaceable Trim
• Visual Indicator
• For Separators and Scrubbers to 2000 psi Working Pressure
• Hex Union Allows Plug and Seat Replacement
Without Piping Removal
• Soft Seat Valve
• Manual Valve Operator
øA
Specifications
Operating Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to 250˚F
Maximum Working Pressure
WDV-10-050-18/WDV-10-075-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1800 psi
WDV-20-100-05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 psi
WDV-20-100-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500 psi
WDV-20-100-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2000 psi
B
Materials
C
Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electroless Nickel Plated 12L14 C.S.
Plug Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 S.S., 90 Durometer Urethane
Diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reinforced Nitrile
Stem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 S.S.
Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 S.S.
F (Drain Connection)
D
E
Dimensional Data
Model
WDV-10-050-18
WDV-10-075-18
WDV-20-100-05
WDV-20-100-15
WDV-20-100-20
The
G
Trim
Max
Size
W.P.
.359 1800 PSI
.359 1800 PSI
.859 500 PSI
.576 1500 PSI
.436 2000 PSI
A
7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50
B
6.75
6.75
8.00
8.00
8.00
C
2.06
2.06
2.75
2.75
2.75
Dimension
D
E
1.00 1" NPT
1.00 1" NPT
1.00 2" NPT
1.00 2" NPT
1.00 2" NPT
F
1/2" NPT
3/4" NPT
1" NPT
1" NPT
1" NPT
G
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
1.03
Company • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2013 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WMWDV-8/13 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
17
WDV
Section No. 8.8
Series
WDV Pneumatic Diaphragm Actuated Dump Valve
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model WDV-20-100-20 –Series WDV Scrubber Valve, 2" MNPT Inlet, 1" FNPT Outlet, .436" Trim Size, and Maximum
Working Pressure of 2000 PSI.
MODEL WDV-20-100 - 20
10-050 • 1” MNPT Inlet x 1/2” FNPT Outlet
10-075 • 1” MNPT Inlet x 3/4” FNPT Outlet
20-100 • 2” MNPT Inlet x 1” FNPT Outlet
Model
18 • .359"/1800
20 • .436"/2000
Trim Size / Max. Pressure
15 • .576"/1500
05 • .859"/500
(Code 18 applies to 1” inlet only.)
Wellmark Series SP Scrubber Package includes 790, W1200 DVOR, WDV and optional W2600 Safety Relief Valve.
MODEL SP 1 *
1
2
3
4
5
•
•
•
•
•
20-100-20
20-100-15
20-100-05
10-075-18
10-050-18
LR** • Less Regulator
RV1 • With 1" Relief Valve
RV2 • With 2" Relief Valve
Options
WDV Valve
Notes: *For options, add code to end of Model Number.
**Regulator provided at no extra charge.
The WellMark Series SP Scrubber Package
Series W2600 Threaded Safety Relief Valve
See Section 4.1a
Series 790 Horizontal Level
Control Floatswitch See Section 2.1
Series W67 “Mini Gun II“
General Purpose Instrument
and Gas Pressure Regulator
See Section 5.6
The system provides for liquid control in gas scrubber applications
by dumping liquids to drain and protecting compressors with a high
liquid level switch. Wetted metal parts are made to survive constant
use in corrosive environments.
Pneumatic Level Control
Float actuated level snap acting switch controls pneumatic pressure to
open and close the dump valve. See Section 3 for more information.
High Level Shutdown Switch
Stainless Steel float actuated level switches to alarm and/or shutdown the equipment. See Section 2 for more information.
Pneumatic Dump Valves
Series W1200 DVO
Low-Bleed Pneumatic
Liquid Level Control
See Section 3.10
2-Piece union design with manual valve operator allows soft plug
and hard seat to be replaced without disassembling outlet piping or
scrubber pipe connection. Diaphragm actuated valves operate on 30
to 70 psi.
Series WDV
Pneumatic Diaphragm
Actuated Dump Valve
The
18
Company • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2013 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WMWDV-8/13 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
WDV
Section No. 8.8
Series
WDV Pneumatic Diaphragm Actuated Dump Valve
30
28
25
29
Flow Charts
Pressure vs. Flow WDV-10-050-18/ WDV-10-075-18
250
31
200
23
24
18
22
17
19
14
20
27
21
16
15
13
12
11
10
Pressure (Psig)
26
150
100
50
0
0
5
10
25
20
Flow (Gpm)
15
30
35
40
45
Control Pressure vs. Working Pressure
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
Parts List
Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
The
Description
Qty.
BODY, STEEL PLATED
GASKET, ALUMINUM
SEAT, 303 S.S.
STEM, 303 S.S.
PLUG ASSEMBLY, 303 S.S./URETHANE
O-RING, NITRILE
WASHER, STAINLESS STEEL
NYLOC NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
POLYPAK ® , NITRILE
DIAPHRAGM SUPPORT, 303 S.S.
O-RING, NITRILE
VALVE UNION, STEEL PLATED
QUAD RING, NITRILE
LOWER CASE, ALUMINUM
BREATHER
INDICATOR, ALUMINUM
SPRING, 302 S.S.
SNAP RING, STEEL
SPRING
SPRING GUIDE, 303 S.S.
HEX NUT, STEEL PLATED
BACK UP PLATE, 304 S.S.
DIAPHRAGM, REINFORCED NITRILE
WASHER, 304 S.S.
UPPER CASE, ALUMINUM
CAP SCREW, STEEL PLATED
HEX NUT, STEEL PLATED
MAINTENANCE BOLT, S.S.
SEAL WASHER, STEEL/NITRILE
JAM NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
NYLOC NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
8
1
1
1
1
Control Pressure (Psig)
9
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Minimum Activation Pressure
5
-20
00-1 DV-20-100
1
0
W
-2
WDV
WDV-10-050-18
WDV-10-075-18
WDV-20-100-05
0
500
1000
Vessel Pressure (Psig)
Part No.
WDV-10-050-18 WDV-10-075-18 WDV-20-100-05 WDV-20-100-15 WDV-20-100-20
42071
42044
42043
42043
42043
21491
21491
21487
21487
21487
21471
21471
21493
21496
21467
21489
21489
21482
21482
21482
21505
21505
21506
21507
21508
10483
10483
05000-0041 05000-0041 05000-0041
11241
11241
11238
11238
11238
05000-2567 05000-2567
11236
11236
11236
11242
11242
11234
11234
11234
21472
21472
21469
21469
21469
05000-0470 05000-0470
10073
10073
10073
21470
21470
21468
21468
21468
11243
11243
11239
11239
11239
42035
42035
42035
42035
42035
05011-8729 05011-8729 05011-8729 05011-8729 05011-8729
21485
21485
21485
21485
21485
11229
11229
11229
11229
11229
11237
11237
11237
11237
11237
11227
11227
11227
11227
11227
21490
21490
21481
21481
21481
10273
10273
10273
10273
21473
21480
21480
21480
21480
21480
21484
21484
21484
21484
21484
21483
21483
21483
21483
21483
42034
42034
42034
42034
42034
11233
11233
11233
11233
11233
05000-1619 05000-1619 05000-1619 05000-1619 05000-1619
11235
11235
11235
11235
11235
06000-0395 06000-0395 06000-0395 06000-0395 06000-0395
10012
10012
10012
10012
10012
11236
11236
11236
11236
11236
1500
2000
Seal Repair Kits
Model
Part Number
WDV-10-050-18
21528
WDV-10-075-18
21528
WDV-20-100-05
21529
WDV-20-100-15
21530
WDV-20-100-20
21531
Included in Repair Kit: Nut, Washer (1 to 3),
O-Ring, Plug and Seal, Seat, Crush Washer.
Diaphragm Repair Kits
Model
Part Number
WDV-10-050-18
21532
WDV-10-075-18
21532
WDV-20-100-05
21533
WDV-20-100-15
21534
WDV-20-100-20
21535
Included in Repair Kit: Diaphragm, Diaphragm
Washer (Upper), Diaphragm Nut, Diaphragm
Plate (1 or 2 Pieces), Packing, O-Ring, Stem,
Seal Washer for Maintenance Bolt.
Company • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2013 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WMWDV-8/13 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
19
Section No. 9.1
Series
5050
5050 Two-Way Double Seated Valve (Balanced)
Application
These valves are used where higher flow is desired with little force
required to operate. These pilot operated double seated, near balanced, valves perform ideally for this service. Additionally, they
have been used successfully on separators, meters, and water
knockouts, where a reduced signal pressure is available.
Features
• Available in 2" Threaded; 2" 3", and 4" Flanged; Globe or Angle;
Ductile Iron
• Unique Buna’N or Viton Seat Plugs: Designed for high capacity,
smooth flow, and positive sealing.
• SS Internal Wetted Parts
Dimensional Data
• Pressed Steel Topworks
Specifications
Working Presure
2" Threaded
2", 3", & 4" Flanged
400 psi
275 psi
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-50˚F to +250˚F Standard
8 1/2 Dia.
"J" Approx.
Size
(other materials available)
General Dimensions
Size Topworks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .#20
"C"
Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ductile Iron
"D" Dia.
Material
Size
2"
3"
4"
“A”
“C”
7 3/ 4" 3 7/ 16"
11"
4 1/ 4"
12 3/ 4"
5"
“D”
6"
7 1/ 2"
9"
“J”
17"
18"
19"
Topworks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Press Steel
Diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nylon Reinforced Buna-N
"A"
2",3"and 4" Flanged Globe Valve
(50 psi pressure max.)
Stem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303 SS
Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cotton Reinforced Buna-N
4
7 3/4
2" NPT Globe Valve
The
8 1/2 Dia.
17" Approx.
17" Approx.
8 1/2 Dia.
3 7/16
Trim . . . . . . . . . .Buna-N or Viton® Molded Plug, Integral Seat
4"
2" NPT Angle Valve
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2002 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WM5050-9/02 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
1
Section No. 9.1
Series
5050
5050 Two-Way Double Seated Valve (Balanced)
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model 320-DFG-N – Series 5050 Two-Way Double Seated Valve, 3" Flanged, Globe Body, Buna-N Trim.
MODEL 3 20-DFG-N
2 • 2"
3 • 3"
4 • 4"
20 • #20
Size
Trim
Topworks
Body
Parts List
Item
Description
Qty.
BODY, 2"NPT ANGLE, DUCTILE IRON
1
BODY, 2"NPT GLOBE, DUCTILE IRON
BODY, FLANGED GLOBE, DUCT. IRON
DIA. SUPPORT, STEEL
2
DIA. SUPPORT, DUCTILE IRON
3* GASKET, MOLDED BUNA-N
4* BOTTOM PLUG, MOLDED BUNA-N
5* TOP PLUG, MOLDED BUNA-N
6
STEM, ASTM A-582 TY.303
7
SPACER, ASTM A-582 TY.303
8* GASKET, MOLDED BUNA-N
9
LINKAGE, ASTM A-582 TY.303
10 FLAT HD. SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
11 HINGE PIN, STAINLESS STEEL
12 WASHER, ASTM A-582 TY.303
13 FLEX-LOC NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
14 LOWER CASE, ASTM A-569
15 COTTER PIN, MONEL
16 CAP SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
PACKING, COTTON RENF. NITRILE
17*
PACKING, COTTON RENF. NITRILE
18* PACKING, FLAT, COTTON RENF. NITRILE
19 GLAND, LANTERN, DELRIN
20 PACKING ADJ., ASTM B-16
21 GLASS, IND., POLYCABONATE
22 DIAPH. PLATE, ASTM A-569
23* DIAPHRAGM, NYLON RENF.NITRILE
24* THREAD SEAL, STEEL/BUNA-N
25 LOWER GUIDE, ASTM A-108GR.1213
26 LOCK WASHER, STEEL
27 NY-LOC NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
28 SPRING, ASTM A-229
29 UPPER GUIDE, ASTM A-108GR. 1213
30 UPPER CASE, ASTM A-569
31 CAP SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
32 HEX NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
33 ADJ. SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
34 JAM NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
35 PIN,INDICATOR, ABS PLASTIC
36 SPRING, ASTM A-313
37 ELBOW, BRASS
*Recommended Spare Part
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
4
3
4
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
12
12
1
1
1
1
1
33
34
29
30
28
21
35
36
27
23
31
32
14
2"
3"
4"
The
2
Model No.
220-DSA-N
220-DSG-N
220-DFG-N
320-DFG-N
420-DFG-N
26
25
24
22
8
20
37
10
19
2
3
9
15
11
5
16
18
17
6
Model and Part No.
Size
DSG • Threaded Globe*
DSA • Threaded Angle*
DFG • Flanged Globe
* Available in 2" Only
Part No.
3"
2"
4"
05010-1211
05012-3611
05010-6947 05010-4827 05010-5584
05010-6095
05010-1989 05010-1401
05011-0816 05011-0857 05011-0840
05010-1252 05010-1369 05010-1377
05010-1260 05011-2663 05011-2655
05010-1435 05010-1419 05010-1427
05011-3455 05010-1443 05010-1468
05010-3662
05010-4579
05010-1351
05010-1864
05000-1759
05000-2278
05010-2037
05010-2029
05010-1492
05010-1450
05000-2062
05000-2096
06500-0572
06500-1257
06000-0239
06000-0247
05000-1841
05000-2013
06000-0387
06000-0387
06000-0528
05010-7457
05010-3639
06000-4074
05010-1922
06000-0056
06000-0395
05010-2169
06000-0403
05000-2997
05010-7291
05010-2151
06500-1042
05000-1742
05000-1726
05010-3407
05000-2070
05010-5378
05010-2888
06000-2052
N • Buna-N
V • Viton®
Body
2"NPT, ANGLE
2"NPT, GLOBE
2"FLANGED, GLOBE
3"FLANGED, GLOBE
4"FLANGED, GLOBE
Cv
40
40
40
75
110
Wt.
35
41
43
73
115
Part No.
03000-1481
03000-5771
03000-1507
03000-1556
03000-1614
4
7
12
13
1
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2002 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WM5050-9/02 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 10.1
3535
Series
3535 Back Pressure Valve, Low Pressure, Single Seat
Application
WellMark’s Back Pressure Valve can be used in any installation
where upstream pressure is required to be kept at a preset range.
It may also be used as: a pressure relief valve, a custody transfer
dump valve to hold a certain back pressure, or as a separator back
pressure valve on the gas or liquid side. Upstream pressure is
applied to the bottom of the diaphragm through connecting tubing.
Spring tension above the diaphragm opposes this pressure, and
when the pressure exceeds the pressure setting on the spring, the
plug is raised off the seat. By varying the spring tension, the pressure setting can be varied.
The typical application for these valves is to hold back pressure on
separators, treaters, Lact units, etc.
Features
• Simple Design
• Self-Contained:There are no pilots or small orifices to plug or freeze.
• Easy Access: All internal parts can be removed without taking
valve out of line.
• Optional Seat: Integral or Removable
• Available in 1" and 2" Size
• Pressed Steel Topworks
• Threaded body, Ductile Iron
• Flanged Body, Steel
Dimensional Data
The
7 1/2 Dia. (#10 Topworks)
8 1/2 Dia. (#20 Topworks)
Flow
7 5 /8
9 1/2
2"NPT Globe Valve
6" Dia. (2" ANSI 150)
6 1/2 " Dia. (2"ANSI 300/600)
Flow
19 1/2 Approx.
7 1/2 Dia. (#10 Topworks)
8 1/2 Dia. (#20 Topworks)
1 7/8
111/16
2" Flanged Globe Valve
1 5/8
Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1" & 2" Threaded, 2" Grooved, 2" Flanged
Working Presure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dictated by Spring Range
Spring Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . From 0 to 150 psi
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -50˚F to +250˚F Standard
(other materials available)
Size Topworks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #10 or #20
(CV) Flow Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1" = 11 2" = 25
Material
Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1" & 2" Threaded Ductile Iron
2" Flanged WCB
Topworks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #20 Press Steel, #10 Steel WCB
Diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nylon Reinforced Nitrile
Stem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 SS
Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cotton Reinforced Nitrile
Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 SS Molded Buna-N
19 1/2 Approx.
Specifications
5 1/4
6 1/2
1"NPT Globe Body
2" Grooved Globe Body
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2002 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WM3535-9/02 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
1
Section No. 10.1
3535
Series
3535 Back Pressure Valve, Low Pressure, Single Seat
Parts List Series 3535 w/#20 Topworks
Item
Description
BODY, 1"NPT, DUCTILE IRON
BODY, 2"NPT, DUCTILE IRON
1
BODY, 2" GROOVED, DUCTILE IRON
BODY, 2" ANSI 150RF, STEEL WCB
PLUG, 1" VALVES, 303SS MOLDED BUNA-N
2*
PLUG, 2" VALVES, 303SS MOLDED BUNA-N
3*
GASKET, MOLDED BUNA-N
4
DIA. SUPPORT, ASTM A-108GR.1018
5
WASHER, 304 STAINLESS STL.
6
STEM, ASTM A-276 TY.316
7
FLEX-LOC NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
8
CAP SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
9
O-RING, BUNA-N
10
FLAT HD. SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
11
LOWER CASE, ASTM A-569
12
GASKET, MOLDED BUNA-N
13
BREATHER, HPE
14
UPPER CASE, ASTM A-569
15*
THREAD SEAL, STEEL/BUNA-N
16*
PACKING, FLAT, COTTON REIN. NITRILE
17
PACKING ADJ., ASTM B-16
18
SPACER, DELRIN
19*
PACKING, COTTON REIN. NITRILE
20
LOCK WASHER, STEEL
21
NY-LOC NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
22
DIAPH. PLATE, ASTM A-569
DIAPHRAGM 0-30#, NYLON RENF. NITRILE
23*
DIAPH. 30-100#, NYLON RENF. NITRILE
UPPER GUIDE, ASTM A-108GR.1213
24
UPPER GUIDE 50-100#, ASTM A-108GR.1213
LOWER GUIDE, ASTM A-366
25
LOWER GUIDE 50-100#, ASTM A-366
SPRING 0-30#, ASTM A-401
26
SPRING 10-80#, ASTM A-401
27
ADJ. SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
28
JAM NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
29
SPRING, ASTM A-401, INNER
30
CAP SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
31
HEX NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
32
ELBOW, CONN., BRASS
33
CONNECTOR, BRASS
34
TUBING, COPPER
35
STEM GUIDE, DELRIN
*Recommended Spare Part
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
12
12
1
1
1
1
Determining the Model Number
Part No.
05011-8397
05011-8256
05011-8207
06500-3345
05011-1251
05010-4561
05011-0816
05010-4363
05010-4116
05010-4587
05000-1817
05000-1858
05000-0066
05000-1759
06500-0572
05010-3662
05011-1640
06500-1059
06000-0395
06000-0528
05010-3639
05010-4322
06000-0387
06000-0403
05000-2997
05010-1922
06000-0056
06000-0064
05010-1906
05010-5071
05010-1914
05010-5089
05010-1344
05010-6293
05010-7820
05000-2070
05010-5055
05000-1742
05000-1726
06000-0445
06000-0429
06000-0437
05010-4231
Example given: Standard Model 220-DSG-B-I–Series 3535, 2" Threaded
Globe Body, #20 Topworks, Integral Seated Back Pressure Valve.
MODEL 220-DSG-B- I
Size
1 • 1"
2 • 2"
Topworks
10 • #10
20 • #20
Trim
I • Integral
R100 • 1" Removable
R138 • 1 3/8" Removable
R150 • 1 1/2" Removable
B • Back Pressure Valve
Body
DSG • Threaded Globe
DFG • Flanged Globe*
(Specify Flange Rating)
DGG • Grooved Globe*
27
* Available in 2" Only
28
24
24
26
14
10-80# 26
29
25
21
20
25
Spring & Spring Guide
For 50-100# Models Only
13
Model and Part No.
Size
1"
2"
The
2
Model No. Ends Connection
120-DSG-B-I
1" NPT
120-DSG-B-I
220-DSG-B-I
220-DSG-B-I
2" NPT
220-DSG-B-I
220-DGG-B-I
220-DGG-B-I
2" GROOVED
220-DGG-B-I
220-DFG-B-I
220-DFG-B-I 2"ANSI 150 RF
220-DFG-B-I
Spring Range
0-30 lbs
10-80 lbs
0-30 lbs
10-80 lbs
50-100 lbs
0-30 lbs
10-80 lbs
50-100 lbs
0-30 lbs
10-80 lbs
50-100 lbs
Cv
Wt.
11
32#
25
38#
25
35#
25
46#
Part No.
03027-0003
03027-0011
03001-0086
03001-0094
03001-0177
03001-0037
03001-0052
03001-0011
03001-0144
03001-0151
03001-0193
15
30
31
23
10
33
34
19
5
32
1
17
22
11
12
18
8
4
3
16
35
6
2
9
7
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2002 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WM3535-9/02 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 10.1
Series
3535
3535 Back Pressure Valve, Low Pressure, Single Seat
Parts List Series 3535 w/#10 Topworks
Item
1
2*
3*
4
5
6
7
8
9*
10
11
12
13
14
15*
16
17
18
19*
20
21
22
23*
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Description
BODY, 1"NPT ANGLE, DUCTILE IRON
BODY, 2"NPT , DUCTILE IRON
BODY, 2" GROOVED, DUCTILE IRON
BODY, 2" ANSI 150RF, STEEL WCB
BODY, 2" ANSI 300RF, STEEL WCB
BODY, 2" ANSI 600RF, STEEL WCB
PLUG, 1" VALVES, 303SS MOLDED BUNA-N
PLUG, 2" VALVES, 303SS MOLDED BUNA-N
GASKET, MOLDED BUNA-N
DIA. SUPPORT, STEEL WCB
DIA. SUPPORT, ANSI 300/600 FLG.
WASHER, 304 STAINLESS STL.
STEM, ASTM A-276 TY.316
FLEX-LOC NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
CAP SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
O-RING, BUNA-N
BREATHER, HPE
PIPE PLUG, STEEL
TUBING, COPPER
ELBOW CONN., BRASS
CONNECTOR, BRASS
THREAD SEAL, STEEL/BUNA-N
TRU-ARC RING, STAINLESS STEEL
STEM GUIDE, DELRIN
SPACER, DELRIN
POLYPAK, MOLYTHANE
LOCK WASHER, STEEL
NY-LOC NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
DIAPH. PLATE, ASTM A-569
DIAPHRAGM, NYLON RENF. NITRILE
UPPER GUIDE, ASTM A-108GR.1213
LOWER GUIDE, ASTM A-366
SPRING 0-60#, ASTM A-401
SPRING 20-150#, ASTM A-401
ADJ. SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
JAM NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
UPPER CASE, ASTM A-216 GR.WCB
CAP SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
HEX NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
SEAL WASHER, STEEL PLATED
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4**
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
8
1
Part No.
05011-8397
05011-8256
05010-4678
06500-3345
06500-3352
06500-3360
05011-1251
05010-4561
05011-0816
05010-8596
05011-8298
05010-4116
05010-9222
05000-1817
05000-1874
05000-0066
05011-1640
06000-0478
06000-0437
06000-0445
06000-0429
06000-0395
06000-0452
05010-8638
05010-8646
06000-0353
06000-0403
05000-2997
05010-8786
05010-8612
05010-1906
05010-1914
05010-1344
05010-6293
05010-7820
05000-2070
06500-0986
05000-1890
05000-2104
06000-0460
*Recommended Spare Part
**8 Req"d For ANSI 300/600 Flanged Valves
27
28
Optional Sealing Washer
24
26
29
21
20
25
15
10
11
23
14
12
19
17
6
Model and Part No.
Size
1"
2"
The
Model No. Ends Connection
110-DSG-B-I
1" NPT
110-DSG-B-I
210-DSG-B-I
2" NPT
210-DSG-B-I
210-DGG-B-I
2" GROOVED
210-DGG-B-I
210-DFG-B-I
2"ANSI 150 RF
210-DFG-B-I
210-DFG-B-I
2"ANSI 300 RF
210-DFG-B-I
210-DFG-B-I
2"ANSI 600 RF
210-DFG-B-I
Spring Range
0-60 lbs
20-150 lbs
0-60 lbs
20-150 lbs
0-60 lbs
20-150 lbs
0-60 lbs
20-150 lbs
0-60 lbs
20-150 lbs
0-60 lbs
20-150 lbs
Cv
Wt.
11
40#
25
44#
25
41#
25
60#
25
64#
25
68#
Part No.
03031-0007
03031-0015
03032-0030
03032-0048
03032-0063
03032-0071
03032-0121
03032-0139
03032-0154
03032-0162
03032-0188
03032-0196
32
13
22
30
31
16
18
8
4
3
5
2
9
7
1
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2002 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WM3535-9/02 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
3
Section No. 10.1
Series
3535
3535 Back Pressure Valve, Low Pressure, Single Seat
Parts List Series 3535 w/Removable Seat & #10 Topworks
Item
Description
BODY, 2" ANSI 150RF, STEEL WCB
1
BODY, 2" ANSI 300RF, STEEL WCB
BODY, 2" ANSI 600RF, STEEL WCB
2
CAP SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
DIA. SUPPORT ANSI 150 FLG., WCB
3
DIA. SUPPORT ANSI 300/600, WCB
4*
O-RING, BUNA-N
5
WASHER, 304 STAINLESS STL.
6
STEM, ASTM A-276 TY.316
7
FLEX-LOC NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
8*
PLUG, 303SS MOLDED BUNA-N
9*
O-RING, BUNA-N
10
BREATHER, HPE
11
PIPE PLUG, STEEL
12
TUBING, COPPER
13
ELBOW CONN., BRASS
14
CONNECTOR, BRASS
15*
THREAD SEAL, STEEL/BUNA-N
16
TRU-ARC RING, STAINLESS STEEL
17
STEM GUIDE, DELRIN
18
SPACER, DELRIN
19*
POLYPAK, MOLYTHANE
20
LOCK WASHER, STEEL
21
NY-LOC NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
22
DIAPH. PLATE, ASTM A-569
23*
DIAPHRAGM, NYLON RENF. NITRILE
24
UPPER GUIDE, ASTM A-108GR.1213
25
LOWER GUIDE, ASTM A-366
SPRING 0-60#, ASTM A-401
26
SPRING 20-150#, ASTM A-401
27
ADJ. SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
28
JAM NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
29
UPPER CASE, ASTM A-216 GR.WCB
30
CAP SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
31
HEX NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
32
SEAT, ASTM A-582 TY.303
33*
O-RING, BUNA-N
34
SEAL WASHER, STEEL PLATED
*Recommended Spare Part
**8 Req'd For ANSI 300/600 Flanged Valves
Qty.
1
1
1
4**
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
8
1
1
1
Part No.
06500-3204
06500-3212
06500-3220
05000-1874
05010-8596
05011-8298
05000-0371
05010-4116
05012-3181
05000-1817
05012-1458
05000-0066
05011-1640
06000-0478
06000-0437
06000-0445
06000-0429
06000-0395
06000-0452
05010-8638
05010-8646
06000-0353
06000-0403
05000-2997
05010-8786
05010-8612
05010-1906
05010-1914
05010-1344
05010-6293
05010-7820
05000-2070
06500-0986
05000-1890
05000-2104
05011-1657
05000-0322
06000-0460
2"-150
2"-300
2"-600
The
4
Model No.
210-DFG-B-R138
210-DFG-B-R138
210-DFG-B-R138
210-DFG-B-R138
210-DFG-B-R138
210-DFG-B-R138
28
Spring Range
0-60 lbs
20-150 lbs
0-60 lbs
20-150 lbs
0-60 lbs
20-150 lbs
Cv
Wt.
25
61#
25
65#
25
69#
Part No.
03032-0287
03032-0295
03032-0303
03032-0220
03032-0311
03032-0329
34
*OPTIONAL SEALING WASHER
24
26
29
21
20
25
15
10
11
23
19
14
12
17
6
5
Model and Part No.
Size/ANSI
27
22
30
16
31
18
2
3
4
8
32
13
33
1
9
7
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2002 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WM3535-9/02 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 11.1
5555
Series
5555 Back Pressure Valve, Double Seated (Balanced)
Application
This unique valve, with its simple and near-balanced double-seated design, along with its history of trouble free operation, has contributed materially to its wide acceptance in the oil industry.
Primary application is to hold back pressure on separators, treaters,
Lact units, and other accumulators when upstream pressure is
required to be kept at a preset range. However, this valve may also
be used as a differential valve by utilizing secondary signal pressure, along with spring force on top of the diaphragm, to oppose
flow pressure applied to the bottom of the diaphragm.
Features
• Simple Design
• Self-Contained:There are no pilots or small orifices to plug or freeze.
• Easy Access: All internal parts can be removed without taking
valve out of line.
• Available in 2" Threaded: 2", 3", 4" Flanged
• Molded Buna-N or Viton® Plugs for Corrosion Resistance &
Tight Shut-Off
• Multiple Spring Ranges: 0-30 lb to 20-150 lb
Dimensional Data
Specifications
Material
Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ductile Iron
Topworks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #20 Press Steel #10 WCB
Diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Molded Nylon Reinforced
Buna-N (Viton® Available)
Stem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 SS
Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cotton Reinforced Nitrile
Trim . . . . . . . . . Buna-N or Viton® Molded Plug, Integral Seat
The
General Dimensions
Size
2"
3"
4"
“A”
“C”
7 3/ 4" 3 7/ 16"
11"
4 1/ 4"
5"
12 3/ 4"
“D”
6"
7 1/ 2"
9"
“J”
21"
22"
23"
"J"
Approx.
2" NPT
4"
7 1/2 Dia. (#10 Topworks)
8 1/2 Dia. (#20 Topworks)
4"
2" NPT Angle Body
"D"
Dia.
Flow
2" NPT
3 7/16
Size
2" Threaded
2", 3", 4" Flanged
Working Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dictated by Spring Range
Spring Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-30 lb to 20-150 lb
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -50˚F to +250˚F Standard
(other materials available)
Size Topworks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #10 or #20
(Cv) Flow Coefficient . . . . . . . . 2" = 40 3" = 70 4" = 110
"C"
"A"
7 3/4
2",3" And 4" Flanged Globe Valve
2" NPT Globe Body
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2002 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WM5555-9/02 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
1
Section No. 11.1
5555
Series
5555 Back Pressure Valve, Double Seated (Balanced)
Parts List Series 5555 w/#20 Topworks
Item
Description
Qty.
BODY, 2"NPT ANGLE, DUCTILE IRON
1
BODY, 2"NPT GLOBE, DUCTILE IRON
1
BODY, FLANGED GLOBE, DUCT. IRON
1
DIA. SUPPORT, STEEL
1
2
DIA. SUPPORT, DUCTILE IRON
1
3* GASKET, MOLDED BUNA-N
1
4* BOTTOM PLUG, MOLDED BUNA-N
1
5* TOP PLUG, MOLDED BUNA-N
1
6
STEM, ASTM A-582 TY.303
1
7
SPACER, ASTM A-582 TY.303
1
8
TRAVEL STOP, ASTM A-582 TY.303
1
9
LINKAGE, ASTM A-582 TY.303
1
10 FLAT HD.SCREW, STAINLESS STEEL
4
11 HINGE PIN, STAINLESS STEEL
1
12 WASHER, ASTM A-582 TY.303
1
13 FLEX-LOC NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
1
14 LOWER CASE, ASTM A-569
1
15 COTTER PIN, MONEL
1
16 CAP SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
4
17* GASKET, MOLDED BUNA-N
1
18 SPACER, DELRIN
1
PACKING, COTTON REIN. NITRILE
3
19*
PACKING, COTTON REIN. NITRILE
2
20 LOCK WASHER, STEEL
1
21 NY-LOC NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
1
22 DIAPH. PLATE, ASTM A-569
2
DIAPH. 0-30#, NYLON RENF. NITRILE
1
23*
DIAPH. 30-100#, NYLON RENF. NITRILE
1
UPPER GUIDE, ASTM A-108GR.1213
1
24
UPPER GUIDE 50-100#, ASTM A-108GR.1213 1
LOWER GUIDE, ASTM A-366
1
25
LOWER GUIDE 50-100#, ASTM A-366
1
SPRING 0-30#, ASTM A-401
1
26
SPRING 10-80#, ASTM A-401
1
27 ADJ. SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
1
28 JAM NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
1
29 UPPER CASE, ASTM A-569
1
30 CAP SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
12
31 HEX NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
12
32 BREATHER, HPE
1
33 SPRING, INNER, ASTM A-401
1
34* THREAD SEAL, STEEL/BUNA-N
1
35* PACKING, FLAT, COTTON REIN. NITRILE 1
36 PACKING ADJ., ASTM B-16
1
37 CONNECTOR, BRASS
2
38 TUBING, COPPER
1
*Recommended Spare Part
1
Determining the Model Number
Part No.
2"
3"
4"
05010-1214
05012-3614
05011-7639 05011-8355 05011-8371
05011-5195
05013-0455 05013-0463
05011-0816 05011-0857 05011-0840
05010-1252 05010-1369 05010-1377
05010-1260 05011-2663 05011-2655
05010-1435 05010-1419 05010-1427
05011-3455 05010-1443 05010-1468
05010-6798 05010-6277 05010-6285
05010-1351
05010-1864
05000-1759
05000-2278
05010-2037
05010-2029
05010-1492
05010-1450
05000-2062
05000-2096
06500-1257
06500-0572
06000-0239
06000-0247
05000-1841
05000-2013
05010-3662
05010-4579
05010-8000
05010-4322
06000-0387
06000-0387
06000-0403
05000-2997
05010-1922
06000-0056
06000-0064
05010-1906
05010-5071
05010-1914
05010-5089
05010-1344
05010-6293
05010-7820
05000-2070
06500-1042
05000-1742
05000-1726
05011-1640
05010-5055
06000-0395
06000-0528
05010-3639
06000-0429
06000-0437
Model and Part No.
Size
2"
3"
4"
The
2
Model No.
220-DSA-B-N
220-DSA-B-N
220-DSA-B-N
220-DSG-B-N
220-DSG-B-N
220-DSG-B-N
220-DFG-B-N
220-DFG-B-N
220-DFG-B-N
320-DFG-B-N
320-DFG-B-N
320-DFG-B-N
420-DFG-B-N
420-DFG-B-N
420-DFG-B-N
Body Material
DUCTILE IRON
DUCTILE IRON
DUCTILE IRON
Spring Range
0-30 lbs
10-80 lbs
50-100 lbs
0-30 lbs
10-80 lbs
50-100 lbs
0-30 lbs
10-80 lbs
50-100 lbs
0-30 lbs
10-80 lbs
50-100 lbs
0-30 lbs
10-80 lbs
50-100 lbs
Cv
Wt.
40
42#
40
46#
40
52#
70
78#
110
123#
Part No.
03004-0034
03004-0067
03004-0000
03004-0200
03004-0213
03004-0221
03004-0059
03004-0083
03004-0026
03028-0093
03028-0101
03028-0051
03028-0184
03028-0192
03028-0234
Example given: Model 410-DFG-B-V – Series 5555, 4" Flanged
Globe Body, #10 Topworks, Viton® Plug, Back Pressure Valve.
MODEL 410-DFG-B-V
Size
2 • 2"
3 • 3"
4 • 4"
Trim
N • Buna-N
V • Viton®
B • Back Pressure Valve
Topworks
10 • #10
20 • #20
Body
DSG • Threaded Globe*
DSA • Threaded Angle*
DFG • Flanged Globe**
* Available in 2" Only
**Specify Flange Rating
27
28
24
10-80# 26
24
33
26
29
25
Spring & Spring Guide
For 50-100# Models Only
8
21
20
25
Travel Stop
For Models Over 30 Lbs
32
34
30
31
23
10
37
19
38
9
1
11
36
22
14
17
18
16
2
3
35
15
5
6
7
4
12
13
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2002 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WM5555-9/02 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 11.1
Series
5555
5555 Back Pressure Valve, Double Seated (Balanced)
Parts List Series 5555 w/#10 Topworks
Item
Description
Qty.
BODY, 2"NPT ANGLE, DUCTILE IRON
1
BODY, 2"NPT GLOBE, DUCTILE IRON
BODY, FLANGED GLOBE, DUCT. IRON
2
DIA. SUPPORT, ASTM A-216 GR.WCB
3* GASKET, MOLDED BUNA-N
4* BOTTOM PLUG, MOLDED BUNA-N
5* TOP PLUG, MOLDED BUNA-N
6
STEM, ASTM A-582 TY.303
7
SPACER, ASTM A-582 TY.303
8
TRAVEL STOP, ASTM A-582 TY.303
9
LINKAGE, ASTM A-582 TY.303
10 CAP SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
11 HINGE PIN, STAINLESS STEEL
12 WASHER, ASTM A-582 TY.303
13 FLEX-LOC NUT, STAINLESS STEEL
14 COTTER PIN, MONEL
15* THREAD SEAL, STEEL/BUNA-N
16 TRU-ARC RING, STAINLESS STEEL
17 STEM GUIDE, DELRIN
18 SPACER, DELRIN
19* POLYPAK, MOLYTHANE
20 LOCK WASHER, STEEL
21 NY-LOC NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
22 DIAPH. PLATE, ASTM A-569
23* DIAPHRAGM, NYLON RENF. NITRILE
24 UPPER GUIDE, ASTM A-108GR.1213
25 LOWER GUIDE, ASTM A-366
SPRING 0-60#, ASTM A-401
26
SPRING 20-150#, ASTM A-401
27 ADJ. SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
28 JAM NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
29 UPPER CASE, ASTM A-216 GR.WCB
30 CAP SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
31 HEX NUT, ASTM A-307 GR.B
32 BREATHER, HPE
33 PIPE PLUG, STEEL
34 TUBING, COPPER
35 ELBOW CONN., BRASS
36 CONNECTOR, BRASS
37 SEAL WASHER, STEEL PLATED
*Recommended Spare Part
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
2"
05010-1214
05012-3614
05011-7639
05010-8596
05011-0816
05010-1252
05010-1260
05010-1435
05011-3455
05010-6798
05010-8794
05000-1841
05010-2037
05010-1492
05000-2062
06000-0239
Part No.
3"
4"
05011-8355 05011-8371
06500-1968 06500-1976
05011-0857 05011-0840
05010-1369 05010-1377
05011-2663 05011-2655
05010-1419 05010-1427
05010-1443 05010-1468
05010-6277 05010-6285
05010-1864
05000-2013
05010-2029
05010-1450
05000-2096
06000-0247
06000-0395
06000-0452
05010-8638
05010-8646
06000-0353
06000-0403
05000-2997
05010-8786
05010-8612
05010-1906
05010-1914
05010-1344
05010-6293
05010-7820
05000-2070
06500-0986
05000-1890
05000-2104
05011-1640
06000-0478
06000-0437
06000-0445
06000-0429
06000-0460
Model and Part No.
Size
2"
3"
4"
The
Model No.
210-DSA-B-N
210-DSA-B-N
210-DSG-B-N
210-DSG-B-N
210-DFG-B-N
210-DFG-B-N
310-DFG-B-N
310-DFG-B-N
410-DFG-B-N
410-DFG-B-N
Body Material
DUCTILE IRON
DUCTILE IRON
DUCTILE IRON
Spring Range
0-60 lbs
20-150 lbs
0-60 lbs
20-150 lbs
0-60 lbs
20-150 lbs
0-60 lbs
20-150 lbs
0-60 lbs
20-150 lbs
Cv
Wt.
40
48#
40
52#
40
55#
70
80#
110
120#
Part No.
03005-0070
03005-0080
03005-0041
03005-0058
03005-0009
03005-0017
03033-0039
03033-0047
03034-0038
03034-0046
27
28
37
Optional Sealing Washer
24
26
29
21
20
25
15
32
33
23
36
34
19
17
9
1
11
35
22
30
31
16
18
10
2
3
14
8
5
6
7
4
12
13
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2002 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WM5555-9/02 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
3
Section No. 12.1
Series
2020 Flow Control Choke Valve
Application
This versatile and proven valve is ideal for use in well head control,
in gas gathering systems to regulate flow, for CO2 and water or
steam injection systems as well as pressure separators. Suitable for
water, gas and other liquid service.
Features
• Choice of Manual, Electric, or Pneumatic Actuation
• Choice of Angle or “Y” Body Style in Carbon or Stainless Steel
• Choice of Tungsten Carbide or Ceramic Disc Material
• Multiple Orifice Sizes for Greater Control
• Low Torque At High Differential Pressure
Specifications
Working Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . To 3600 psi
Body Material . . . . . WCB Carbon Steel or CF8M Stainless Steel
Disc Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tungsten Carbide or Ceramic
Dimensional Data
14 1/4
14"
APPROX.
(MANUAL HANDLE)
E)
11"
(MANUAL HANDLE)
DL
"
11 HAN
L
UA
AN
(M
16 1/4
6" (MANUAL HANDLE)
WELLMARK
2" NPT
(TYP.)
2" NPT (TYP.)
1 3/4
4"
8 1/2
2 1/2
2" ANGLE VALVE
The
9"
3"
2" "Y" VALVE
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2020-5/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
1
Section No. 12.1
2020
Series
2020 Flow Control Choke Valve
Determining the Model Number
Example given: A 2" Model 2020 Choke Valve with Screwed Ends in the Angle Style Body Configuration Constructed of Carbon Steel,
Utilizing a 3/4" Disk Orifice and Tungsten Carbide Disc Material with Electric Actuation.
MODEL 2 S AC-75 T EA
Size
T • Tungsten Carbide
C • Ceramic
Disc Material
Angle Style, Carbon Steel
Angle Style, Stainless Steel
Y Style, Carbon Steel
Y Style, Stainless Steel
Body
Style/Material
25
38
50
75
Disc Orifice
Parts List Series 2020 w/Manual Handle
30
40
D
'S
EE
R
60
2
•
•
•
•
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
3/4" (pie)
59
63 67
12
'S
64
Part No.
05013-2879
05013-3000
06000-8741
06000-8775
06000-8809
06000-8534
06000-8759
06000-8783
06000-8817
06000-8725
05013-2961
05013-2953
05000-2914
05013-2887
05000-5844
05000-0447
05013-2929
05013-2895
05000-2021
05013-3105
05013-3155
05013-3163
05013-3034
05013-3042
06000-8700
936200000
929200000
915000000
05000-5878
EG
The
Qty.
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2**
2
1
2
2
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
50
Item Description
BODY, 2" ANGLE, STEEL WCB
1
BODY, 2" "Y", STEEL WCB
DISC, 1 / 4 " DIA., TUNGSTEN CARBIDE
DISC, 3 / 8 " DIA., TUNGSTEN CARBIDE
DISC, 1 / 2 " DIA., TUNGSTEN CARBIDE
DISC, 3 / 4 " PIE, TUNGSTEN CARBIDE
2*
DISC, 1 / 4 " DIA., CERAMIC
DISC, 3 / 8 " DIA., CERAMIC
DISC, 1 / 2 " DIA., CERAMIC
DISC, 3 / 4 " PIE, CERAMIC
3
PIN, 17-4PH, ANGLE BODY ONLY
4
PIN, 17-4PH
5* O-RING, BUNA-N
6
STEM, STEEL PLATED
7* BACK UP RING, TEFLON ®
8* O-RING, BUNA-N
9
BEARING, BRONZE
10 BONNET, STEEL
11 SOCKET HEAD SCREW, 18-8 S.S.
INDICATOR, 1 / 4 ", ALUMINUM
INDICATOR, 3 / 8 ", ALUMINUM
12
INDICATOR, 1 / 2 ", ALUMINUM
INDICATOR, 3 / 4 " PIE, ALUMINUM
13 STOP PLATE, STAINLESS STEEL
14 PIN, STAINLESS STEEL
15 RETAINER RING, STEEL
16 HANDLE, DUCTILE IRON
17 HANDLE SCREW, STEEL PLATE
18 INDICATOR SCREW, STEEL
*Recommended Spare Part
**4 Req'd on 2" "Y" Valve
20
0 10
•
•
•
•
Connection
55
S • Screwed
F • Flanged (Specify)
e) 34
pi
"( 30
/4 3)3 01
(2 05
N
P/
Note: Consult factory for other sizes.
AC
AS
YC
YS
EA • Electric
MA • Manual
PA • Pneumatic
Actuator
0
0
0
38
50
2 • 2"
44
18
17
16
15
14
13
10
7
11
8
5
9
6
4
2
5
3
1
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2020-5/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 12.1
Series
2020
2020 Flow Control Choke Valve
Parts List Series 2020 w/Electric Actuator
Item
Description
BODY, 2" ANGLE, STEEL WCB
BODY, 2" "Y", STEEL WCB
DISC, 1 / 4 " DIA., TUNGSTEN CARBIDE
DISC, 3 / 8 " DIA., TUNGSTEN CARBIDE
DISC, 1 / 2 " DIA., TUNGSTEN CARBIDE
DISC, 3 / 4 " PIE, TUNGSTEN CARBIDE
2*
DISC, 1 / 4 " DIA., CERAMIC
DISC, 3 / 8 " DIA., CERAMIC
DISC, 1 / 2 " DIA., CERAMIC
DISC, 3 / 4 " PIE, CERAMIC
3
PIN, 17-4PH, ANGLE BODY ONLY
4
PIN, 17-4PH
5*
O-RING, BUNA-N
6
STEM, STEEL PLATED
7*
BACK UP RING, TEFLON ®
8*
O-RING, BUNA-N
9
BEARING, BRONZE
10
BONNET, STEEL
11
SOCKET HEAD SCREW, 18-8 S.S.
12
BRACKET, STEEL
13
SCREW, STEEL PLATED
14
DRIVER, STEEL PLATED
15
ELECTRIC ACTUATOR***
16
SCREW, STEEL PLATED
17
LOCK WASHER, STEEL PLATED
* Recommended Spare Part
* *4 Req'd on 2" "Y" Valve
***Consult Factory for Actuation Details
1
Qty.
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2**
2
1
2
2
1
1
4
1
4
1
1
4
8
Part No.
05013-2879
05013-3000
06000-8741
06000-8775
06000-8809
06000-8534
06000-8759
06000-8783
06000-8817
06000-8725
05013-2961
05013-2953
05000-2914
05013-2887
05000-5844
05000-0447
05013-2929
05013-2895
05000-2021
05013-2945
05000-5198
05013-2937
06000-8526
05000-5852
05000-5860
15
17
16
12
14
13
10
17
11
7
8
5
9
6
4
5
2
3
1
The
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2020-5/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
3
Section No. 12.1
Series
2020
For Gas:
Q = .0234 Cv
P(P1+P2)
GT
2020 Flow Control Choke Valve
For Liquids:
Q = 34.3 Cv
Flow Data
C v Factor Chart
VALVE ORIFICE
C v FACTOR
1/4"
2.98
3/8"
6.84
P
G
3 / 4 " (pie)
1/2"
11.83
31.3
Using the Cv factors above for any valve, its approximate flow
capacity can be determined by the formulas at right.
If required flow capacity is known and valve selection is desired,
solve for Cv with the formulas below and select appropriate valve
from Cv Factor Chart above.
For Gas:
For Liquids:
Q
Q
Cv =
Cv =
P (P1 + P2)
P
.0234
34.3
GT
G
Q = Flow (Barrels/Day)
Cv = Flow factor
P = Pressure drop
across valve
G = Specific gravity
(water=1.0)
Q = Flow (MMSCFD)
Cv = Flow factor
P1 = Inlet pressure (psia)
P2 = Outlet pressure (psia)
P = Pressure drop (P1 –P2).
When P2 is less than 1/2 P1,
use 1/2 P1, for P2 in formula.
G = Specific gravity (air= 1.0)
T = Flowing temperature
absolute (˚F + 460)
Conversion Chart To Determine Open Area of Disc Orifice to 64th’s
Orifice Size
Degrees
Open
0-20˚
25˚
30˚
35˚
40˚
45˚
50˚
55˚
60˚
65˚
70˚
75˚
80˚
85˚
90˚
1/4"
Area Open
(Sq. in.)
0
.0004
.002
.0041
.0068
.0099
.0134
.0172
.0212
.0255
.03
.0346
.0394
.0442
.049
64th’s
0
2.04
4.57
6.54
8.42
10.16
11.82
13.39
14.87
16.3
17.69
18.99
20.27
21.47
22.6
Conversion formula for converting
known open orifice area to 64th’s:
64th’s = 128
3/8"
2 x Area Open
3.1416
0.25
0.2
0.15
0.1
0.05
0
Orifice Open Area Data
Open area of one hole in sq. in.
Area
Open
The
4
1/2"
Area Open
(Sq. in.)
0
.001
.004
.0089
.0148
.0218
.0296
.0381
.0473
.057
.0672
.0777
.0884
.0994
.11
64th’s
0
3.23
6.46
9.63
12.42
15.08
17.57
19.94
21.21
24.38
26.48
28.47
30.37
32.19
33.87
64th’s
0
5.59
9.69
13.7
17.39
20.68
23.95
27.02
29.95
32.78
35.53
38.08
40.59
42.97
45.21
.24
.23
.22
.21
3 / 4 " (pie)
Area Open
(Sq. in.)
0
.003
.009
.018
.029
.041
.055
.07
.086
.103
.121
.139
.158
.177
.196
Area Open
(Sq. in.)
0
.117
.141
.1655
.19
.2145
.239
.2635
.288
.312
.336
.3605
.385
.4095
.434
64th’s
0
34.93
38.35
41.55
44.52
47.3
49.93
52.43
54.81
57.05
59.19
61.32
63.37
65.35
67.28
3/4"(pie)
.19
.18
.17
.16
1/2"
.14
.13
.12
.11
.09
.08
.07
.06
3/8"
.04
.03
.02
.01
1/4"
Degrees Open
Orifice
25˚
30˚
1/4"
0.0004
0.002
3/8"
0.001
0.003
3/4"(pie) 0.117
1/2"
35˚
40˚
45˚
50˚
0.0041 0.0068
0.0099
0.0134
0.004
0.0089 0.0148
0.0218
0.009
0.141
0.018
0.1655
0.041
0.2145
0.029
0.19
55˚
Full Open
60˚
65˚
70˚
75˚
80˚
85˚
90˚
0.0172 0.0212
0.0255
0.03
0.0346
0.0394
0.0442
0.049
0.0296
0.0381 0.0473
0.057
0.0672
0.0777
0.0884
0.0994
0.11
0.055
0.239
0.07
0.2635
0.103
0.312
0.121
0.336
0.139
0.3605
0.158
0.385
0.177
0.4095
0.196
0.434
0.086
0.288
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2020-5/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 12.2
Series
2021
2021 Flow Control Throttling Valve
Application
The WellMark Throttling Valve is designed to function as a pressure
control valve, and will handle pressure drops up to 4500 psi liquid
and 2200 psi gas. It has been used widely in gas gathering systems
to regulate flow, CO2, and steam injection systems, as well as in
low, medium, and high-pressure separators.
Features
• Anti-Cavitating Plug Design
• Manual or Electric Actuation
• "Y" or Angle Style Body: Carbon or Stainless Steel
• Multiple Orifice Sizes
• Low Torque at High Differential Pressure
• Wide Cv Range: 3.2 - 95
Operation
Most control valves operate similar to the nozzle on a garden hose.
When the valve is set to a partially closed or choked position, the
flow of fluid decreases in pressure and in turn increases in velocity. This high velocity stream causes two problems: mechanical
erosion or wear and a highly destructive process called cavitation.
After sustained use, these processes will result in premature valve
failure.
The 2021 Series' unique throttling choke valve design remedies
these self-destructive processes by channeling the fluid into a
cylinder through opposing slots in its sides; thus, allowing each
mini-stream to impinge on itself, changing the otherwise highvelocity laminar flow into a disrupted non-linear stream, eliminating the destructive effects of erosion and cavitation. The plug also
provides extraordinary accurate control to less than 0.1%. The
result is long valve life and highly reliable precision control.
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -20˚F to +450˚F Standard
Body Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "Y", Angle (Top Entry)
End Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NPT, Socket-Weld, Flanged
Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linear Cage
Flow Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Over & Under Plug
Repeatablility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2%
Shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bubble Tight @ Rated Pressure
Actuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual Handwheel or
Electric Actuation
Specifications
Size
1" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 2021-1
2" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 2021-2
3" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 2021-3
Working Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5000 psi Max.
Max Pressure Drops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4500 psi Liquid
2200 psi Gas
The
Anti-Cavitating Plug Design
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2021-11/08 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
5
Section No. 12.2
2021
Series
2021 Flow Control Throttling Valve
9"
Dimensional Data
6 1/4
9 1/2
WELLMARK
5 1/2
2" NPT
(TYP.)
2" NPT
4"
1"NPT
11/2
5 1/4
1 3/4
2"
8 1/2
2" "Y" VALVE
2" ANGLE VALVE
4 1/8
8 1/4 DIA.
11 1/2
1" "Y" VALVE
2 1/ 2
3 3/4
13 1/2 (ANSI 300)
14" (ANSI 600)
3" ANSI 300-600 "Y" VALVE
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model 2S-TYV (4) 1/8 – Series 2021, 2" "Y" Style, Screwed End, Carbon Steel Body with Manual Actuation and
four (4) 1/8" Slot Throttling Valve
MODEL 2 S-T YV (4)1/8"
1 • 1"
2 • 2"
3 • 3"
YV • "Y" Style
AV • Angle
Connection
T • Steel, WCB
TS • Stainless Steel, CF8M
6
Body Style
Size
S • Screwed
F • Flanged (Specify)
W • Socket-Weld
The
Number & Size
of Slots (Orifice)
(4) 1/16" (1" & 2" Valves)
(4) 1/8" (1" & 2" Valves)
(6) 1/8" (2" Valve)
(8) 1/8" (2" Valve)
(12) 1/4" (3" Valve)
Body
Material
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2021-11/08 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 12.2
Series
2021-1
2021-1 Flow Control Throttling Valve (1" Manually Actuated)
Parts List
9
Item
Description
BODY, "Y", STEEL WCB
1
BODY, "Y", STAINLESS STEEL CF8M
2
LOWER CAGE, 303 STAINLESS STEEL
3
UPPER CAGE, 303 STAINLESS STEEL
STEM & PLUG, (4) 1 / 16 ", 17-4PH
4*
STEM & PLUG, (4) 1 / 8 ", 17-4PH
5
PIN, 17-4PH
6*
SEAT, 17-4PH
7*
O-RING, TEFLON ®
8
HANDLE, IRON
9
BALL, 440 STAINLESS STEEL
10
GREASE ZERK, STEEL PLATED
11
BONNET, STEEL
12
BALL, 440 STAINLESS STEEL
13
CAP SCREW, STEEL PLATED
14*
O-RING, BUNA-N
15*
SPACER, DELRIN ®
16*
POLY-PAK, MOLYTHANE
*Recommended Spare Part
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
13
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
Part No.
05010-1997
05010-2003
05010-1500
05010-1567
06500-0838
06500-0820
05010-2136
05010-4504
05000-2161
05010-1724
06000-0361
06000-0221
05010-2011
06000-0262
05000-1874
05000-0264
05010-8091
06000-0379
Model and Part No.
Size
1"
Model No.
1S-TYV(4)1/16
1S-TYV(4)1/8
1S-TSYV(4)1/16
1S-TSYV(4)1/8
13
12
14
2
4
8
5
6
1
10
11
3
16
15
7
Flow Data
Body Style/Material
"Y", WCB
"Y", WCB
"Y", CF8M
"Y", CF8M
Part No.
03000-0186
03000-0152
03000-0202
03000-0178
Cv
Plug Orifice
TYV FOUR (4) 1/8" SLOTS
TYV FOUR (4) 1/16" SLOTS
FTC
5.3
3.2
FTO
5.3
3.2
Seat Orifice: 5/8"
Stroke=.79 in.
No. of Turns from 0 to Full Stroke: 12 1/2
Test Data per ISA S-75.02
100
Maximum Capacity: Model 1S-TYV
Based on water @ 60˚F in BBL's/Day
Both
5.3
340
540
770
1090
1550
1900
2190
2450
2680
2900
3100
3290
3460
570
900
1280
1810
2560
3140
3630
4060
4450
4800
5130
5450
5740
1/8
Percent of Maximum Cv
Slots
Flow
Cv
6P, Psig
10
25
50
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
80
Model: IS-TYV
1 / 16
Both
3.2
60
40
20
TYV
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
Percent of Opening Stroke
The
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2021.1-11/08 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
7
Section No. 12.2
Series
2021-2
2021-2 Flow Control Throttling Valve (2" Manually Actuated)
Parts List
Item
Description
BODY, 2" "Y", STEEL WCB
BODY, 2" "Y", STAINLESS STEEL CF8M
1
BODY, 2" ANGLE, STEEL WCB
BODY, 2" ANGLE, STAINLESS STEEL CF8M
2
LOWER CAGE, 303 STAINLESS STEEL
3
UPPER CAGE, 303 STAINLESS STEEL
STEM & PLUG, ( 4 ) 1 / 16 " SLOTS, 17-4PH
STEM & PLUG, ( 4 ) 1 / 8 " SLOTS, 17-4PH
4*
STEM & PLUG, ( 6 ) 1 / 8 " SLOTS, 17-4PH
STEM & PLUG, ( 8 ) 1 / 8 " SLOTS, 17-4PH
5
PIN, 17-4PH
6*
SEAT, 17-4PH
7*
O-RING, TEFLON ®
8
HANDLE ASSEMBLY, 416 STAINLESS STEEL
9
BALL, 440 STAINLESS STEEL
10
GREASE ZERK, STEEL PLATED
11
BONNET, STEEL
12
BALL, 440 STAINLESS STEEL
13
CAP SCREW, 18-8 STAINLESS STEEL
14*
O-RING, BUNA-N
15
SPACER, DELRIN ®
16*
POLY-PAK, MOLYTHANE
*Recommended Spare Part
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
16
1
1
1
4
1
2
1
Part No.
05010-3050
05010-3043
05013-3361
05013-3379
05010-3241
05010-3258
06500-1349
06500-0812
06500-0804
06500-0796
05011-1723
05010-3209
05000-2112
06500-0325
06000-0361
06000-0221
05010-3225
06000-0262
05000-2021
05000-2914
05010-8646
06000-0353
8
9
12
3
16
14
2
5
4
1
11
15
Model No.
2S-TYV ( 4 ) 1/16
2S-TAV ( 4 ) 1/16
2S-TYV ( 4 ) 1/8
2S-TAV ( 4 ) 1/8
2S-TYV ( 6 ) 1/8
2S-TAV ( 6 ) 1/8
2S-TYV ( 8 ) 1/8
2S-TAV ( 8 ) 1/8
2S-TSYV ( 4 ) 1/16
2S-TSAV ( 4 ) 1/16
2S-TSYV ( 4 ) 1/8
2S-TSAV ( 4 ) 1/8
2S-TSYV ( 6 ) 1/8
2S-TSAV ( 6 ) 1/8
2S-TSYV ( 8 ) 1/8
2S-TSAV ( 8 ) 1/8
2"
6
Flow Data
Model and Part No.
Size
10
13
Body Style/Material
"Y", WCB
ANGLE, WCB
"Y", WCB
ANGLE, WCB
"Y", WCB
ANGLE, WCB
"Y", WCB
ANGLE, WCB
"Y", CF8M
ANGLE, CF8M
"Y", CF8M
ANGLE, CF8M
"Y", CF8M
ANGLE, CF8M
"Y", CF8M
ANGLE, CF8M
Part No.
03002-0135
03002-0930
03002-0002
03002-0932
03002-0028
03002-0934
03002-0044
03002-0936
03002-0119
03002-0940
03002-0010
03002-0941
03002-0036
03002-0943
03002-0051
03002-0945
EIGHT ( 8 ) 1 / 8 " SLOTS
SIX ( 6 ) 1 / 8 " SLOTS
FOUR ( 4 ) 1 / 8 " SLOTS
FOUR ( 4 ) 1 / 16 " SLOTS
1
Based on water @ 60˚F in BBL's/Day
The
8
630
1010
1430
2020
2860
3500
4040
4520
4950
5350
5720
6060
6390
670
1060
1500
2120
3000
3680
4250
4750
5200
5620
6010
6370
6720
80
Model: 2S-TYV
4 1/8"
6 1/8"
FTC
FTO
FTC
FTO
9.8
11.1
13.6
15.4
1060
1680
2370
3360
4750
5810
6720
7510
8230
8880
9500
10,080
10,620
1200
1900
2690
3800
5380
6590
7610
8500
9320
10,060
10,780
11,410
12,030
1470
2330
3290
4660
6590
8070
9320
10,420
11,420
12,330
13,180
13,980
14,740
1660
1640
3730
5280
7460
9140
10,560
11,800
12,930
13,960
14,930
15,840
16,690
8 1/8"
FTC
FTO
16.3
19.0
1760
2790
3950
5580
7900
9670
11,170
12,490
13,680
14,780
15,800
16,760
17,670
2050
3250
4600
6510
9210
11,280
13,020
14,560
15,950
17,230
18,420
19,540
20,600
Percent of Maximum Cv
4 1 / 16 "
FTC
FTO
5.9
6.2
FTC
15.3
13.6
9.8
5.9
FTO
19.0
15.4
11.1
6.2
100
Maximum Capacity: Model 2S-TYV
Slots
Flow
Cv
6P, Psig
10
25
50
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
Seat Orifice: 1 1/8"
Stroke = 1.14 in.
No. of Turns from 0 to Full Stroke: 15
Test Data per ISA S-75.02
Cv
Plug Orifice
7
/8" Slots
60
40
1
/16" Slots
20
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
Percent of Opening Stroke
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2021.2-11/08 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 12.2
Series
2021-3 Flow Control Throttling Valve (3" Manually Actuated)
Parts List
19
Item
Description
BODY 3"-300RF, STEEL WCB
BODY 3"-600RF, STEEL WCB
1
BODY 3"-300RF, STAINLESS STEEL CF8M
BODY 3"-600RF, STAINLESS STEEL CF8M
2*
O-RING, TEFLON ®
3*
SEAT, 17-4PH COND. H-900
4*
PLUG (12) 1 / 4 ", 17-4PH COND. H-900
5
STEM, 17-4PH COND. H-1150
6
PIN, 17-4PH COND. H-900
7
CAGE, ASTM A-582 TY. 303
8*
O-RING, BUNA-N
9
SPACER, ALUM. BRONZE
10
SPACER, ALUM. BRONZE
11
WASHER, 17-4PH COND. H-900
12
DRIVER, 17-4PH COND. H-900
BEARING RETAINER, STEEL
13
BEARING RETAINER, 303 S.S.
14*
O-RING, BUNA-N
15
THRUST BEARING, STAINLESS STEEL
16
THRUST WASHER, STAINLESS STEEL
17
SOCKET HD. SCREW, ASTM A-307 GR.B
18
SOCKET HD. SCREWASTM A-307 GR.B
19
HANDWHELL, ASTM A-536
20*
POLYPAK, MOLYTHANE
21
GREASE ZERK, STL. PLATED
22
ROLL PIN, STEEL
23
STEM LOCK, STEEL/ALUMINUM
*Recommended Spare Part
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
4
8
4
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
05013-0505
05012-7820
05012-8069
05013-0513
05000-5396
05012-7853
05012-7879
05012-9237
05012-7895
05012-7838
05000-3292
05012-9245
05012-9252
05012-7903
05012-8085
05012-7846
05012-8077
05000-0470
06000-7245
06000-7252
05000-2021
05000-5404
05012-7937
06000-7260
06000-0221
06000-3068
06000-7719
W.P.
720
720
1440
1440
14
23
15
22
16
7
20
18
9
17
5
21
6
11
10
8
2
3
4
1
Model and Part No.
Model No.
3F-TYV-300RF ( 12 ) 1/4
3F-TSYV-300RF ( 12 ) 1/4
3F-TYV-600RF ( 12 ) 1/4
3F-TSYV-600RF ( 12 ) 1/4
12
13
Flow Data
Material
WCB
CF8M
WCB
CF8M
Part No.
03002-0565
03002-0326
03002-0540
03002-0599
Seat Orifice: 2"
Stroke = 1.5 in.
No. of Turns from 0 to Full Stroke: 12
Test Data per ISA S-75.02
Cv
Plug Orifice
FTC
*TWELVE ( 12 ) 1 / 4 " SLOTS
80
*Other Cv available on request.
FTO
95
100
Maximum Capacity: Model 3F-TYV
Based on water @ 60˚F in BBL's/Day
Model: 3F-TYV
12 1 / 4 "
To Open
95
GPM
BBL/Day
300
10,200
475
16,150
575
22,850
950
32,300
1900
3140
1645
56,000
1900
64,600
2124
72,000
2327
79,000
2513
85,400
2667
91,300
2850
96,900
3000
102,000
80
Percent of Maximum Cv
Slots
Flow
Cv
ΔP, Psig
10
25
50
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
60
40
1
/4" Slots
20
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
Percent of Opening Stroke
The
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2009 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WM2021.3-11/08 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
9
Section No. 13.1
Series
1850
1850 Float Nose
Application
The WellMark Float Nose is an inexpensive mechanical lever control
that provides convenient vessel access. The 7" x 12" float provides
sufficient lift torque to operate WellMark’s near-balanced 1250
Series lever valve as well as other industry balanced
valves. The float nose is widely used as an oil
or water dump control on separators, water
knockouts, horizontal emulsion treaters, and
other similar accumulators.
Features
• 500 psi Working Pressure, Std.
• Cast Steel Float Nose, Std.
• Cast Steel Hammer Union Ring, Std.
• ACME Thread for Long Wear
Dimensional Data
8 3/8 (w/8"X5" Weld Neck)
11 3/8 (w/8"X8" Weld Neck)
Installation
8" Union Type
3 3/8
14"
6 1/2 Dia.
6" Dia.
1/2
WellMark Float Nose
18" Std.
Max. Working Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500 psi
Materials
Float Nose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WCB Cast Steel
Hammer Union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . WCB Cast Steel
Stuffing Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steel
Stem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 S.S.
Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7" x 12" Plated Steel
(3/8" NPT Connection)
Weld Neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sch. 100 A106 GR. B Pipe
14"
11 1/2
Specifications
WellMark Lever
Operated
Oil Valve
14"
8"-150 Flange Type
The
18" Std.
13 1/2
4"
18" Std.
6" Weld Type
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2002 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WM1850-10/02 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
1
Section No. 13.1
1850
Series
1850 Float Nose
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Example given: Standard Model 8UN – 1850 Series 8" Union Type Float Nose.
MODEL 8UN
8UN • 8" Union Type
6WN • 6" Weld Type
8FN • 8" -150 Flanged Type
NOTE: Weldneck, float, and float arm (specify
length) are ordered separately.
Parts List
Item Description
FLOAT NOSE, 8" UNION, STEEL WCB
1
FLOAT NOSE, 6" WELD, STEEL WCB
FLOAT NOSE, 8"-150 FLANGE, STEEL
2* HAMMER UNION, STEEL WCB
3* O-RING, BUNA-N
WELD NECK, 5" LG. STEEL
4*
WELD NECK, 8" LG. STEEL
5
STUFFING BOX, STEEL
6
BEARING, OILITE
7
RETAINER CUP, DELRIN
8
O-RING, BUNA-N
9
GASKET, DELRIN
10 HEX SCREW, STEEL PLATED
11 LEVER COLLAR, STEEL WCB
12 LEVER, STEEL
13 HEX CAP SCREW, STEEL PLATED
14 HEX CAP SCREW, STEEL PLATED
15 HEX NUT, STEEL PLATED
16 O-RING, BUNA-N
17 BALL JOINT, STEEL
18 ROD 18"LG., STEEL
19 WASHER, STEEL PLATED
20 HEX NUT, STEEL PLATED
21** FLOAT ARM, STEEL
22 FLOAT, 500#, STEEL PLATED
23 STEM, 303 STAINLESS STEEL
*8" Union Only
**Float Arm Length 10" To 30"
The
2
Qty.
Part No.
1
05010-9354
1
05010-9388
1
06500-4418
1
05013-3205
1
05000-0710
1
05013-3213
1
05013-3221
1
05010-0817
1
06000-0007
1
05010-0825
1
05000-0223
1
05010-6715
3
05000-1585
1
05010-0858
1
05010-3910
2
05000-1874
1
05000-1916
3
05000-2104
1
05000-0132
2
06000-0619
1
05011-1053
2
06000-1054
2
05000-2435
1 SPECIFY LENGTH
1
06000-0163
1
05010-9362
1
6
9
16
23
8
10
22
21
4
2
3
5
7
17 20 19
11 13
14 15
12
18
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2002 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WM1850-10/02 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 15.1
LB
Series
LB Line Blinds
Application
The LB Series Line Blinds are used when there is a requirement or
need for two distinctly different fluids to flow through a common
line at different times. The most common use is to keep water and
carbon dioxide (CO2) separate in an injection system. This product
is also used in the marine industry, power generating plants, natural gas plants, and liquid storage terminals.
Features
• Simple and Easy to Use Gating Design
• Spreader Bolts Come Std. with Lube Fittings
• Teflon® Packing Rings, Positive Seal
• Quick and Safe Flow Transfer Bleed Ports, Std.
• Two External Pins for Positive Alignment
Dimensional Data 2-Way Line Blinds
7 5/8
NOTE: All Line Blind spreader flanges come standard with thread
inserts (helicoil screw thread inserts). The purpose is to increase
thread-life after repeated operation. Their design eliminates erosion
of the thread due to friction.
Specifications
8 1/2 Dia.
Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1" and 2"
Connections . . . . . . . . Flanged (RF or RTJ), Butt-or Socket-Weld
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-Way In-Line or 3-Way Tee
Working Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . to 3600 psi
9 3/8
Materials
Tee Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CF8M
Spreader Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CF3M or CF8M
Slotted Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CF3M or CF8M
Spreader Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B7 or B7M
2" Butt-Weld Line Blind
Dimensions
Size/ANSI
1"-1500RF
1"-1500RTJ
2"-1500RF
2"-1500RTJ
A
12
12
15
D
3/4"
3/4"
7/8"
16
5
5
8
8
7/8"
7/8"
1/2"
1/2"
J
5 3 / 16 "
5 3 / 16 "
7 5/8"
7 5/8"
Gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 S.S.
D Dia.
J
Packing Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Teflon®
A
1"and 2" Flanged Line Blinds
The
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2002 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WMLB-10/02 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
1
Section No. 15.1
LB
Series
LB Line Blinds
Dimensional Data 3-Way Line Blinds
A
B
A
WellMark Okc., Oklahoma
WARNING:
PRESSURE MUST
BE OFF BEFORE
OPERATING THIS BLIND
2"ANSI 1500RF
Dimensions
A
12 3 / 4 "
12 3 / 4 "
15 5 / 8 "
15 11 / 16 "
B
6"
6"
7 1/4"
7 5 / 16 "
D
5
5
8
8
7/8"
7/8"
1/2"
1/2"
J
5 3 / 16 "
5 3 / 16 "
7 5/8"
7 5/8"
2"ANSI 1500RF
D Dia.
J
Size/ANSI
1"-1500RF
1"-1500RTJ
2"-1500RF
2"-1500RTJ
WARNING:
PRESSURE MUST
BE OFF BEFORE
OPERATING THIS BLIND
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Model 2FS-3LB-1500RF-T – Series LB, 2" Flanged, Stainless Steel, 3-Way Line Blind with 1500# Raised Face Flange and
Teflon® Seat Ring.
MODEL 2 FS-3LB-1500RF-T
1 • 1"
2 • 2"
Size
F • Flanged
BW • Butt-Weld
SW • Socket-Weld
End
Connections
S • CF8M / 316 S.S.
• 2-Way*
3 • 3-Way
The
2
Material
Seat Ring Mat’l
Rating / End Connection
(Flanged Ends Only)
T • Teflon®
(Rate) RF • Raised Face
(Rate) RJ • Ring Joint
LB • Line Blind
*Leave Blank When
Selecting This Option.
Style
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2002 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WMLB-10/02 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 15.1
Series
LB
LB Line Blinds
Parts List: 2" Butt-Weld Line Blind
Item
Description
1
FLANGE, SLOTTED, ASTM A-351 GR. CF3M
2
FLANGE, SPREADER, ASTM A-351 GR. CF3M
3
GAGE ASSEMBLY, ASTM A-276 TY.316
4
PACKING RING, TEFLON ®
5
SPREADER BOLT, ASTM A-193 GR.B7
6
THREAD INSERT, STAINLESS STEEL
7
LOCATING PIN, STAINLESS STEEL
8
LUBE FITTING, STEEL, PLATED
9
PIPE PLUG, 316 STAINLESS STEEL
10*
WARNING TAG, ALUMINUM
11*
NAME PLATE, ALUMINUM
*Not Shown
Qty.
1
1
1
4
3
3
2
3
2
1
1
4
Part No.
05012-7663
05012-7671
06500-5108
05012-7721
05012-7689
06000-7203
06000-7355
06000-4652
06000-4702
08018-0227
08018-0151
3
6
5
9
1
Model and Part No.
Model No.
2BWS-LB-T
8
7
2
Part No.
03000-7371
Parts List:1" and 2" ANSI 1500 Flanged Line Blinds Model and Part No.
Item
Description
Qty.
1 FLANGE, SLOTTED, ASTM A-351 GR.CF8M
2 FLANGE,SPREADER, ASTM A-351 GR.CF8M
3 GATE, ASTM A-276 TY.316
4 PACKING RING, TEFLON ®
5 SPREADER BOLT, ASTM A-193 GR.B7
6 THREAD INSERT, STAINLESS STEEL
7 LOCATING PIN, STAINLESS STEEL
8 LUBE FITTING, STEEL, PLATED
9 PIPE PLUG, 316 STAINLESS STEEL
10* WARNING TAG, ALUMINUM
11* NAME PLATE, ALUMINUM
*Not Shown
1
1
1
1
4
3
3
2
3
2
1
1
5
Size/ANSI
1"-1500RF
1"-1500RTJ
2"-1500RF
2"-1500RTJ
Part No.
1"-1500RF 1"-1500RTJ 2"-1500RF 2"-1500RTJ
05012-8235 05012-7986 05012-8425 05012-8010
05012-9120 05012-7994 05012-8433 05012-8028
06500-5116
06500-5108
05012-7754
05012-7721
05012-7762
05012-7689
06000-7294
06000-7203
06000-7348
06000-7355
06000-4652
06000-4652
06000-4702
06000-4702
08018-0227
08018-0227
08018-0151
08018-0151
3
4
6
8
2
Model No.
1FS-LB-1500RF-T
1FS-LB-1500RJ-T
2FS-LB-1500RF-T
2FS-LB-1500RJ-T
W.P.
3600 PSIG
3600 PSIG
3600 PSIG
3600 PSIG
Part No.
03000-7796
03000-7421
03000-7721
03000-7439
7
9
The
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2002 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WMLB-10/02 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
3
Section No. 15.1
Series
LB
LB Line Blinds
Parts List: 1" and 2" 3-Way Line Blinds
Item
Description
Qty.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
FLANGE,SLOTTED, ASTM A-351 GR.CF8M
FLANGE, TEE, ASTM A-351 GR.CF8M
GATE, ASTM A-276 TY.316
PACKING RING, TEFLON ®
SPREADER BOLT, ASTM A-193 GR.B7
THREAD INSERT, STAINLESS STEEL
LOCATING PIN, STAINLESS STEEL
LUBE FITTING, STEEL, PLATED
PIPE PLUG, 316 STAINLESS STEEL
WARNING TAG, ALUMINUM
NAME PLATE, ALUMINUM
2
1
2
8
6
6
4
6
3
2
1
Model and Part No.
Model No.
1FS-3LB-1500RF-T
1FS-3LB-1500RJ-T
2FS-3LB-1500RF-T
2FS-3LB-1500RJ-T
Part No.
1"-1500RF 1"-1500RTJ 2"-1500RF 2"-1500RTJ
05012-8235 05012-7986 05013-0554 05012-8010
05013-0977 05012-9286 05013-0547 05013-0549
06500-5116
06500-5108
05012-7754
05012-7721
05012-7762
05012-7689
06000-7294
06000-7203
06000-7348
06000-7355
06000-4652
06000-4652
06000-4702
06000-4561
08018-0227
08018-0227
08018-0151
08018-0151
1
9
10
7
6
2
W.P.
3600 PSIG
3600 PSIG
3600 PSIG
3600 PSIG
9
Part No.
03000-8547
03000-7937
03000-8333
03000-8339
11
WellMark Okc., Oklahoma
WARNING:
PRESSURE MUST
BE OFF BEFORE
OPERATING THIS BLIND
2"ANSI 1500RF
10
WARNING:
PRESSURE MUST
BE OFF BEFORE
OPERATING THIS BLIND
9
1
2"ANSI 1500RF
5
3
4
8
The
4
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2002 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WMLB-10/02 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 16.1
Accessories
Meter Leveling Saddles
Application
The Meter Level Saddle is an accepted means to support chart
recorders on meter runs or as an economical means to support
pipe runs.
Features
• Rugged Ductile Iron Construction
• Standard 2" NPT Meter Mount: Fits all Sizes
• Multiple Pipe Sizes: 2", 3", 4", 6" & 8"
Specifications
Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2", 3", 4", 6" and 8"
Materials
Saddle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ductile Iron
Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ductile Iron
U-Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A307 GR. B
Dimensional Data
6 1/8
Determining the Model Number
2"NPT
Example given: Standard Model 2MLS – Series MLS, 2" Leveling
Saddle
7
5
1
MODEL 2 MLS
Size
2•
3•
4•
6•
8•
6
4
3
2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
2
MLS• Meter Leveling Saddle
Model and Part No.
Model
2MLS
3MLS
4MLS
6MLS
8MLS
Part No.
03000-2687
03000-2695
03000-2703
03000-2711
03000-2729
Parts List
Item Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
The
SADDLE, DUCT. IRON
U-BOLT, A-307 GR.B
WASHER, STEEL
HEX NUT, A-307 GR.B
METER MOUNT, DUCT.IRON
SQ. BOLT, A-307 GR.B
NUT, A-307 GR.B
Qty.
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
Part No.
2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
01008-1404 01008-1412 01008-1420 01008-1438 01008-0323
05010-4967 01008-1461 01008-1479 01008-1487 01008-1495
06000-0718
05000-2104
05010-0544
05000-2211
05000-1999
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMACCESS/LS-2/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
1
Section No. 16.1
Accessories
Fuel Gas Shut-Off Valve
Application
The Fuel Gas Shut-Off Valve is for use in fuel gas scrubbers on gas
production units, indirect line heaters, heater treaters, etc.
Operation
The float buoyancy lifts an elastomer plug to shut off gas flow to
burner when the liquid level reaches a predetermined height.
Specifications
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2" x 1" Std.
(others available)
Working Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 psi
Materials
Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forged Steel
Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 x 12 S.S.
(others available)
How To Order
Example Given: FGSV212FS
Description
FUEL GAS SHUT-OFF VALVE
FLOAT
BODY
FOR VARIATIONS
Type/Size
2" X 12"
FORGED STEEL
Code
FGSV
212
FS
SPECIFY
In-Service Test Tool
Application
An in-line device installed between a safety relief valve and a presssure vessel for in-field testing of pressure settings and/or seat leakage.
Operation
A hydraulic pump or Nitrogen bottle, with a flexible hose, gauges, and
needle valves can be attached to the connector nipple, and the relief
valve can be tested to determine if the set pressure is correct without taking the line out of service, or removing the valve from the line.
CAUTION: Never use Oxygen.
Specifications
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2" x 2" NPT
1 1/2" x 1 1/2" NPT, 1” x 1” NPT
Materials
Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carbon or Stainless Steel (Specify)
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Durable Plastic
Ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless
Connector Nipple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless
The
2
How To Order
Example Given: ITT-2C
Description
IN-SERVICE TEST TOOL
Process Connection
2" NPT
1 1 / 2 " NPT
1” NPT
Body Material
CARBON STEEL
STAINLESS
Code
ITT
Code
2
15
1
Code
C
S
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMACCESS-2/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 16.1
Accessories
Probe and Plug Pressure Provers
Application
For fast, on-location, pressure checks. Use on wellheads, on flow
lines and on pressure vessels, or wherever repetitive pressure readings are taken.
Features
• Stainless Steel Materials
• Eliminates the Requirement of Multiple, On Site, Expensive Gauges
• Field Repairable Plug Repair Kit
• No Special Tools Required for Repair
• 5000 psi Working Pressure
Gauge Not Included
How To Order
Pressure Prover
PLUG ASSEMBLY
PROBE ASSEMBLY ( 1 / 2 " )
PROBE ASSEMBLY ( 1 / 4 " )
Part No.
30317
30316
30332
Model No.
M50F25SS
F50SS
F25SS
1/2" NPT
or
Parts List
Item
1
2
3
Description
PROBE (COMPLETE)
PLUG BODY
PLUG REPAIR KIT
1/4" NPT
Part No.
30316
20582
30318
2
1
2.81
2.75
3
1/2"
NPT
1/4"
NPT
LevelGlas
Application
For use with in-line level control connections in order to show visual liquid level over a small area, or wherever small area visual sight
of liquid is required.
Specifications
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180˚F Maximum
Working Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3000 psi Maximum @100˚F
Process Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2" NPT Screwed
How To Order
Materials
Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stainless Steel
Lens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lexan®
O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buna-N
The
Example Given: LG2TL
Description
SERIES “LEVELGLAS”
Process Connection
2" NPT SCREWED
Code
LG
Code
2T
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMACCESS-2/09 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
3
Section No. 16.1
Accessories
Blind Flange Assemblies (Closures) and Weld Necks
Weld Necks or Nozzles
These are offered in 3", 4", 5", 6" and 8" pipe sizes, screwed by
weld end. Standard material is SA106 Gr. B Pipe.
Blind Flange Assemblies (Closures)
A blank process body, hammer union and a weld neck makes an
excellent blind flange. This permits easy field installation of a second control on vessels having two or more nozzle openings but initially shipped with only one control.
Blind Flange Assemblies
Standard Straight Pipe Threaded (NPSL)
Size x Lg.
3" X 5"
3" X 8"
4" X 5"
4" X 8"
5" X 5"
5" X 8"
6" X 5"
6" X 8"
8" X 5"
8" X 8"
Pipe Schedule
SCH. 160
SCH. 160
SCH. 160
SCH. 160
XX STRONG
XX STRONG
SCH. 160
SCH. 160
SCH. 100
SCH. 100
Pipe O.D.
3.500
3.500
4.500
4.500
5.562
5.562
6.625
6.625
8.625
8.625
Wall Thickness
.438
.438
.531
.531
.750
.750
.719
.719
.594
.594
W.P. (psi)
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
Wt. (Lb.)
10
13
17
22
28
37
38
49
64
72
Part No.
03000-2935
03000-2943
03000-2950
03000-2968
03000-2976
03000-2984
03000-3008
03000-3016
03000-5904
03000-3065
Pipe Schedule
SCH. 160
SCH. 160
XX STRONG
XX STRONG
SCH. 100
Pipe O.D.
4.500
4.500
5.562
5.562
8.625
Wall Thickness
.531
.531
.750
.750
.594
W.P. (psi)
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
Wt. (Lb.)
17
22
31
37
64
Part No.
03000-8135
03000-8143
03000-7895
03000-8168
03000-9200
ACME Threaded
Size x Lg.
4" X 5"
4" X 8"
5" X 6"
5" X 8"
8" X 5"
Weld Necks (W.P. 1500 psi)
Standard Straight Pipe Threaded (NPSL)
Size x Lg.
3" X 5"
3" X 8"
4" X 5"
4" X 8"
5" X 5"
5" X 8"
6" X 5"
6" X 8"
8" X 5"
8" X 8"
The
4
Pipe Schedule
SCH. 160
SCH. 160
SCH. 160
SCH. 160
XX STRONG
XX STRONG
SCH. 160
SCH. 160
SCH. 100
SCH. 100
Wt. (Lb.)
7
10
10
15
13
22
19
30
21
34
Part No.
05011-2200
30074
05011-5468
05010-1799
05011-2218
30220
05010-2383
05011-2226
05010-8893
05011-3745
ACME Threaded
Size x Lg.
4" X 5"
4" X 8"
5" X 6"
5" X 8"
Pipe Schedule
SCH. 160
SCH. 160
XX STRONG
XX STRONG
Wt. (Lb.)
10
15
17
22
Part No.
05013-0216
05012-3694
05012-9470
05013-0232
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMACCESS/BLFL-10/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Section No. 16.1
Accessories
WTA In-Line Check Valve
Application
The WellMark In-Line Check Valve is for liquid, air, gas, vapor or
steam service. It is also suitable for injection lines, such as chemical
and lubrication. The standard spring opens with 10 psi flow pressure.
Features
• Choice of Body Material: 316 S.S. or 360 Brass
• Viton® O-Ring, Std. (EPR included separately for methanol service.)
• 316 S.S. Spring and Ball, Std.
• 1/2" Connection Size Available
Dimensional Data
Parts List
Item Description
OUTLET BODY, 316 S.S.
1
OUTLET BODY, 360 BRASS
2
SPRING, 316 S.S.
3
BALL, 316 S.S.
4
O-RING. VITON ®
INLET BODY, 316 S.S.
5
INLET BODY, 360 BRASS
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Part No.
20615
20613
10606
10605
10608
20614
20612
27/8"
Flow
1/4"
NPT
How To Order
Model
WTA-676
WTA-675
The
1
Connection
1 / 4 " NPT FXM
1 / 4 " NPT FXM
W.P.
3000# MAX.
6000# MAX.
2
3
4
5
Material
360 BRASS
316 S.S.
Company, L.L.C. • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2011 The WellMark Company, L.L.C. • Litho USA • WMACCESS/WTA-10/10 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
5
W20
Section No. 14.1
Series
W20 Sight Glass Visual Level Indicator
Application
The Series W20 is a one-piece chamber general purpose, rugged
flat glass gauge for mid-range pressure temperature applications.
Standard construction includes a solid one-piece chamber machined
from carbon steel with carbon steel covers, toughened glass, and plated carbon steel bolts and nuts. All metal parts are rustproofed, and a
recessed gasket seat prevents movement, insuring leak-free service.
Series W20R Shown
Features
• Available in 9 standard glass sizes
• Constructed with multiple vision slots for longer size requirements
• Toughened molded glass is resistant to thermal and mechanical
shock and made in accordance with BS 3463, DIN 7081
• Quality Assurance Testing: All gauges are hydrostatically tested
to 1.5 times the rated pressure at 100˚F (38˚C)
• Materials conform to NACE MR0175 specifications
• Replaces industry standard level gauges
• Female NPT and Union connections available
• Series W20 Sight Glass and W30 Gauge Valve
assemblies available
Series W30 Gauge Valves
and W20 Visual Level
Indicator Assembly Shown
• Repair kit available upon request
Specifications
Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 through 9
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2" NPT Top-bottom, Standard
Center-to-Center Dimension
for Assembly Size
(See How To Order)
Series W20R Level Indicator and
W30 Gauge Valve Plain Assembly
The
Company • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2014 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WMW20-1/14 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
1
W20
Section No. 14.1
Series
W20 Sight Glass Visual Level Indicator
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Model W20 -11RB1021, Series W20 Sight Glass with a Visible Length of 3.75", Reflex Style Glass, one set of W30 Gauge
Valves, with 10.21" Valve Center-to-Center Dimension once assembled, 1/2" Tank Union to Valve and 1/2" Valve to Glass Connections.
MODEL W20 - 11 R B 1021
Size No./Length Code
(See Standard Visible Length Chart below)
R • Reflex
T • Transparent
Length
Center to Center Dimensions
Leave Blank if No Valves
(See Standard Visible Length Chart below)
Assembly
Size*
Type
A•
B•
C•
D•
E•
Connections
Standard Visible Length
Dimensional Data
Size No/ (A) Visible (B) Overall Weight (lbs.)
Assembly Center-to-Center*
Length Code Length (in.) Length (in.) Reflex Trans.
Plain (in.)
Union (in.)
11
3.75
5.25
8
12
8.75
12.00
12
4.75
6.25
9
14
9.75
13.00
13
5.75
7.25
11
17
10.75
14.00
14
6.75
8.25
12
17
11.75
15.00
15
7.88
9.38
14
21
12.88
16.13
16
9.13
10.63
16
24
14.13
17.38
17
10.13
11.75
18
27
15.13
18.50
18
11.88
13.38
20
30
16.88
20.13
19
12.63
14.13
21
32
17.63
20.88
23
13.00
14.50
22
33
18.00
21.25
24
15.00
16.50
25
38
20.00
23.25
25
17.25
18.75
28
43
22.25
25.50
26
19.75
21.25
32
49
24.75
28.00
27
22.00
23.50
35
54
27.00
30.25
28
25.25
26.75
40
61
30.25
33.50
29
26.75
28.25
43
64
31.75
35.00
36
30.38
31.88
48
73
35.38
38.63
37
33.75
35.25
53
80
38.75
42.00
38
38.63
40.13
60
92
43.63
46.88
39
40.88
42.38
64
97
45.88
49.13
47
45.50
47.00
70
107
50.50
53.75
48
52.00
53.50
80
122
57.00
60.25
49
55.00
56.50
85
129
60.00
63.25
57
57.25
58.75
87
134
62.25
65.50
58
65.38
66.88
100
152
70.38
73.63
59
69.13
70.63
106
161
74.13
77.38
68
78.75
80.25
121
182
83.75
87.00
69
83.24
84.75
127
193
88.24
91.50
78
92.13
93.63
144
212
97.13
100.38
79
97.38
98.88
148
226
102.38
105.63
88
105.50
107.00
165
242
110.50
113.75
89
111.50
113.00
173
258
116.50
119.75
98
118.88
120.38
185
272
123.88
127.13
99
125.63
127.13
193
276
130.63
133.88
All information stated above is approximate and is given for guidance only.
*Assemblies shipped as individual components unless otherwise requested.
1/2" NPT
The
2
No Gauge Valves (1/2" Glass)
1/2" Tank Union and 1/2" NPT Glass
1/2" Tank Union and 1/2" Union Glass
3/4" Tank Union and 1/2" NPT Glass
3/4" Tank Union and 1/2" Union Glass
Series W20R *
(Reflex)
B
A
Series W20T *
(Transparent)
4"
5"
3.375"
3.375"
1/2" NPT
Pressure Temperature
Temp.
(˚F )
1
2
3
100
200
300
400
500
600
750
2988
2828
2654
2466
2263
2031
1653
2901
2727
2538
2350
2161
1944
1595
2727
2596
2437
2248
2060
1857
1494
Temp.
(˚F )
1
2
3
100
200
300
400
500
600
750
2002
1755
1769
1682
1537
1349
1102
1856
1784
1668
1581
1450
1276
1059
1755
1668
1552
1465
1349
1175
1001
Reflex Gauges
Length Code
4
5
6
Pressure (psi)
2611
2495
2350
2466
2350
2219
2321
2205
2089
2132
2031
1929
1958
1856
1755
1755
1668
1552
1407
1305
1247
Transparent Gauges
Length Code
4
5
6
Pressure (psi)
1595
1508
1349
1552
1436
1305
1450
1334
1218
1349
1247
1146
1247
1160
1044
1102
1015
928
899
856
754
7
8
9
2219
2089
1973
1813
1653
1479
1160
2103
2002
1871
1711
1552
1378
1044
2002
1900
1755
1610
1450
1305
1001
7
8
9
1247
1175
1102
1044
957
856
696
1102
1059
1001
928
856
754
609
1001
957
899
856
754
682
551
Company • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2014 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WMW20-1/14 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
W30
Section No. 14.2
Series
W30 Gauge Valves
Application
Series W30 Gauge valves are recommended for use with
WellMark’s Series W20 Visual Level Indicators and are compatible with all industry standard, armored flat-glass liquid level
gauges. Plain/Union and Union/Union connections make for easy
installation and removal.
Features
• Equipped with stainless steel ball check upstream of the seat to
shut off flow in case of Level Indicator glass breakage.
• Indicator Union Connection to allow top and bottom connected
Indicators to be rotated to any angle visibilty and allows for easy
Indicator removal.
Dimensional Data
20U (Union) 4 13/16" overall height
Glass union
option shown
• Gauge Valve and drain connections are offset from the vessel
connection centerline for easier Indicator glass cleaning.
• Materials meet NACE MR0175 specifications.
3 9/16"
Specifications
20S (Plain) • 2 3/4" overall height
1 1/2"
Sight Glass Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2" NPT or Union
Tank Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1/2" and 3/4" Union
1 1/4"
3 11/16"
4 1/4"
(Closed)
Determining the Model Number
Example given: Standard Model W30P1, Series W30 Gauge Valve with 1/2" Tank Union and 1/2" Glass Connections.
MODEL W30P1
W30P1 • 1/2" Tank Union and 1/2" NPT Glass
W30U1 • 1/2" Tank Union and 1/2" Union Glass
W30P2 • 3/4" Tank Union and 1/2" NPT Glass
W30U2 • 3/4" Tank Union and 1/2" Union Glass
Connections
NOTE: Sold in pairs only.
The
Company • Oklahoma City, Oklahoma • Tel: (405) 672-6660 • Fax: (405) 672-6661 • wellmarkco.com
©2014 The WellMark Company • Litho USA • WMW30-1/14 • All registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
3